Ques Bank

[11/02 6:12 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Workshop technology
1. The temperature produced by oxy-hydrogen flame is about

(A) 1800C
(B) 2100C
(C) 2400C
(D) 3200C
Correct Answer
2. The shrinkage allowance for cast iron pattern is
(A) 10 mm/m
(B) 16 mm/m
(C) 20 mm/m
(D) 26 mm/m
Correct Answer
3. During drawing operation, the states of stress in cup would include
(A) Compressive stress in the flange
(B) Tensile stress in the wall
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
4. In order to get uniform thickness of the plate by rolling process, one provid
es
(A) Camber on the rolls
(B) Offset on the rolls
(C) Hardening of the rolls
(D) Antifriction bearings
Correct Answer
5. Cold working of metal increases
(A) Tensile strength
(B) Yield strength
(C) Hardness
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
6. A casting defect which results in general enlargement of a casting is known a
s
(A) Shift
(B) Sand wash
(C) Swell
(D) Scab
Correct Answer
7. A casting defect which occurs near the ingates as rough lumps on the surface
of a casting is known as
(A) Shift
(B) Sand wash
(C) Swell
(D) Scab
Correct Answer
8. During hot working of metals
(A) Porosity of the metal is largely eliminated
(B) Grain structure of the metal is refined
(C) Mechanical properties are improved due to refinement of grains
(D) All of the above
Correct Answer
9. The operation of cutting a cylindrical hole in a sheet of metal by the punch
and die is called
(A) Shearing
(B) Piercing
(C) Punching
(D) Blanking
Correct Answer
10. In arc welding, the electric arc is produced between the work and the electr
ode by
(A) Voltage
(B) Flow of current
(C) Contact resistance
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
11. Thread rolling is restricted to
(A) Ferrous materials
(B) Ductile materials
(C) Hard materials
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
12. V-block is used to
(A) Check the trueness of flat surfaces
(B) Locate centres of round rods
(C) Check the surface roughness
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
13. The property of sand due to which it evolves a great amount of steam and oth
er gases is called
(A) Collapsibility
(B) Permeability
(C) Cohesiveness
(D) Adhesiveness
Correct Answer
14. In backhand welding, the angle between the welding torch and the work is kep
t as
(A) 30-40
(B) 40-50
(C) 50-60
(D) 60-70
Correct Answer
15. In submerged arc welding, an arc is produced between a
(A) Carbon electrode and the work
(B) Metal electrode and the work
(C) Bare metal electrode and the work
(D) Two tungsten electrodes and the work
Correct Answer
Answer: Option C
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option C (2) Answer: Option A (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n C (5) Answer: Option D (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option B (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option C (11) Answer: Option B (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option B (14) Answer: Option B (15) Answer: Option C
[11/02 6:27 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
101. The difference between cornish boiler and lancashire boiler is that
(a) former is fire tube type and latter is water tube type boiler
(b) former is water tube type and latter is fire tube type
(c) former contains one fire tube and latter contains two fire tubes
(e) none/of the above.
Ans: c
102. In accelerated circulation type boiler
(a) heating takes place at bottom and the water supplied at bottom gets conv
erted into the mixture of stdam bubbles and hot water which rise to durm
(b) water is supplied in drum and through downcomers" located in atmospheric
conditon it passes to the water wall and rises to durm in the from of mixture o
f water and steam
(c) feed pump is employed to supplement natural circulation in water wall ty
pe furnace
(e) water is converted into steam in one pass without any recirculation
(e) water is fed under high pressure and high velocity.
Ans: b
103. Pick up the wrong statement about water tube boiler in comparison to fir
e tube boilers
(a) former generates steam at high pressure
(b) former occupies less space for same power
(c) rate of steam flow is more in former case
(d) former is used for high installed capacity
(e) chances of explosion are less in former case.
Ans: e
104. The number of drums in Benson steam generator is
(a) one
(b) two
(c) one steam drum and one water drum
(d) no drum
(e) none of the above.
Ans: d
105. A fusible plug is fitted in small boilers in order to
(a) avoid excessive build up of pressure
(b) avoid explosion
(c) extinguish fire if water level in the boiler falls below alarming limit
(d) control steam dome
(e) remove molten aslj.
Ans: c
106. The fusible plug in small boilers is located
(a) in the drum
(b) in the fire tubes
(c) above steam dome
(d) over the combustion chamber
(e) at the inlet of chimney.
Ans: d
107. Fusible plug for boilers is made of fusible metal containing tin, lead, an
d
(a) bismuth
(b) copper
(c) aluminium
(d) nickel
(e) iron.
Ans: a
108. Boiler H.P. is defined as the
(a) steam evaporation rate per kg of fuel fired
(b) work done in evaporating 1 kg of steam per hour from and at 100C into dry
saturated steam
(c) the evaporation of 15.65 kg of water per hour from and at 100C into dry s
aturated steam
(d) work done by 1 kg of steam at saturation condition
(e) heat consumed in evaporating 1 kg water at 0C to steam at 100C and 1.033 k
g/cm pressure.
Ans: c
109. In forced recirculation type boiler,
erted into the mixture of steam bubbles and hot water which rise to drum
(b) water is supplied in drum and through down-comers located in atmospheric
condition it passes to the water wall and rises to drum in the form of mixture
of water and steam
pe furnace
(d) water is converted into steam in one pass without any recirculation
(e) heating of water takes place in stages.
Ans: c
110. The ratio of heat utilised to produce steam and the heat liberated in fu
rnace is known as
(a) boiler effectiveness
(b) boiler evaporative capacity
(c) factor of evaporation
(d) equivalent evaporation
(e) boiler efficiency.
Ans: e
[11/02 6:29 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
111. Steam in water tube boiler as compared to fire tube boiler
(a) can be raised rapidly
(b) is raisd at slower rate
(c) is raised at same rate
(d) could be raised at fast/slow rate depending on design
(e) none of the above is true.
Ans: a
112. Thermal efficiency of well maintained boiler will be of the order
(a) 20%
(b) 40%
(c) 50%
(d) 75%
(e) 90%.
Ans: e
113. Thermal efficiency of a thermal power plant is of the order of
(a) 15%
(b) 20%
(c) 30%
(d) 45%
(e ) 60%.
Ans: c
114. It is required to produce large amount of steam at low pressure. Which b
oiler should be used ?
(a) pulverised fuel fired boiler
(b) cochran boiler
(c) lancashire boiler
(d) babcock and wilcox boiler
(e) stoker fired boiler.
Ans: c
115. The overall efficiency of thermal power plant is
(a) boiler efficiency, turhine efficiecny, generator efficiency
(b) all the three above plus gas cycle efficiency
(c) carnot cycle efficiency
(d) regenerative cycle efficiency
(e) rankine cycle efficiency.
Ans: a
116. Which type of boiler can meet rapid changes of load
(a) vertical fire tube type
(b) horizontal fire tube type
(c) horizontal water tube type
(d) vertical water tube type
(e) forced circulation type.
Ans: e
117. In forced circulation type boiler
erted into the mixture of steam bubbles and hot water which rise to drum
(b) water is supplied in drum and through down-comers located in atmospheric
condition it passes to the water wall and rises to drum in the form of mixture
of water and steam
pe furnace
(d) water is converted into steam in one pass without any recirculation
(e) water is heated in a large number of tubes.
Ans: d
118. Boiler stays are used to
(a) prevent flat surfaces under pressure from tearing apart
(b) take care of failure in shear
(c) take care of failure in compression
(d) provide support for boiler
(e) provide foundation of boiler.
Ans: a
119. The radius of a dished head is taken approximately as
(a) one-fourth
(b) half
(c) one
(d) two
(e) three.
Ans: c
120. Size of boiler tubes is specified by
(a) mean diameter and thickness
(b) inside diameter and thickness
(c) outside diameter and thickness
(d) outside diameter and inside diameter
(e) outside diameter alone.
Ans: c
[11/02 6:30 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
121. The heat loss in a boiler takes place in the form of
(a) heat carried away by flue gases
(b) heat carried away by ash
(c) moisture present in fuel and steam formed by combustion of hydrogen in f
uel
(d) radiation
(e) all of the above.
Ans: e
122. The major axis of elliptical manholes on the shell should be provided
(a) longitudinally
(b) circumferentially
(c) on dished end
(d) anywhere
(e) vertically.
Ans: b
123. In which of the following boilers, the draught in furnace is increased b
y utilising exhaust steam from engine
(a) lancashire boiler
(b) locomotive boiler
(c) babcock and wilcox boiler
(d) cochran boiler
(e) benson boiler.
Ans: b
124. With increase in load, radiant superheater has
(a) drooping characteristic
(b) lihear characterisstic
(c) rising characteristic
(d) flat characteristic
Ans: a
125. With increase in load, convection superheater has
(a) drooping characteristic
(b) linear characterisstic
(c) rising characteristic
(d) flat characteristic
(c) none of the above.
Ans: c
126. The diameter of fire tubes in Cochran boiler is of the order of
(a) 2 cm
(b) 6 Cm ,
(C) 8 cm
(d) 12 cm
(e) 15 cm.
Ans: b
127. In a recuperative air preheater, the heat is transferred
(a) from a metal wall from one medium to another
(b) from heating an itermediate material and then heating the air from this
material
(c) by direct mixing ,
(d) heat is transferred by bleeding some gases from furnace
Ans: a
128. A safety valve in a locomotive starts leaking. The leaking medium will b
e
(a) water
(b) dry steam
(c) wet steam
(d) super heated steam
(e) supersaturated steam.
Ans: d
129. The temperature of flue gases at air heater outlet should be
(a) 100C
(b) above dew-point temperature of flue gases
(c) below dew-point temperature of flue gases
(d) less than wet bulb temperature of flue gases
(e) above wet bulb temperature of flue gases.
Ans: b
130. In regenerative air preheater, the heat is transferred
(a) from a metal wall from one medium to another
(b) from heating an intermediateanaterial and then heating the air from this
material
(c) by direct mixing
(d) heat is transferred by bleeding some gas from furnace
Ans: b
[11/02 6:30 pm] +91 78697 66465 : 131. In designing air preheater, the importan
t design consideration is that
(a) approach temperature should be as low as possible
(b) handling and maintenance should be easier
(c) heat transfer area should be optimum
(d) stack gases should not be cooled to the dew point
Ans: d
132. The pressure of reheat steam after passing through reheater compared to
inlet condition is
(a) more
(b) less
(c) equal
(d) may be more or less depending on capacity of reheater
Ans: b
133. The function of injector used in small capacity boilers is to
(a) create vacuum
(b) inject chemical solution in feed pump
(c) pump water, similar to boiler feed pump
(d) add make up water in the system
Ans: c
134. The safety valve at superheater as compared to drum safety valve setting
is set at
(a) higher value
(b) lower value
(c) same value
(d) any value
Ans: b
135. The height of chimney in a power plant is governed by
(a) the draft to be created
(b) limitation of construction facilities
(c) control of pollution
(d) quantity of flue gases to be handled
Ans: c
136. Steam exhaust from high pressure turbine is reheated in
(a) boiler drum
(b) superheater tubes
(c) economiser
(d) a separate coil
(e) a separate coil located in convection path.
Ans: e
137. Vacuum for reciprocating steam engines compared to steam turbines is
(a) more
(b) equal
(c) less
(d) could be more or less depending on the size of plant
Ans: c
138. Expanding steam to a very low prseeure (high vacuum) in steam engines is
(a) desirable
(b) economical
(c) essential
(d) optional
(e) uneconomical.
Ans: e
139. In locomotives, the draught is produced by
(a) chimney
(b) induced draft fan
(c) both combined (a) and (b)
(d) steam jet draught
Ans: d
140. Reheating of steam under ideal conditions takes place at constant
(a) entropy
(b) enthaply
(c) pressure
(d) temperature
Ans: d
[11/02 6:33 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
141. The maximum discharge through a chimney occurs when the height of chimne
y is
(a) infinitely long
(b) around 200 meters
(c) equal to the height of the hot gas column producing draught
(d) outside temperature is very low
(e) more than the tallest building nearby.
Ans: c
142. Proximate analysis of fuel is determination of percentage of
(a) carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, sulphur, moisture
(b) fixed carbon, ash, volatile matter, moisture
(c) higher calorific value
(d) lower calorific value
(e) rough analysis.
Ans: b
143. Which device is used in thermal power plants to reduce level of pollutio
n
(a) induced draft fan
(b) smoke meter
(c) chimney
(d) precipitator
(e) pulveriser.
Ans: d
144. Bomb calorimeter is used to determine
(a) Higher calorific value at constant volume
(b) Lower calorific value at constant volume ,
(c) Higher calorific value at constant pressure
(d) Lower calorific value at constant pressure
(e) None of the above.
Ans: a
145. Ultimate analysis of fuel is determination of percentage of
(a) carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, sulphur, moisture
(b) fixed carbon, ash, volatile matter, moisture
(c) higher calorific value
(b) lower calorific value
(e) best analysis.
Ans: a
146. For combutsion of a fuel, following is essential
(a) correct fuel air ratio
(b) proper ignition temperature
(c) 02 to support combustion
(d) all the three above
Ans: d
147. Spontaneous combustion is a phenomenon in which
(a) all the fuel burns instantaneously producing high energy release
(b) fuel burns with less air
(c) coal bursts into flame without any external ignition source but by itsel
f due to gradual increase in temperature as a result of heat released by combina
tion of oxygen with coal
(d) explosion in furnace
Ans: c
148. The economiser is used in boilers to
(a) increase thermal efficiency of boiler
(b) economise on fuel
(c) extract heat from the exhaust flue gases
(d) increase flue gas temperature
(e) to heat feed water by bled steam.
Ans: a
149. An economiser in a boiler
(a) increases steam pressure
(b) increases steam flow
(c) decreases fuel consumption
(d) decreases steam pressure
(e) increases life of boiler.
Ans: c
150. 02 content in atmospheric air on volume basis is
(a) 21%
(b) 23%
(d) 30%
(d) 40%
(e) 70%.
Ans: a
[11/02 8:56 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *THERMODYNAMICS*
16. According to kinetic theory of gases, the absolute zero temperature is attai
ned when
(a) volume of the gas is zero
(b) pressure of the gas is zero
(c) kinetic energy of the molecules is zero
(d) specific heat of gas is zero
(e) mass is zero.
Ans: c
17. Kinetic theory of gases assumes that the collisions between the molecules ar
e
(a) perfectly elastic
(b) perfectly inelastic
(c) partly elastic
(d) partly inelastic
(e) partly elastic and partly inelastic.
Ans: a
18. The pressure'of a gas in terms of its mean kinetic energy per unit volume E
is equal to
(a) E/3
(b) E/2
(c) 3E/4
(d)2E/3
(e) 5E/4.
Ans: d
19. Kinetic energy of the molecules in terms of absolute temperature (T) is prop
ortional to
(a) T
(b) j
(c) J2
(d) Vr
(e) 1/Vr.
Ans: a
20. Superheated vapour behaves
(a) exactly as gas
(b) as steam
(c) as ordinary vapour
(d) approximately as a gas
(e) as average of gas and vapour.
Ans: d
21. Absolute zero pressure will occur
(a) at sea level
(b) at the center of the earth
(c) when molecular momentum of the system becomes zero
(d) under vacuum conditions
(e) at a temperature of - 273 K
Ans: c
22. No liquid can exist as liquid at
(a) - 273 K
(b) vacuum
(c) zero pressure
(d) centre of earth
(e) in space.
Ans: c
23. The unit of power in S.I. units is
(a) newton
(b) pascal
(c) erg
(d) watt
(e) joule.
Ans: d
24. The condition of perfect vacuum, i.e., absolute zero pressure can be attaine
d at
(a) a temperature of - 273.16C
(b) a temperature of 0C
(c) a temperature of 273 K
(d) a negative pressure and 0C temperature
(e) can't be attained.
Ans: a
25. Intensive property of a system is one whose value
(a) depends on the mass of the system, like volume
(b) does not depend on the mass of the system, like temperature, pressure, etc.
(c) is not dependent on the path followed but on the state
(d) is dependent on the path followed and not on the state
(e) remains constant.
Ans: b
26. Specific heat of air at constant pressure is equal to
(a) 0.17
(b) 0.21
(c) 0.24
(d) 1.0
(e) 1.41
Ans: c
27. Characteristic gas constant of a gas is equal to
(a) C/Cv
(b) Cv/Cp
(c) Cp - Cv
(d) Cp + Cv
(e) Cp x Cv
Ans: c
28. The behaviour of gases can be fully determined by
(a) 1 law
(b) 2 laws
(c) 3 laws
(d) 4 laws
Ans: d
29. The ratio of two specific heats of air is equal to
(a) 0.17
(b) 0.24
(c) 0.1
(d) 1.41
(e) 2.71.
Ans: d
30. Boyle's law i.e. pV = constant is applicable to gases under
(a) all ranges of pressures
(b) only small range of pressures
(c) high range of pressures
(d) steady change of pressures
(e) atmospheric conditions.
Ans: b
[11/02 8:58 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *IC ENGINE*
12. All heat engines utilize
(a) low heat value of oil
(b) high heat value of oil
(c) net claorific value of oil
(d) calorific value of fuel
Ans: a
13. An engine indicator is used to determine the following
(a) speed
(b) temperature
(c) volume of cylinder
(d) m.e.p. and I.H.P.
(e) BHP.
Ans: d
14. Fuel oil consumption guarantees for I .C. engine are usually based on
(a) low heat value of oil
(b) high heat value of oil
(c) net calorific value of oil
(d) calorific value of fuel
Ans: b
17. If the compression ratio of an engine working on Otto cycle is increased fro
m 5 to 7, the %age increase in efficiency will be
(a) 2%
(b) 4%
(c) 8%
(d) 14%
(e) 27%.
Ans: d
18. In case of gas turbines, the gaseous fuel consumption guarantees are based o
n
(a) high heat value
(b) low heat value
(c) net calorific value
(d) middle heat value
(e) calorific value.
Ans: b
19. In a typical medium speed 4-stroke cycle diesel engine the inlet valve
(a) opens at 20 before top dead center and closes at 35 after the bottom dead cent
er
(b) opens at top dead center and closes at bottom dead center
(c) opens at 10 after top dead center and closes 20 before the bottom dead center
(d) may open or close anywhere
(e) remains open for 200.
Ans: a
20. The pressure and temperature at the end of compression stroke in a petrol en
gine are of the order of
(a) 4 - 6 kg/cm2 and 200 - 250C
(b) 6 - 12 kg/cm2 and 250 - 350C
(c) 12 - 20 kg/cm2 and 350 - 450C
(d) 20 - 30 kg/cm2 and 450 - 500C
(e) 30 - 40 kg/cm2 and 500 - 700C.
Ans: b
21. The pressure at the end of compression in the case of diesel engine is of th
e order of
(a) 6 kg/cm
(b) 12kg/cmz
(c) 20 kg/cmz
(d) 27.5 kg/cmz
(e) 35 kg/cm
Ans: e
22. The maximum temperature in the I.C. engine cylinder is of the order of
(a) 500- 1000C
(b) 1000- 1500C
(c) 1500-2000C
(d) 2000-2500C
(e) 2500-3000C
Ans: d
23. The thermal efficiecny of a diesel cycle having fixed compression ratio, wit
h increase in cut-off ratio will
(a) increase
(b) decrease
(c) be independent
(d) may increase or decrease depending on other factors
Ans: b
24. Pick up the wrong statement
(a) 2-stroke engine can run in any direction
(b) In 4-stroke engine, a power stroke is obtained in 4-strokes
(c) thermal efficiency of 4-stroke engine is more due to positive scavenging
(d) petrol engines work on otto cycle
(e) petrol engines occupy more space than diesel engines for same power output.
Ans: e
25. Combustion in compression ignition engines is
(a) homogeneous
(b) heterogeneous
(c) both (a) and (b)
(d) laminar
(e) turbulent.
Ans: b
[11/02 9:00 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *HEAT TRANSFER*
11. Heat transfer in liquid and gases takes place by
(a) conduction
(b) convection
(c) radiation
(d) conduction and convection
(e) convection and radiation.
Ans: b
12. Which of the following is the case of heat transfer by radiation
(a) blast furnace
(b) heating of building
(c) cooling of parts in furnace
(d) heat received by a person from fireplace
Ans: d
13. Heat is closely related with
(a) liquids
(b) energy
(c) temperature
(d) entropy
(e) enthalpy.
Ans: c
14. Pick up the wrong case. Heat flowing from one side to other depends directly
on
(a) face area
(b) time
(c) thickness
(d) temperature difference
(e) thermal conductivity.
Ans: c
15. Metals are good conductors of heat because
(a) their atoms collide frequently
(b) their atoms-are relatively far apart
(c) they contain free electrons
(d) they have high density
Ans: a
16. Which of the following is a case of steady state heat transfer
(a) I.C. engine
(b) air preheaters
(c) heating of building in winter
(d) all of the above
Ans: e
17. Total heat is the heat required to
(a) change vapour into liquid
(b) change liquid into vapour
(c) increase the temperature of a liquid or vapour
(d) convert water into steam and superheat it
(e) convert saturated steam into dry steam.
Ans: d
18. Cork is a good insulator because it has
(a) free electrons
(b) atoms colliding frequency
(c) low density
(d) porous body
Ans: d
19. Thermal conductivity of water in general with rise in temperature
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains constant
(d) may increase or decrease depending on temperature
Ans: d
20. Thermal conductivity of water at 20C is of the order of
(a) 0.1
(b) 0.23
(c) 0.42
(d) 0.51
(e) 0.64.
Ans: d
[11/02 9:02 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *R & AC*
11. In vapour compression cycle, the condition of refrigerant is very wet vapour
(a) after passing through the condenser
(b) before passing through the condenser
(c) after passing through the expansion or throttle valve
(d) before entering the expansion valve
(e) before entering the compressor.
Ans: e
12. In vapour compression cycle, the condition of refrigerant is high pressure s
aturated liquid
(c) after passing through the expansion or thiottle valve
Ans: d
13. In vapour compression cycle the condition of refrigerant is superheated vapo
ur
(d) before [entering the expansion valve
Ans: b
14. In vapour compression cycle the condition off refrigerant is dry saturated v
apour
(e) before entering the compressor..
Ans: e
15. The boiling point of ammonia is
(a) -100C
(b) -50C
(c) - 33.3C
(d) 0C
(e) 33.3C.
Ans: c
16. One ton of refrigeration is equal to the refrigeration effect correspon
ding to melting of 1000 kg of ice
(a) in 1 hour
(b) in 1 minute
(c) in 24 hours
(d) in 12 hours
(e) in 10 hours.
Ans: c
17. One ton refrigeratiqn corresponds to
(a) 50 kcal/min
(b) 50 kcal/kr
(c) 80 kcal/min
(d) 80 kcal/hr
(e) 1000 kcal/day.
Ans: a
18. In S.J. unit, one ton of refrigeration is equal to
(a) 210 kJ/min
(b) 21 kJ/min
(c) 420 kJ/min
(d) 840 kJ/min
(e) 105 kJ/min.
Ans: a
19. The vapour compression refrigerator employs the following cycie
(a) Rankine
(b) Carnot
(c) Reversed Rankine
(d) Brayton
(e) Reversed Carnot.
Ans: e
20. Allowable pressure on high-pressure side or ammonia absorption system is of
the order of
(a) atmospheric pressure
(b) slightly above atmospheric pressure
(c) 2-4 bars
(d) 5-6 bars
(e) 7-10 bars.
Ans: d
[11/02 9:17 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
151. 02 content in atmospheric air on weight basis is
(a) 21%
(b) 23%
(c) 30%
(d) 40%
(e ) 70%.
Ans: b
152. Primary air is the air used to
(a) provide air around burners for obtaining optimum combustion
(b) transport and dry the coal
(c) convert CO (formed in lower zone of furnace) into C02 at higher zone
(d) air-delivered by forced draft fan
(e) none ot the above.
Ans: b
153. Sulphur content of fuels is very important to the plant operators becaus
e it
(a) has high heating value
(b) retards electric precipitation
(c) promotes complete combustion
(d) has highly corrosive effect
(e) facilitates ash removal.
Ans: d
154. Presence of moisture in fuel oil would
(a) keep the burner tips cool
(b) aid in proper combustion
(c) cause sputtering, possibly extinguishing flame
(d) clean the nozzles
(e) reduce flame length.
Ans: c
155. Gusset stays in a boiler are provided to
(a) prevent the bulging of flat surfaces
(b) avoid explosion in furnace
(c) prevent leakage of hot flue gases
(d) support furnace freely from top
(e) prevent atmospheric air leaking into furnace.
Ans: a
156. Water and sediment in fuel oil can be removed by
(a) heating the oil in the settling tanks
(b) cooling the oil in the settling tanks
(c) burning the oil
(d) suspension
(e) filtering.
Ans: a
157. Pour point of fuel oil is the
(a) lowest temperature at which oil will flow under set condition
(b) storage temperature
(c) temperature at which fuel is pumped through burners
(d) temperature at which oil is transported
Ans: a
158. Secondary air is the used to
(c) convert CO (formed in lower zone of furnace) into C02 at higher zone
(d) air delivered by induced draft fan
(e) air fed to pulverisers.
Ans: a
159. The behaviour of coal in a furnace is determained by
(a) the content of sulphur
(b) the content of ash and heating value
(c) the proximate analysis
(d) the exact analysis
(e) its type.
Ans: c
160. Pick up wrong statement about desired properties of a good fuel
(a) high calorific value
(b) produce minimum smoke and gases
(c) ease in storing
(d) high ignition point
(e) ecomomical
Ans: d
[11/02 10:50 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
161. Sulphur in coal results in
(a) causing clinkering and slagging
(b) corroding air heaters
(c) spontaneous combustion during coal storage
(d) facilitating ash precipitation
Ans: e
162. Caking coals are those which
(a) form lumps or masses of coke
(b) burn freely
(c) show little or no fusing action
(d) burn completely
(e) do not form ash.
Ans: a
163. Green coal, in order to be burnt, must be
(a) heated sufficiently
(b) burnt in excess air
(c) heated to its ignition point
(d) burnt as powder
(e) burnt as lumps.
Ans: c
164. The ultimate analysis of fuel lists
(a) various chemical constituents, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen etc, plus ash as
per-cents by volume
(b) various chemical constituents, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, etc, plus ash a
s per-cents by weight
(c) fuel constituents as percents by volume of moisture, volatile, fixed car
bon and ash
(d) fuel constituents as percents by weight of moisture, volatile, fixed car
bon and ash
(e) moisture and ash free heating value.
Ans: b
165. The proximate analysis of fuel lists
(a) various chemical constituents, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen etc, plus ash as
per-cents by volume
(b) various chemical constituents, carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, etc, plus ash a
s per-cents by weight
(c) fuel constituents as percents by volume of moisture, volatile, fixed car
bon and ash
(d) fuel constituents as percents by weight of moisture, volatile, fixed car
bon and ash
(e) moisture and ash free heating value.
Ans: d
166. Tertiary air is the air used to
(c) cool the scanners
(d) supply air for ignitors
(e) convert CO (formed in lower zone of furnace) into C02 at higher zone.
Ans: e
167. The safety valve on boiler drum compared to safety valve on superheater
is set at
(a) same value
(b) higher value
(c) lower value
(d) lower/higher depending on steam flow
(e) unpredicatble.
Ans: b
168. Which is not correct statement about pulverised fuel firing
(a) high burning rate is possible
(b) heat release can be easily controlled
(c) fuel burns economically
(d) it is the best technique for burning high ash content fuel having low fu
sion ash
(e) separate mills are required to powder the coal.
Ans: d
169. The three "Ts" for good combustion are
(a) temperature, time, and turbulance
(b) total air, true fuel, and turbulance
(c) thorough mixing, total air, and temperature
(d) total air, time, and temperature
Ans: a
170. Which is not correct statement about the function of furnace
(a) to provide proper conditions for con-tinuous complete combustion
(b) mix fuel with air and ignite
(c) separate ash from coal
(d) maintain heat supply to prepare and ignite the incoming fuel
(e) to minimise radiation losses.
Ans: c
[11/02 11:11 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
171. Which is not correct statement about effect of sulphur in fuel
(a) it has heating value
(b) it helps in electrostatic precipitation of ash in flue-gases
(c) it leads to corrosion of air heaters, ducting, etc. if flue gas exit tem
perature is low
(d) it erodes furnace walls
Ans: d
172. Heating value of fuel used is as on fired basis. If it is reported for dry
or moisture free fuel, then latter should be multiplied by the following factor
to correct for as fired value
(a) (1- moisture content)
(b) (1 + moisture content)
(c) 1 + moisture content
(d) 1 - moisture content
Ans: a
173. Gardually increasing temperature of flue gases at inlet to chimney for g
iven steam outputs is an indication of
(a) higher effectiveness of boiler
(b) high calorific value coal being burnt
(c) fouling of heat transfer surfaces
(d) raising of steam temperature
(e) leakage of air.
Ans: c
174. Incomplete combustion can be best judged by
(a) smoky chimney exit
(b) excess air in flue gases
(c) measuring carbon mono-oxide in flue gases
(d) measuring temperature of flue gases at exit of furnace
(e) measuring oxygen in flue gases.
Ans: c
175. The capacity of induced draft fan compared to forced draft fan in a boil
er is
(a) same
(b) more
(c) less
(d) less or more depending on size of boiler
(e) unpredictable.
Ans: b
176. Pulverised fuel is used for
(a) better burning
(b) more calorific value
(c) less radiation loss
(d) medium sized units
(e) stoker fired boilers.
Ans: a
177. Calorific value of coal is of the order of
(a) 200-400 kcal/kg
(b) 800-1200 kcal/kg
(c) 2000-4000 kcal/kg
(d) 5000-8000 kcal/kg
(e) 8000-10,000 kcal/kg.
Ans: c
178. Evaporative capacity of boiler is expressed as
(a) kg of steam produced
(b) steam pressure produced
(c) kg of fuel fired
(d) kg of steam produced per kg of fuel fifed
(e) kg of water evaporated.
Ans: d
179. Boiler parameters are expressed by
(a) tonnes/hr. of steam
(b) pressure of steam in kg/cm2
(c) temperature of steam in C
Ans: d
180. The condition of steam in boiler drum is always
(a) dry
(b) wet
(c) saturated
(d) supersaturated
(e) superheated.
Ans: b
[11/02 11:11 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
181. The balanced draft furnace is one using
(a) induced draft fan and chimney
(b) induced draft fan and forced draft fan
(c) forced draft fan and chimney
(d) any one of the above
Ans: b
182. In ordetjo obtain superheated steam, a superheater is added in an existi
ng boiler. As as result, furnace vacuum will
(a) remain unaffected
(b) improve (c) worsen
(d) may improve/worsen depending on size
(e) unpredictable.
Ans: c
183. Maximum energy loss in a boiler occurs due to
(a) unburnt carbon in ash
(b) incomplete combustion
(c) ash content
(d) flue gases
(e) radiation losses.
Ans: d
184. Overfire burning is the phenomenon of
(a) supply of excess, air
(b) supply of excess coal
(c) burning CO and unburnts in upper zone of furnace by supplying more air
(d) fuel bed firing
Ans: c
185. Which is not the correct statement about moisture in coal
(a) inherent moisture and surface moisture are different things
(b) in some coals moisture may be present upto 40%
(c) some moisture in coal helps in better burning which is not possible with
completely dry coal
(d) it increases thermal efficiency
(e) moisture in coal is removed before firing by heating it with hot air.
Ans: d
186. Deaeration of feed water is carried out because it reduces
(a) cavitation of .boiler feed pumps
(b) corrosion caused by oxygen
(c) heat transfer coefficient
(d) pH value of water
(e) weight of water to be handled.
Ans: b
187. A supercritical boiler is one that operates above the pressure and tempe
rature of following values
(a) 100 kg/cm2 and 540C
(b) 1 kg/cm2 and 100C
(c) 218 kg/cm2 abs and 373C
(d) 218 kg/cm2 abs and 540C
(e) 100 kg/cm2 abs and 373C
Ans: c
188. Natural water circulation, by convection in water tube boilers, with inc
rease in pressure of boiler
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains unaffected
(d) first increases and then decreases
(e) first decreases and then increases.
Ans: b
189. The steam temperature with increase in load in case of a boiler fitted w
ith radiation superheater
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(e) unpredictable.
Ans: b
190. During storage, the heating value of coal
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains constant
(d) may increase or decrease depending upon the method of storage
Ans: b
[11/02 11:16 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Steam boiler
191. The relative heat absorption for successively added equal areas of boile
r convection heating surfaces
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(e) first decreases and then increases.
Ans: b
192. Film boling occurs at
(a) very low pressure
(b) atmospheric pressures
(c) medium pressures
(d) very high pressures
Ans: d
193. Fire tube boilers are limited to a maximum design working pressure of
(a) 1 kg/cm
(b) 6 kg/cm
(c) 17 kg/cm2
(d) 100 kg/cm2
(e) 250 kg/cm2.
Ans: c
194. For the same diameter and thickness of tube, a water tube boiler compare
d to a fire tube boiler has
(a) more heating surface
(b) less heating surface
(c) equal heating surface
(d) heating surface depends on other parameters
Ans: a
195. In water wall furnace, the heat is transferred to the water-walls by
(a) convection
(b) radiation
(c) conduction
(d) radiation and conducton
(e) radiation and convection.
Ans: b
196. Relative percentage of heat absorbed through the heat transfer of
(i) furnace water wall,
(ii) boiler bank,
(Hi) superheater,
(iv) economiser,
(v) airheater of a typical boiler of 200 MW capacity would be of the order of
(a) 48:20:15:7:10
(b) 10:7:15:20:48
(c) 20:48:7:15:10
(d) 7:15:20:10:48
(e) 48:15:10:7:20.
Ans: a
197. The feed check valve is used in order to
(a) regulate flow of boiler water
(b) check level of water in boiler drum
(c) recirculate unwanted feed water
(d) allow high pressure feed water to flow to drum and not allow reverse flo
w to take place
Ans: d
198. The size of a boiler drum in pulverised fuel fired boiler,as its size an
d capacity, (steam pressure and flow ratings) increase
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains unchanged
(d) increases/decreases depending on steam temperature requirements
(e) unpredictable.
Ans: b
199. Feed water conditioning in thermal power plants in done to
(a) reduce hardness and for removal of solids
(b) increase efficiency-of thermal power plant
(c) increase *heat transfer rate
(d) increase steam parameters
Ans: a
200. The basic job of feed water treatment in boilers is to overcome the prob
lem of
(a) corrosion
(b) scale
(c) carryover
(d) embrittlement
Ans: e
[11/02 11:33 pm] +91 78697 66465 : SOM
Practice Test: Question Set - 06
1. When a closely-coiled helical spring of mean diameter (D) is subjected to an
axial load (W), the deflection of the spring () is given by (where = Diameter o
f spring wire, n = No. of turns of the spring, an C = Mo ulus of rigi ity for t
he spring material)
(A) WD3n/C
(B) 2WD3n/C
(C) 4WD3n/C
(D) 8WD3n/C
Correct Answer
2. Percentage re uction of area in performing tensile test on cast iron may be o
f the or er of
(A) 50%
(B) 25%
(C) 0%
(D) 15%
Correct Answer
3. For the beam shown in the below figure, the shear force iagram between A an
B is
(A) A horizontal line

(B) A vertical line
(C) An incline line
(D) A parabolic curve
Correct Answer
4. When a bo y is subjecte to a irect tensile stress (x) in one plane accompani
ed by a imple hear tre (xy), he maximum normal sress is
(A) (x/2) + (1/2) (x + 4 xy)
(B) (x/2) - (1/2) (x + 4 xy)
(C) (x/2) + (1/2) (x - 4 xy)
(D) (1/2) (x + 4 xy)
Correc Answer
5. The maerials which exhibi he same elasic properies in all direcions are
called
(A) Homogeneous
(B) Inelasic
(C) Isoropic
(D) Isenropic
Correc Answer
Answer: Opion C
6. Modulus of rigidiy may be defined as he raio of
(A) Linear sress o laeral srain
(B) Laeral srain o linear srain
(C) Linear sress o linear srain
(D) Shear sress o shear srain
Correc Answer
7. The raio of laeral srain o he linear srain wihin elasic limi is know
n as
(A) Young's modulus
(B) Bulk modulus
(C) Modulus of rigidiy
(D) Poisson's raio
Correc Answer
8. In he below figure, he plasic range occurs
(A) Before poin A

(B) Beyond poin A
(C) Beween poins A and D
(D) Beween poins D and E
Correc Answer
9. Shear modulus is he raio of
(A) Linear sress o linear srain
(B) Linear sress o laeral srain
(C) Volumeric srain o linear srain
(D) Shear sress o shear srain
Correc Answer
10. The raio of elongaion in a prismaic bar due o is own weigh (W) as comp
ared o anoher similar bar carrying an addiional weigh (W) will be
(A) 1 : 2
(B) 1 : 3
(C) 1 : 4
(D) 1 : 2.5
Correc Answer
11. The weakes secion of a diamond riveing is he secion which passes hroug
h
(A) The firs row
(B) The second row
(C) The cenral row
(D) One rive hole of he end row
Correc Answer
12. The shear force diagram for a simply suppored beam carrying a uniformly dis
ribued load of w per uni lengh, consiss of
(A) One righ angled riangle
(B) Two righ angled riangles
(C) One equilaeral riangle
(D) Two equilaeral riangles
Correc Answer
13. Hooke's law holds good up o
(A) Yield poin
(B) Limi of proporionaliy
(C) Breaking poin
(D) Elasic limi
Correc Answer
14. Which of he following saemen is correc?
(A) The sress is he pressure per uni area
(B) The srain is expressed in mm
(C) Hook's law holds good up o he breaking poin
(D) Sress is direcly proporional o srain wihin elasic limi
Correc Answer
15. The propery of a maerial which allows i o be drawn ino a smaller secio
n is called
(A) Plasiciy
(B) Duciliy
(C) Elasiciy
(D) Malleabiliy
Correc Answer
View All Answers
1. Answer: Opion D 2. Answer: Opion C 3. Answer: Opion D 4. Answer: Opion A
5. Answer: Opion C 6. Answer: Opion D 7. Answer: Opion D 8. Answer: Opion B
9. Answer: Opion D 10. Answer: Opion B 11. Answer: Opion D 12. Answer: Opion
B 13. Answer: Opion B 14. Answer: Opion D 15. Answer: Opion B
[12/02 12:02 am] +91 78697 66465 : Hydraulic & FM
Pracice Tes: Quesion Se - 01
1. Low specific speed of a pump implies i is
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Mixed flow pump
(C) Axial flow pump
(D) None of he above
Correc Answer
2. Head developed by a cenrifugal pump is
(A) Proporional o diameer of impeller
(B) Proporional o speed of impeller
(C) Proporional o diameer and speed of impeller
Correc Answer
3. In cenrifugal pumps, maximum efficiency is obained when he blades are
(A) Sraigh
(B) Ben forward
(C) Ben backward
(D) Radial
Correc Answer
4. A double overhung Pelon wheel has
(A) Two jes
(B) Two runners
(C) Four jes
(D) Four runners
Correc Answer
5. Medium specific speed of a pump implies i is
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Mixed flow pump
(C) Axial flow pump
(D) Any one of he above
Correc Answer
6. If he raios of all he corresponding linear dimensions are equal, hen he
model and he prooype are said o have
(A) Geomeric similariy
(B) Kinemaic similariy
(C) Dynamic similariy
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
7. The opimum value of vane exi angle for a cenrifugal pump impeller is
(A) 10-15
(B) 20-25
(C) 30-40
(D) 50-60
Correc Answer
8. Which of he following pump is suiable for small discharge and high heads?
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Axial flow pump
(C) Mixed flow pump
(D) Reciprocaing pump
Correc Answer
9. For small discharge a high pressure, following pump is preferred
(A) Cenrifugal
(B) Axial flow
(C) Mixed flow
(D) Reciprocaing
Correc Answer
10. A hydraulic press is a device used
(A) To sore pressure energy which may be supplied o a machine laer on
(B) To increase he inensiy of pressure of waer by means of energy available
from a large quaniy of waer a a low pressure
(C) To lif larger load by he applicaion of a comparaively much smaller force
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
11. Low specific speed of urbine implies i is
(A) Propeller urbine
(B) Francis urbine
(C) Impulse urbine
Correc Answer
12. The funcion of guide vanes in a reacion urbine is o
(A) Allow he waer o ener he runner wihou shock
(B) Allow he waer o flow over hem, wihou forming eddies
(C) Allow he required quaniy of waer o ener he urbine
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
13. Hydraulic accumulaor is used for
(A) Accumulaing oil
(B) Supplying large quaniies of oil for very shor duraion
(C) Generally high pressures o operae hydraulic machines
(D) Supplying energy when main supply fails
Correc Answer
14. The je raio is defined as he raio of he
(A) Diameer of je o he diameer of Pelon wheel
(B) Velociy of je o he velociy of Pelon wheel
(C) Diameer of Pelon wheel o he diameer of je
(D) Velociy of Pelon wheel o he velociy of je
Correc Answer
15. Maximum impulse will be developed in hydraulic ram when
(A) Wase valve closes suddenly
(B) Supply pipe is long
(C) Supply pipe is shor
(D) Ram chamber is large
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion A
[12/02 12:24 am] +91 78697 66465 : Workshop echnology
1. For cuing brass, he hacksaw blade should have ________ eeh per 25 mm.
(A) 14
(B) 24
(C) 32
(D) 40
Correc Answer
2. A ring gauge is used o
(A) Check he diameer of shafs or suds
(B) Tes he accuracy of holes
(C) Check he clearance beween wo maing surfaces
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
3. Roary swaging
(A) Is exensively used for making bols and rives
(B) Is used for reducing he diameers of round bars and a ube by roaing dies
which open and close rapidly on he work
(C) Is used o improve faigue resisance of he meal by seing up compressive
sresses in is surface
(D) Consiss of pressing he meal inside a chamber o force i ou by high pres
sure hrough an orifice which is shaped o provide he desired form of he finis
hed par
Correc Answer
4. The process exensively used for making bols and nus is
(A) Ho piercing
(B) Exrusion
(C) Cold peening
(D) Cold heading
Correc Answer
Answer: Opion D
5. In spo welding, he disance beween he neares edge of he plae and cenr
e of weld should be equal o
(A) d
(B) 1.5 d
(C) 3d
(D) 6d
Correc Answer
6. A file wih 20 eeh in 25 mm is called
(A) Rough file
(B) Basard file
(C) Second cu file
(D) Smooh file
Correc Answer
7. The oxygen cylinder is usually pained wih
(A) Black colour
(B) Whie colour
(C) Maroon colour
(D) Yellow colour
Correc Answer
8. A gimle is a ________ ool.
(A) Boring
(B) Marking
(C) Cuing
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. In elecric resisance welding, pressure applied varies from
(A) 1 o 5 MPa
(B) 5 o 10 MPa
(C) 10 o 25 MPa
(D) 25 o 55 MPa
Correc Answer
10. A progressive limi gauge has
(A) 'Go' and 'No go' member on he same side of he gauge
(B) Separae 'Go' and 'No go' members
(C) 'Go' member a one end and 'No go' member a he oher end
Correc Answer
11. The operaion of cuing a shee of meal in a sraigh line along he leng
h, is known as
(A) Plunging
(B) Noching
(C) Sliing
(D) Forming
Correc Answer
12. Exrusion
(A) Is exensively used for making bols and nus
(B) Is used for reducing he diameer of round bars and ubes by roaing dies w
hich open and close rapidly on he work
(C) Is used o improve faigue resisance of he meal by seing up compressive
sresses in is surface
(D) Consiss of pressing he meal inside a chamber o force i ou by high pres
sure hrough an orifice which is shaped o provide he desired form of he finis
hed par
Correc Answer
13. The sand used for making cores is
(A) Green sand
(B) Dry sand
(C) Loam sand
(D) Oil sand
Correc Answer
14. In order o ram he sand harder a he back of he mould and sofer on he p
aern face, a ________ is used.
(A) Sand slinger
(B) Squeezing machine
(C) Jol machine
(D) Sripper plae machine
Correc Answer
15. Which of he following saemen is wrong?
(A) The ho chamber die casing machine is used for casing zinc, in, lead and
oher low meling alloys.
(B) The cold chamber die casing machine is used for casing aluminium, magnesiu
m, copper base alloys and oher high meling alloys.
(C) The casings produced by cenrifugal casing mehod have open and coarse gra
ined srucure.
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion A (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion C
[12/02 11:29 am] +91 78697 66465 : Machine design
1. The ulimae srengh of seel in ension in comparison o shear is in he ra
io of
(a) 1 : l
(b) 2:1
(c) 3 : 2
(d) 2 : 3
(e) 1 : 2
Ans: c
2. The permissible sress for carbon seel under saic loading is generally ak
en as
(a) 2000-3000 kg/pm2
(b) 3000-4000 kg/cm2
(c) 4000-4500 kg/cm2
(d) 7500-10,000 kg/cm2
(e) 10,000-15,000 kg/cm2.
Ans: c
3. The propery of a maerial which enables i o resis fracure due o high im
pac loads is known as
(a) elasiciy
(b) endurance
(c) srengh
(d) oughness
(e) resilience.
Ans: d
4. A ho shor meal is
(a) brile when cold
(b) brile when ho
(c) brile under all condiions
(d) ducile a high emperaure
(e) hard when ho.
Ans: b
5. Gues's heory of failure is applicable for following ype of maerials
(a) brile
(b) ducile
(c) elasic
(d) plasic
(e) ough.
Ans: b
6. Rankine's heory of failure is applicable for following ype of maerials
(a) brile
(b) ducile
(c) elasic
(d) plasic
(e) ough.
Ans: a
7. If an unsuppored uniform cross secional elasic bar is subjeced o a longi
udinal impac from a rigid bob moving wih velociy v, hen a compressive wave
of inensiy sc is propagaed hrough he bar as follows
(a) vpE
(b) vVvF
(c) WpE/2
(d) IvHpE
(e) none of he above, where E = modulus of elasiciy and p = mass densiy.
Ans: a
8. Tensile srengh of a mild seel specimen can be roughly prediced from follo
wing hardness es
(a) Brinell
(b) Rockwell
(c) Vicker
(d) Shore's sceleroscope
(e) none of he above.
Ans: a
9. Resilience of a maerial is imporan, when i is subjeced o
(a) combined loading
(b) faigue
(c) hermal sresses
(d) wear and ear
(e) shock loading.
Ans: e
10. In he case of an elasic bar fixed a upper end and loaded by a falling wei
gh a lower end, he shock load produced can be decreased by
(a) decreasing he cross-secion area of' bar
(b) increasing he cross-secion area of bar
(c) remain unaffeced wih cross-secion area
(d) would depend upon oher facors
Ans: a
11. .Oher mehod of reducing shock load in he above case can be
(a) o decrease lengh
(b) o increase lengh
(c) unaffeced by lengh
(d) oher facors would decide same
Ans: b
12. If a load W is applied insananeously on a bar; hen he sress induced in

bar will
(a) be independen of raio of mass of load W o mass of bar (y)
(b) increase wih increase in y
(c) decrease wih decrease in y
(d) depend on oher consideraions
Ans: a
13. Brile coaing echnique is used for
(a) deermining brileness
(b) proecing meal agains corrosion
(c) proecing meal agains wear and ear
(d) experimenal sress analysis
(e) non-desrucive esing of meals.
Ans: d
14. Sress concenraion is caused due o
(a) variaion in properies of maerial from poin o poin in a member
(b) piing a'poins or areas a which loads on a member are applied
(c) abrup change of secion
(d) all of he above
Ans: d
15. The endurance limi of a maerial wih finished surface in comparison o rou
gh surface is
(a) more
(b) less
(c) same
(d) more or less depending on quanum of load
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
16. Plasic flow in ducile maerials
(a) increases he seriousness of saic load-ing sress concenraion
(b) lessens he seriousness of saic loading sress concenraion
(c) has no effec on i
(d) depends on oher consideraions
Ans: b
17. The maximum sress due o sress concenraion in a bar having circular ran
sverse hole, as compared o is saic
sress wihou hole will be
(a) same in boh cases
(b) 2 imes more
(c) 3 imes more
(d) 4 imes more
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: c
18. The faigue life of a par can be improved by
(a) elecroplaing
(b) polishing
(c) coaing
(d) sho peening
(e) hea reaing.
Ans: d
19. Sress concenraion in saic loading is more serious in
(a) ducile maerials
(b) brile maerials
(c) equally serious in boh cases
(d) depends on oher facors
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: b
20. Sress concenraion in cyclic loading is more serious in
(a) ducile maerials
(b) brile maerials
(c) equally serious in boh cases
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
21. Endurance limi or faigue limi is he maximum sress ha a member can wi
hsand for an infinie number of load applicaions wihou failure when subjece
d o
(a) dynamic loading
(b) saic loading
(c) combined saic and dynamic loading
(d) compleely reversed loading
(e) all of he above.
Ans: d
22. Pick up wrong saemen. Faigue srengh can be increased by
(a) cold working
(b) sho peening
(c) grinding and lapping surface
(d) ho working
(e) using gradual changes of secion.
Ans: d
23. Which of he following is no correc procedure o increase he faigue limi

(a) cold working
(b) sho peening
(c) surface decarburisaion
(d) under-sressing
Ans: c
24. Coaxing is he procedure of increasing
(a) meal srengh by cycling
(b) meal hardness by surface reamen
(c) meal resisance o corrosion by coaing
(d) faigue limi by oversressing he meal by successively increasing loadings
Ans: d
25. Which is correc saemen ?
Sress concenraion in saic loading is
(a) very serious in brile maerials and less serious in ducile maerials
(b) very serious in ducile maerials and less serious in brile maerials
(c) equally serious in boh ypes of maerials
(d) seriousness would depend on oher facors
Ans: a
26. The noch angle of he Izod impac es specimen is
(a) 10
(b) 20
(c) 30
(d) 45
(e) 60.
Ans: d
27. In Vicker's hardness esing, he pyramid indenor apex is
(a) 40
(b) 122
(c) 136
(d) 152
(e) 161.
Ans: c
Sress concenraion in cyclic loading is
(a) very serious in brile maerials and less serious in ducile maerials
(b) very serious in ducile maerials and less serious in brile maerials
(c) equally serious in boh ypes of maerials
(d) seriousness would depend on oher facors
Ans: c
29. In esing a maerial for endurance srengh, i is subjeced o
(a) saic load
(b) dynamic load
(c) impac load
(d) saic as well as dynamic load
(e) compleely reversed load.
Ans: e
30. If a maerial fails below is yield poin, failure would be due o
(a) sraining
(b) faigue
(c) creep
(d) sudden loading
(e) impac loading.
Ans: b
31. The faigue limi of a maerial
(a) is grealy decreased by poor surface condiions
(b) remains same irrespecive of surface condiions
(c) depends mainly on core composiion
(d) is dependen upon yield srengh of maerial
Ans: a
32. Cold working
(a) increases he faigue srengh
(b) decreases he faigue srengh
(c) has no influence on faigue srengh
(d) alone has no influence on faigue srengh
Ans: a
33. Yield poin in faigue loading as compared o saic loading is
(a) same
(b) higher
(c) lower
Ans: c
34. Residual sress in maerials
(a) acs when exernal load is applied
(b) becomes zero when exernal load is removed
(c) is independen of exernal loads
(d) is always harmful
(e) is always beneficial.
Ans: c
35. The building up of worn and uridersized pars, subjeced o repeaed loads b
y elecroplaing is
(a) bes mehod
(b) exremely hazardous
(c) has no effec as regards faigue srengh
(d) cheapes mehod
Ans: a
36. In niraed pars, he origins of he faigue cracks will occur a
(a) surface
(b) jus below he surface
(c) wihin he core
(d) could occur anywhere
Ans: e
37. Which process will increase he faigue duraion of pars ?
(a) finishing and polishing
(b) sho-peening
(c) decarburisaion
(d) elecroplaing
(e) all of he above".
Ans: b
(a) a member made of seel will generally be more rigid han a member of equal l
oad-carrying abiliy made of cas iron
(b) a member made of cas iron will generally be. more rigid han a member of eq
ual load carrying abiliy made of seel
(c) boh will be equally rigid
(d) which one is rigid will depend on several oher facors
Ans: b
39. Resisance o faigue of a maerial is measured by
(a) Young's modulus
(b) coefficien of elasiciy
(c) elasic limi
(d) ulimae ensile srengh
(e) endurance limi.
Ans: e
40. In mos machine members, he damping capaciy of he maerial should be
(a) low
(b) zero
(c) high
(d) could be anyhing
Ans: c
[12/02 12:05 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Machine design
41. The raio of endurance limi in shear o he endurance limi in flexure is
(a) 0.33
(b) 0.4
(c) 0.5
(d) 0.55
(e) 0.6
Ans: d
42. For seel, he ulimae srengh in shear as compared o ulimae srengh i
n ension is
(a) same
(b) 1/2
(c) 1/3
(d) 1/4
(e) 2/3
Ans: e
43. The endurance limi in shear of carbon seel can be obained by muliplying
he endurance limi in flexure by a facor of
(a) 0.25
(b) 0.45
(r) 0.55
(d) 0.65
(e)0.75.
Ans: e
44. A low emperaures (say 75C) he noched-bar impac value of seel
(a) increases markedly
(b) decreases markedly
(c) remains same
(d) depends on hea reamen carried ou
Ans: b
45. A bol
(a) has a head on one end and a nu fied o he oher
(b) has head a one end and oher end fis ino a apped hole in he oher p
ar o be joined
(c) has boh he ends hreaded
(d) is provided wih poined hreads
(e) requires no nu.
Ans: a
46. The cres diameer of a screw hread is same as
(a) major diameer
(b) minor diameer
(c) pich diameer
(d) core diameer
Ans: a
47. If d is he diameer of bol hole hen for a flanged pipe join o be leak p
roof, he circumferenial pich of he bols should be
(a) lOVZ
(b) 10VZol5Vd
(c) 15Vdo20VZ
(d) 20Vdo30Vd
(e) 30V5"o40Vd.
Ans: d
48. Maximum principal sress heory is applicable for
(a) ducile maerials
(b) brile maerials
(c) elasic maerials
(d) all of he above
Ans: b
49. The following ype of nu is used wih alien bol
(a) alien nu
(b) hexagonal nu
(c) sloed nu
(d) casle nu
(e) any one of he above.
Ans: e
50. A sud
(b) has head a one end and oher end fis ino a apped hole in he oher par
o be joined
(d) has poined hreads
(e) requires locking nus.
Ans: c
51. Shear sress heory is applicable for
(a) ducile fnaerials
(b) brile maerials
(c) elasic maerials
(d) all of he above
Ans: a
52. A ap bol
(b) has head a one end and oher end fis ino a apped hole in he oher par
\o be joined
(d) has poined hreads
(e) requires locking devices.
Ans: b
53. For applicaions involving high sresses in one direcion only he following
ype of hread would be bes suied
(a) ISO meric hread
(b) acme hread
(c) square hread
(d) buress hread
(e) Briish Associaion hread.
Ans: d
54. The included angle in unified of American Naional hreads is
(a) 60
(b) 55
(c) 47
(d) 29
Ans: a
55. The funcion of a washer is o
(a) provide cushioning effec
(b) provide bearing area
(c) absorb shocks and vibraions
(d) provide smooh surface in place of rough surface
(e) ac as a locking device.
Ans: b
56. Cap screws are
(a) similar o'small size ap bols excep ha a greaer variey of shapes of h
eads are available
(b) sloed for a screw driver and generally used wih a nu
(c) used o preven relaive moion be-ween pars
(d) provided wih deachable caps
(e) similar o sud.
Ans: a
57. An alien bol is
(a) self locking bol
(b) same as sud
(c) provided wih hexagonal depression in head
(d) used in high speed componens
(e) provided wih counersunk head.
Ans: c
58. The deflecion of a canilever beam under load W is 8. If is widh is halve
d, hen he deflecion under load W will be
(a) 28
(b) 8/2
(c) 48
(d) 8/4
Ans: c
59. Ball bearing ype screws are found in following applicaion
(a) screw jack
(b) aeroplane engines
(c) crane
(d) seering mechanism
(e) bench vice.
Ans: d
60. Se screws are
(a) similar o small size ap bols excep ha a greaer variey of shapes of h
eads are available
(c) used o preven relaive moion be-ween pars
(d) similar o sud
Ans: c
61. A self locking screw has
(a) fine hreads
(b) coarse hreads
(c) coefficien of fricion > angen of load angle
(d) hole for insering spli pin
(e) wo nus for locking.
Ans: c
62. The designaion M 33 x 2 of a bol means
(a) meric hreads of 33 nos in 2 cm.
(b) meric hreads wih cross-secion of 33 mm
(c) meric hreads of 33 mm ouside diameer and 2 mm pich
(d) bol of 33 mm nominal diameer having 2 hreads per cm
Ans: c
63. Machine screws are
(a) similar o small size ap bols excep ha a greaer variey of shapes of h
eads are available
(c) used o preven relaive moion be-ween wo pars
(d) similar o sud
Ans: b
64. Rives are generally specified by
(a) hickness of plaes o be riveed
(b) lengh of rive
(c) diameer of head
(d) nominal diameer
Ans: d
65. The edges of a boiler plae are bevelled o an angle of
(a) 30
(b) 45
(c) 60
(d) 80
(e) 85.
Ans: d
66. Which of he following is a permanen fasening ?
(a) bols
(b) keys
(c) coers
(d) rives
(e) screws.
Ans: d
67. In order o avoid earing of he plae a edge, he disance from he cener
line of he rive hole o he neares edge of he plae in erms of dia. of riv
e d should be equal o
(a) d
(b) 1.25 d
(c) 1.5 d
(d) 1.75 d
(e) 2 d.
Ans: c
68. If he earing efficiency of a riveed join is 75%, hen he raio of diame
er of rive o he pich is equal o
(a) 0.2
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.50
(d) 0.6
(e) 0.75.
Ans: b
69. Transverse fille welded joins are designed for
(a) ensile srengh
(b) compressive srengh
(c) shear srengh
(d) bending srengh
(e) orsional srengh.
Ans: a
70. Jam nu is a locking device in which
(a) one smaller nu is ighened over main nu and main nu ighened agains sm
aller one by loosening, creaing fricion jamming
(b) a slo is cu parly in middle of nu and hen slo reduced by ighening a
screw
(c) a hard fiber or nylon coer is recessed in he nu and becomes hreaded as
he nu is screwed on he bol causing a igh grip
(d) hrough slos are made a op and a coer-pin is passed hrough hese and a
hole in he bol, and coer spied and ben in reverse direcion a oher end
Ans: a
71. The pich of hreads on a Jock nu in comparison o pich of nu is
(a) same
(b) coarser
(c) finer
(d) very coarse
(e) very fine.
Ans: a
72.Buress hreads are usually found on
(a) screw cuing lahes
(b) feed mechanisms
(c) spindles of bench vices
(d) screw jack
(e) railway carriage couplings.
Ans: e
73. In order o obain bol of uniform srengh
(a) increase shank diameer
(b) increase is lengh
(c) drill an axial hole hrough head up o hreaded porion so ha shank area i
s equal o roo area of hread
(d) ighen die bol properly
Ans: c
74. A key capable of iling in a recess milled ou in a shaf is known as
(a) wood-ruff key
(b) feaher key
(c) fla saddle key
(d) gib head key
(e) hollow saddle key.
Ans: a
75. A key made from a cylindrical disc having segmenal cross-secion, is known
as
(a) wood-ruff key
(b) feaher key
(c) fla saddle key
(d) gib head key
Ans: a
76. A apered key which fis in a keyway in he hub and is fla on he shaf, is
known as
(a) wood-ruff key
(b) feaher key
(c) fla saddle key
(d) gib head key
Ans: c
77. Fibrous fracure occurs in
(a) ducile maerial
(b) brile maerial
(c) elasic maerial
(d) hard maerial
Ans: a
78. Turn buckle has
(a) righ hand hreads on bou ends
(b) lef hand hreads on boh ends
(c) lef hand hreads on one end and righ hand hreads on oher end
(d) no hreads
(e) hreads in middle porion.
Ans: c
79. Eye bols are used for
(a) foundaion purposes
(b) locking devices *
(c) absorbing shock and vibraions
(d) ransmission of power
(e) lifing and ransporaion of machines and cubicles.
Ans: e
80. Elasic nu is a locking device in which
(a) one small nu is ighened over main nu and main nu ighened agains smal
ler one by loosening, creaing fricion jamming
(b) a slo is cu parly in middle of nu and hen slo reduced by ighening a
screw
(c) hard fiber or nylon coer is recessed in he nu and becomes hreaded as h
e nu is sewed on he bol causing a igh grip
hole in he bol, and coer pin splied and ben in reverse direcion a ohe
r end
(e) none of he above,
Ans: c
81. If d is he normal diameer of a bol in mm, hen he iniial ension in kg
in a bol used for making a fluid igh join as for seam engine cover join is
calculaed by he relaion
(a) 102 d
(b) 124 d
(c) 138 d
(d) 151 d
(e) 168 d.
Ans: e
82. If hreads on a bol are lef hand, hreads on nu will be
(a) righ hand wih same pich
(b) lef hand wih same pich
(c) could be lef or righ hand
(d) righ hand wih fine pich
(e) lef hand wih fine pich.
Ans: b
83. Taper usually provided on coer is
(a) 1 in 5
(b) 1 in 10
(c) 1 in 24
(d) 1 in 40
(e) 1 in 50.
Ans: c
84. Applicaions in which sresses are encounered in one direcion only uses fo
llowing ype of hreads
(a) meric
(b) buress
(c) acme
(d) square
(e) BSW.
Ans: b
85. The draw of coer need no exceed
(a) 3 mm
(b) 5 mm
(c) 10 mm
(d) 20 mm
(e) 25 mm.
Ans: a
86. A bench vice has following ype of hreads
(a) meric
(b) square
(c) buress
(d) acme
(e) BSW.
Ans: d
87. The valve rod in a seam engine is conneced o an eccenric rod by
(a) coer join
(b) boled join
(c) kunckle join
(d) universal coupling
(e) gib and coer join.
Ans: c
88. Spli nu is a locking device in which
(b) a slo is cu parly in middle of nu and hen slo reduced by ighening sc
rew
hole in he bol, and coer pin splied and ben in reverse direcion a he
oher end
Ans: b
89. Taper on he coer and slo is provided
(a) on boh he sides
(b) on one side only
(c) on none of he sides
(d) may be provided anywhere
Ans: b
90. The funcion of cuing oil when hreading a pipe is o
(a) provide cooling acion
(b) lubricae he dies
(c) help remove chips
(d) all of he above
Ans: d
91. Silver-based solder is used for
(a) flaring
(b) brazing
(c) sof soldering
(d) fusion welding
(e) none of he above.'
Ans: b
92. For igh leakage joins, following ype of hread is bes suied
(a) meric
(b) buress
(c) square
(d) acme
(e) NPT (naional pipe hreads).
Ans: e
93. In order o permi he hermal expansion/conracion of ubing, i should be
(a) crimped
(b) honed
(c) flared
(d) ben
Ans: d
94. A ube has he following advanage over pipe
(a) ligher and easier o handle
(b) greaer shock absorpion
(c) smooher inside walls
(d) all of he above
Ans: d
95. The srap end of a connecing rod of seam engine is joined by
(a) gib of coer join
(b) sleeve and coer join
(c) spigo socke coer join
(d) knuckle join
(e) universal coupling.
Ans: a
96. A backing ring is used inside he pipe join when making a
(a) bu weld
(b) fille weld
(c) sleeve weld
(d) socke weld
(e) ube weld.
Ans: a
97. The shear plane in case of bols should
(a) be across hreaded porion of shank
(b) be parallel o axis of bol
(c) be normal o hreaded porion of shank
(d) never be across he hreaded porion
Ans: d
97. Casle nu is a locking device in which
(b) a slo is cu parly is middle of nu and hen slo reduced by ighening a
screw
(d) hrough slos are made a op and a coer pin is passed hrough hese and a
hole in he bol, and coer pin spied and ben in reverse direcion a oher
end
Ans: d
98. When a nu is ighened by plaping a washer below i, he bol will be subje
ced o following ype of loads
(a) compression
(b) ension
(c) shear
(d) combined loads
Ans: b
99. Gear box is used
(a) o produce orque
(b) for speed reducion
(c) o obain variable speeds
(d) o increase efficiency of sysem
(e) o damp ou vibraions.
Ans: c
100. The edges of he plaes for cylindrical vessels are usually bevelled o an
angle of 80 for
(a) reducing sress concenraion
(b) ease of manufacure
(c) safey
(d) fullering and caulking
Ans: d
101. The pison rod of a seam engine is usually conneced o he crosshead by m
eans of
(a) boled join
(b) kunckle join
(c) coer join
(d) universal join
(e) universal coupling.
Ans: c
102. Which of he following pipe joins would be suiable for pipes carrying se
am
(a) flanged
(b) hreaded
(c) bell and spigo
(d) expansion
(e) compression.
Ans: d
103. Spring index is
(a) raio of coil diameer o wire diameer
(b) load required o produce uni deflecion
(c) is capabiliy of soring energy
(d) indicaion of qualiy of spring
(e) nohing.
Ans: a
104. The shearing sresses in he inner face as compared o ouer face of he wi
re in a heavy close coiled spring is
(a) larger
(b) smaller
(c) equal
(d) larger/smaller depending on diameer of spring coil
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
105. Form coefficien of spring is
(d) concerned Wih srengh of wire of spring
(e) nohing
Ans: c
106. Spring siffness is
(d) is abiliy o absorb shocks
Ans: b
107. When wo springs are in series (having siffness K), he equivalen siffne
ss will be
(a) K
(b) K/2
(c) 2K
(d) KIA
(e) UK.
Ans: b
108. When a close coiled helical spring is compressed, is wire is subjeced o
(a) ension
(b) shear
(c) compression
(d) all of he above
Ans: a
109. If a spring is cu down ino wo springs, he siffness of cu springs will
be
(a) half
(b) same
(c) double
(d) unpredicable
Ans: c
110. Bel slip may occur due o
(a) heavy load
(b) loose bel
(c) driving pulley oo small
(d) all of he above
Ans: d
111. Aircraf body is usually fabricaed by
(a) welding
(b) precasing
(c) riveing
(d) casing
(e) unconvenional mehods.
Ans: c
112. If wo springs are in parallel hen heir overall siffness will be
(a) half
(b) same
(c) double
(d) unpredicable
Ans: c
113. In hydrodynamic bearings
(a) he oil film pressure is generaed only by he roaion of he journal
(b) he oil film is mainained by supplying oil under pressure
(c) do no require exernal supply of lubrican
(d) grease is used for lubricaion
Ans: a
114. Anifricion bearings are
(a) sleeve bearings
(b) hydrodynamic bearings
(c) hin lubricaed bearings
(d) ball and roller bearings
Ans: e
115. If p = bearing pressure on projeced bearing area, z = absolue viscosiy o
f lubrican, and N = speed of journal, hen he bearing characerisic number is
given by
(a) ZN/p
(b) p/ZN
(c) Z/pN
(d) N/Zp
(e) Zp/N.
Ans: a
116. The usual clearance provided in hydrodynamic bearing per mm of diameer of
shaf is
(a) 0.01 micron
(b) 0.1 micron
(c) 1 micron
(d) 10 microns
(e) 25 microns.
Ans: c
117. In hydrosaic bearings
(a) he Oil film pressure is generaed only by he roaion of he journal
(d) grease is used for lubricaion
Ans: b
118. Oil in journal bearing should be applied a he poin where load is
(a) nil or lighes
(b) maximum
(c) average
(d) any one of he above
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
119. The raed life of a bearing varies
(a) direcly as load
(b) inversely as square of load
(c) inversely as cube of load
(d) inversely as fourh power of load
Ans: c
120. In oilness bearings
(a) he oil film pressure is generaed only by he roaion of he journal
(d) grease required o be applied afer some inervals
Ans: c
121. In V-bel drive, bel ouches
(a) a boom
(b) a sides only
(c) boh a boom and sides
(d) could ouch anywhere
Ans: b
122. Three differen weighs fall from a cerain heigh under vacuum. They will
ake
(a) same ime o reach earh
(b) imes proporional o weigh o reach earh
(c) imes inversely proporional o weigh o reach earh
(d) unpredicable
Ans: a
123. In cross or regular lay ropes
(a) direcion of wis of wires in srands is opposie o he direcion of wis
of srands
(b) direcion of wis of wires and srands are same
(c) wires in wo adjacen srands are wised in opposie direcion
(d) wires are no wised
Ans: a
124. In sandard aper roller bearings, he angle of aper of ouer raceway is
(a) 5
(b) 8
(c) 15
(d) 25
(e) 40.
Ans: d
125. In composie or reverse laid ropes
(a) direcion of wis of wires in srands is opposie o he direcion of wis
of srands
(b) direcion of wis of wires and srands are same
(c) wires in wo adjacen srands are wised in opposie direcion
(d) wires are no wised
Ans: c
126. Wheher any core is required in wire ropes
(a) yes
(b) no
(c) someimes
(d) rarely
(e) very ofen.
Ans: a
127. If shearing sress in nu is half he ensile sress in a bol, hen nu le
ngh should be equal o
(a) diameer of bol
(b) 0.75 x diameer of bol
(c) 1.25 x diameer of bol
(d) 1.5 x diameer of bol
(e) 0.5 x diameer of bol.
Ans: a
128. Basic shaf is one
(a) whose upper deviaion is zero
(b) whose lower deviaion is zero
(c) whose lower as well as upper deviaions are zero
(d) does no exis
Ans: a
129. Basic hole is one
(a) whose upper deviaion is zero
(b) whose lower deviaion is zero
(c) whose lower as well as upper deviaions are zero
(d) does no exis
Ans: b
130. I.S. specifies following oal number of grades of olerances
(a) 18
(b) 16
(c) 20
(d) 22
(e) 14.
Ans: a
131. For sandard coarse hreads of nu, he hreads will be as srong in failur
e by shear as he bol in ension, if he heigh of nu (h) is approximaely
(a) 0.4 imes
(b) 0.6 imes
(c) 0.7 imes
(d) 0.8 imes
(e) 0.9 imes he normal diameer of bol.
Ans: a
132. Allen bols are
(a) self locking bols
(b) designed for shock load
(c) used in aircraf applicaion
(d) provided wih hexagonal depression in head
(e) uniform srengh bols.
Ans: d
133. The resulan axial load on a bol depends on
(a) iniial ension
(b) exernal load applied
(c) relaive elasic yielding (springness) of he bol and he conneced member
(d) (a) and (b) above
(e) (a), (b) and (c) above.
Ans: e
134. The connecing rod bols are ighened up so ha ighening sress
(a) is jus sufficien o hold pars ogeher
(b) approaches yield poin
(c) is 50% of yield poin
(d) is abou yield poin divided by safey facor
Ans: b
135. The connecing rod bols are ighened up wih iniial ension greaer han
he exernal load so ha
(a) join may no open up
(b) bols are weakes elemens
(c) he resulan load on he bol would no be affeced by he exernal cyclic
load
(d) bols will no loosen during service
Ans: c
136. If an applicaion calls for sresses on screw hreads in one direcion only
, hen he following ype of hread would be bes suied
(a) square
(b) acme
(c) buress
(d) BSW
(e) meric.
Ans: c
137. When a bol is subjeced o shock loading, he resilience of he bol shoul
d be considered in order o preven breakage a
(a) shank
(b) head
(c) in he middle
(d) a he hread
(e) anywhere in he bol.
Ans: d
138. The shock absorbing capaciy of a bol can be increased by
(a) ighening i properly
(b) increasing shank diameer
(c) grinding he shank
(d) using washer
(e) making shank diameer equal o core diameer of hread.
Ans: e
[12/02 11:16 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Workshop echnology
1. The diaphragm moulding machine is used o
(A) Ram he sand harder a he paern face wih decreasing hardness owards he
back of he mould
(B) Ram he sand harder a he back of he mould and sofer on he paern face
(C) Produce uniform packing of sand in he mould
(D) Give uniform sand hardness hroughou he mould
Correc Answer
2. The curren in elecric resisance welding can be regulaed by
(A) Varying he inpu supply
(B) Changing he primary urns of he ransformer
(C) Changing he secondary urns of he ransformer
Correc Answer
3. According o Indian sandard specificaions, 100 H6/g5 means ha.
(A) Basic size is 100 mm
(B) Acual size is 100 mm
(C) Difference beween he acual size and basic size is 100 mm
Correc Answer
4. The operaion of producing cup shaped pars from fla shee meal blanks by b
ending and plasic flow of meal, is known as
(A) Drawing
(B) Squeezing
(C) Coining
(D) Planishing
Correc Answer
5. In a four high rolling mill, here are four rolls ou of which
(A) One is working roll and hree are backing up rolls
(B) Two are working rolls and wo are backing up rolls
(C) Three are working rolls and one is backing up roll
(D) All of he four are working rolls
Correc Answer
6. In a ho chamber die casing machine
(A) Ferrous alloys wih low meling emperaure are cased
(B) Ferrous alloys wih high meling emperaure are cased
(C) Nonferrous alloys wih low meling emperaure are cased
(D) Nonferrous alloys wih high meling emperaure are cased
Correc Answer
7. A paern maker's shrinkage rule considers
(A) All paern allowances
(B) Only shrinkage allowance
(C) All maerials o be cas
(D) All maerials of he paern
Correc Answer
8. Tandem drawing of wires and ubes is necessary because
(A) I is no possible o reduce a one sage
(B) Annealing is needed beween sages
(C) Accuracy in dimensions is no possible oherwise
(D) Surface finish improves afer every drawing sage
Correc Answer
9. Seam welding is a
(A) Coninuous spo welding process
(B) Muli-spo welding process
(C) Arc welding process
(D) Process used for joining round bars
Correc Answer
10. The recrysallisaion emperaure of seel is
(A) 400C
(B) 600C
(C) 800C
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. When a paern is made in hree pars, he op par, is known as a
(A) Drag
(B) Cheek
(C) Cope
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
12. The emperaure of he inner luminous cone of neural flame is abou
(A) 1000C
(B) 1250C
(C) 2100C
(D) 3200C
Correc Answer
13. The welding process used o join he ends of wo pipes of uniform cross-sec
ion, is
(A) Spo welding
(B) Seam welding
(C) Projecion welding
(D) Upse bu welding
Correc Answer
14. The fullers are used
(A) For finishing fla surfaces
(B) For necking down a piece of work
(C) For punching a hole
(D) To finish he punched hole
Correc Answer
15. In a compound die
(A) Only one operaion is performed a each sroke of he ram
(B) Two or more operaions are performed simulaneously a he single sroke of
he ram
(C) Two or more cuing operaions are performed a one saion of he press in
every sroke of he ram
(D) Boh cuing and non-cuing operaions are performed a one saion of he
press in every sroke of he ram
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion A (4) Answer: Opio
n A (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion C
1. In die casing, machining allowance is
(A) Small
(B) Large
(C) Very large
(D) No provided
Correc Answer
2. The maximum flame emperaure occurs
(A) A he ouer cone
(B) A he inner cone
(C) Beween he ouer and inner cone
(D) A he orch ip
Correc Answer
3. Cas iron and seel pipes are produced by
(A) Slush casing
(B) Invesmen casing
(C) True cenrifugal casing
(D) Die casing
Correc Answer
4. The casing mehod adoped for ornamens and oys of nonferrous alloys, is
(A) Permanen mould casing
(B) Slush casing
(C) Die casing
(D) Cenrifugal casing
Correc Answer
5. The purpose of a riser is o
(A) Deliver molen meal ino he mould caviy
(B) Ac as a reservoir for he molen meal
(C) Feed he molen meal o he casing in order o compensae for he shrinkag
e
(D) Deliver he molen meal from pouring basin o gae
Correc Answer
6. When he dimension is expressed as 20 -0.025 , hen he basic size is
(A) 20 mm
(B) 20.035 mm
(C) 20.025 mm
(D) 19.975 mm
Correc Answer
7. The direcional solidificaion in casing can be improved by using
(A) Chills and chaples
(B) Chills and padding
(C) Chaples and padding
(D) Chills, chaples and padding
Correc Answer
8. The operaion of cuing of a fla shee o he desired shape is called
(A) Shearing
(B) Piercing
(C) Punching
(D) Blanking
Correc Answer
9. The cold chisels are made from
(A) Cas iron
(B) Mild seel
(C) High speed seel
(D) Cas ool seel
Correc Answer
10. In arc welding, he emperaure of hea produced by he elecric arc is of
he order of
(A) 3000C o 4000C
(B) 4000C o 5000C
(C) 5000C o 6000C
(D) 6000C o 7000C
Correc Answer
11. In shielded arc welding
(A) Large elecrode is used
(B) Welding rod coaed wih slag is used
(C) Welding rod coaed wih fluxing maerial is used
Correc Answer
12. In shee meal blanking, shear is provided on punches and dies so ha
(A) Press load is reduced
(B) Good cu edge is obained
(C) Warping of shee is minimized
(D) Cu blanks is sraigh
Correc Answer
13. A aper provided on he paern for is easy and clean wihdrawal from he m
ould is known as
(A) Machining allowance
(B) Draf allowance
(C) Shrinkage allowance
(D) Disorion allowance
Correc Answer
14. A neural flame is obained by supplying
(A) Equal volumes of oxygen and aceylene
(B) More volume of oxygen and less volume of aceylene
(C) More volume of aceylene and less volume of oxygen
Correc Answer
15. Which of he following maerial can be used for making paerns?
(A) Aluminium
(B) Wax
(C) Lead
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion A (15) Answer: Opion
1. A sand employed on he faces of he paern before moulding, is called
(A) Green sand
(B) Dry sand
(C) Loam sand
(D) Paring sand
Correc Answer
2. For welding plaes of hickness more han 12.5 mm, is edges
(A) Do no require bevelling
(B) Should be bevelled o a single-V or U-groove
(C) Should have a double-V or U-groove on one side
(D) Should have a double-V or U-groove on boh sides
Correc Answer
3. The machining allowance provided on paerns depends upon
(A) Type of casing meal
(B) Size and shape of casing
(C) Mehod of casing used
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
4. he mos preferred process for casing gas urbine blades is
(A) Die casing
(B) Shell moulding
(C) Invesmen moulding
(D) Sand casing
Correc Answer
5. The pars of circular cross-secion which are symmerical abou he axis of r
oaion are made by
(A) Ho forging
(B) Ho spinning
(C) Ho exrusion
(D) Ho drawing
Correc Answer
6. When a paern is made in hree pars, he ________ is known as a drag.
(A) Boom par
(B) Middle par
(C) Top par
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
7. In a _______, he molen meal is poured and allowed o solidify while he mo
uld is revolving.
(A) Die casing mehod
(B) Slush casing mehod
(C) Permanen mould casing mehod
(D) Cenrifugal casing mehod
Correc Answer
8. In a gas welding of mild seel using an oxyaceylene flame, he oal amoun
of aceylene consumed is 10 lires. The oxygen consumpion from he cylinder is
(A) 5 lires
(B) 10 lires
(C) 15 lires
(D) 20 lires
Correc Answer
9. The elecrode ip diameer (d) in spo welding should be equal o (where =
Thickness of plae o be welded)
(A)
(B) 1.5
(C) 3
(D) 6
Correc Answer
10. The surface o be machined is marked on he paern by
(A) Red colour
(B) Yellow colour
(C) Black colour
(D) Blue colour
Correc Answer
11. In order o deliver molen meal from pouring basin o gae, a ________ is u
sed.
(A) Riser
(B) Sprue
(C) Core
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
12. In a ho chamber die casing machine
(A) Meling po is separae from he machine
(B) Meling po is an inegral par of he machine
(C) Meling po may have any locaion
(D) High emperaure and pressure is used
Correc Answer
13. In a cenrifugal casing mehod
(A) Core is made of sand
(B) Core is made of ferrous meal
(C) Core is made of nonferrous meal
(D) No core is used
Correc Answer
14. The blank diameer used in hread rolling will be
(A) Equal o minor diameer of he hread
(B) Equal o pich diameer of he hread
(C) A lile larger han he minor diameer of he hread
(D) A lile larger han he pich diameer of he hread
Correc Answer
15. A casing defec which occurs due o improper vening of sand is known as
(A) Cold shus
(B) Blow holes
(C) Shif
(D) Swell
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion D (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion B
[13/02 10:57 am] +91 78697 66465 : Auomobile engineering

1. The paining of auomobiles is done o
(A) Preven rus from growing on he body
(B) Improve is exernal appearance
(C) Reain he characerisics of seel for long
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
2. The calorific value of perol is abou
(A) 36.5-38.5 MJ/kg
(B) 39.4-42.5 MJ/kg
(C) 42.7-43.5 MJ/kg
(D) 45.5-47 MJ/kg
Correc Answer
3. The coefficien of fricion for he cluch facing is approximaely
(A) 0.1
(B) 0.4
(C) 0.8
(D) 1.2
Correc Answer
4. The air resisance o a car a 20 kmph is R. The air resisance a 40 kmph wi
ll be
(A) R
(B) 2R
(C) 4R
(D) 4R
Correc Answer
5. The sroke of an engine is he
(A) Volume of he cylinder
(B) Lengh of he connecing rod
(C) Inernal diameer of he cylinder
(D) Disance beween T.D.C. and B.D.C.
Correc Answer
6. The braking conrol ype racion conrol sysem (TCS) generally operaes in
he speed range of
(A) Less han 20 kmph
(B) Less han 40 kmph
(C) Less han 60 kmph
(D) More han 60 kmph
Correc Answer
7. The funcion of a firs compression ring (op ring) is ha i
(A) Increases he combusion emperaure
(B) Creaes swirl
(C) Mainains a seal and prevens he fuel leakage
(D) Mainains a seal and prevens escape of burned gases and loss of pressure in
he combusion chamber
Correc Answer
8. The componen ha connecs he seering rack o he knuckles is
(A) Tie rod
(B) Secor gear
(C) Pivo
(D) Spline
Correc Answer
9. The ceane number of a Diesel fuel is a measure of
(A) Volailiy
(B) Viscosiy
(C) Igniion qualiy
(D) Delay period
Correc Answer
10. In perol engines, during sucion sroke, _________ is drawn in he cylinder
(A) Air and fuel
(B) Only fuel
(C) Only air
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. The main feaure of Macpherson sru suspension is ha
(A) The verical size of he suspension can be made more compac
(B) Non verical exernal forces are suppored by he suspension arms
(C) The unsprung mass in ligher
(D) The assembly is slighly more complicaed in design
Correc Answer
12. The capaciy of a baery is usually expressed in erms of
(A) Vols
(B) Amperes
(C) Weigh
(D) Ampere hours
Correc Answer
13. The mos commonly used power plan in auomobiles is
(A) Gas urbine
(B) I.C. engine
(C) Baery
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
14. In a square ype engine
(A) Geomerical shape is square
(B) Diameer and lengh of pison are same
(C) Two cylinders are placed horizonal and wo verical
(D) Sroke lengh and cylinder bore are same
Correc Answer
15. The pah aken by inake air is
(A) Carbureor (or hrole body) air cleaner inake manifold inake pors cyli
nders
(B) Air cleaner carbureor (or hrole body) inake pors inake manifold cyli
nders
(C) Air cleaner inake manifold carbureor (or hrole body) inake pors cyli
nders
(D) Air cleaner carbureor (or hrole body) inake manifold inake pors cyli
nders
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion D (15) Answer: Opion D
[13/02 11:47 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Indusrial engg. (Mechanical )
1. Work sudy is concerned wih
(a) improving presen mehod and finding sandard ime
(b) moivaion of workers
(c) improving producion capabiliy
(d) improving producion planning and conrol
Ans: a
2. Basic ool in work sudy is
(a) graph paper
(b) process char
(c) planning char
(d) sop wach
(e) analyical mind.
Ans: d
3. Wha does symbol 'O' imply in work sudy
(a) operaion
(b) inspecion
(c) ranspor
(d) delay/emporary sorage
Ans: a
4. Wha does symbol 'D' imply in work sudy
(a) inspecion
(b) ranspor
(c) delay/emporary sorage
(d) permanen sorage
Ans: c
5. Wha does symbol 'V' employ in work sudy
(a) operaion
(b) inspecion
(c) delay/ emporary Sorage
(d) permanen sorage
Ans: d
6. Maerial handling in auomobile indusry is done by
(a) overhead crane
(b) rolley
(c) bel conveyor
(d) all of he above
Ans: a
7. Sring diagram is used when
(a) eam of workers is working a a place
(b) maerial handling is o be done
(c) idle ime is o be reduced
(d) all of he above
Ans: a
8. Work sudy is mos useful
(a) where producion aciviies are involved
(b) in judging he raing of machines
(c) in improving indusrial relaions
(d) in judging he oupu of a man and improving i
(e) where men are bigges conribuor o success of a projec.
Ans: a
9. Micromoion sudy is
(a) enlarged view of moion sudy
(b) analysis of one sage of moion sudy
(c) minue and deailed moion sudy
(d) subdivision of an operaion ino herbligs and heir analysis
(e) moion sudy of small componens upo mirco-seconds.
Ans: d
10. In micromoion sudy, herblig is described by
(a) a symbol
(b) an even
(c) an aciviy
(d) micro moions
(e) sandard symbol and colour.
Ans: e
[13/02 11:52 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Indusrial engg(Mechanical)
11. The allowed ime for a job equals sandard ime plus
(a) policy allowance
(b) inerference allowance
(c) process allowance
(d) learning allowance
(e) unforeseen allowance.
Ans: a
12. Micromoion sudy involves following number of fundamenal hand moions
(a) 8
(b) 12
(c) 16
(d) 20
(e) 24
Ans: c
13. The sandard ime for a job is
(a) oal work conen
(b) base ime + relaxaion ime
(c) oal work conen + basic ime
(d) oal work conen + delay coningency allowance
(e) oal work conen + relaxaion ime.
Ans: d
14. Work sudy is done wih he help of
(a) process char
(b) maerial handling
(c) sop wach
(d) all of he above
Ans: c
15. Scheduling gives informaion abou
(a) when work should sar and how much work should be compleed during a cerai
n period
(b) when work should complee
(c) ha how idle ime can be minimized
(d) proper uilisaion of machines
Ans: a
16. Expediing funcion consiss in keeping a wach on
(a) operaor's aciviy
(b) flow of maerial and in case of rouble locae source of rouble
(c) minimising he delays
(d) making efficien despaching
Ans: b
17. Choose he wrong saemen Time sudy is used o
(a) deermine overhead expenses
(b) provide a basis for seing piece prices or incenive wages
(c) deermine sandard coss
(d) deermine he capabiliy of an operaor o handle he number of machines
(e) compare alernaive mehods.
Ans: a
18. Job evaluaion is he mehod-of deermining he
(a) relaive worh of jobs
(b) skills required by a worker
(c) conribuion of a worker
(d) conribuion of a job
(e) effeciveness of various alernaives.
Ans: a
19. Micromoion sudy is
(a) analysis of a man-work mehod by using a moion picure camera wih a iming
device in he field of view
(b) moion sudy* observed on enhanced ime inervals
(c) moion sudy of a sequence of operaions conduced sysemaically
(d) sudy of man and machine conduced simulaneously
(e) scienific, analyically procedure for deermining opimum work mehod.
Ans: a
20. Per cen idle ime for men or machines is found by
(a) work sampling
(b) ime sudy
(c) mehod sudy
(d) work sudy
(e) ABC analysis.
Ans: a
[14/02 12:08 am] +91 78697 66465 : Indusrial engg(mechanical )
21. TMU in mehod ime measuremen sands for
(a) ime moion uni
(b) ime measuremen uni
(c) ime movemen uni
(d) echnique measuremen uni
(e) ime mehod uni.
Ans: b
22. Time sudy is
(a) he appraisal, in erms of ime, of he value of work involving human effor
(b) machine seing ime
(c) ime aken by workers o do a job
(d) mehod of fixing ime for workers
(e) mehod of deermining he personnel Requiremen.
Ans: a
23. Work sampling observaions are aken on he basis of
(a) deailed calculaions
(b) convenience
(c) able of random numbers
(d) pas experience
(e) fixed percenage of daily producion.
Ans: c
24. One ime measuremen uni (TMU) in mehod ime measuremen sysem equals
(a) 0.0001 minue
(b) 0.0006 minue
(c) 0.006 minue
(d) 0.001 minue
(e) 0.06 minue.
Ans: b
25. Basic moion ime sudy gives imes for basic moions in en housandhs of
(a) second
(b) minue
(c) hour
(d) day
Ans: b
26. Choose he wrong saemen. Moion sudy is used for
(a) improving a work mehod
(b) improvising a work mehod
(c) designing a work mehod
(d) providing a schemaic framework
(e) reducing invenory coss.
Ans: e
27. Gna char provides informaion abou he
(a) maerial handling
(b) proper uilisaion of manpower
(c) producion schedule
(d) efficien working of machine
Ans: c
28. ABC analysis deals wih
(a) analysis of process char
(b) flow of maerial
(c) ordering schedule of job
(d) conrolling invenory coss money
Ans: d
29. Process layou is employed for
(a) bach producion
(b) coninuous ype of produc
(c) effecive uilisaion of machines
(d) all of he above
Ans: a
30. For a produc layou he maerial handling equipmen mus
(a) have full flexibiliy
(b) employ conveyor bels, rucks, racors ec.
(c) be a general purpose ype
(d) be designed as special purpose for a paricular applicaion
(e) arranging shops according o specializaion of duies.
Ans: d
[14/02 12:55 am] +91 94740 53896 : *THERMODYNAMICS*
31. Which law saes ha he inernal energy of a gas is a funcion of empera
ure
(a) Charles' law
(b) Joule's law
(c) Regnaul's law
(d) Boyle's law
(e) here is no such law.
Ans: b
32. The same volume of all gases would represen heir
(a) densiies
(b) specific weighs
(c) molecular weighs
(d) gas characerisic consans
(e) specific graviies.
Ans: c
33. Which law saes ha he specific hea of a gas remains consan a all em
peraures and pressures
(a) Charles' Law
(b) Joule's Law
(c) Regnaul's Law
(d) Boyle's Law
(e) here is no such law.
Ans: c
34. An open sysem is one in which
(a) mass does no cross boundaries of he sysem, hough energy may do so
(b) neiher mass nor energy crosses he boundaries of he sysem
(c) boh energy and mass cross he boundaries of he sysem
(d) mass crosses he boundary bu no he energy
(e) hermodynamic reacions do no occur.
Ans: c
35. According o which law, all perfec gases change in volume by l/273h of he
ir original volume a 0C for every 1C change in emperaure when pressure remains
consan
(a) Joule's law
(b) Boyle's law
(c) Regnaul's law
(d) Gay-Lussac law
(e) Charles' law.
Ans: e
36. Gases have
(a) only one value of specific hea
(b) wo values of specific hea
(c) hree values of specific hea
(d) no value of specific hea
(e) under some condiions one value and someimes wo values of specific hea.
Ans: b
37. According o Avogadro's Hypohesis
(a) he molecular weighs of all he perfec gases occupy he same volume under
same condiions of pressure and emperaure
(b) he sum of parial pressure of mixure of wo gases is sum of he wo
(c) produc of he gas consan and he molecular weigh of an ideal gas is cons
an
(d) gases have wo values of specific hea
(e) all sysems can be regarded as closed sysems.
Ans: a
38. Exensive propery of a sysem is one whose value
(a) depends on he mass of he sysem like volume
(b) does no depend on he mass of he sysem, like emperaure, pressure, ec.
(c) is no dependen on he pah followed bu on he sae
(d) is dependen on he pah followed and no on he sae
(e) is always consan.
Ans: a
39. Work done in a free expansion process is
(a) + ve
(b) -ve
(c) zero
(d) maximum
(e) minimum.
Ans: c
40. The saemen ha molecular weighs of all gases occupy he same volume is
known as
(a) Avogadro's hypohesis
(b) Dalon's law
(c) Gas law
(d) Law of hermodynamics
(e) Joule's law.
Ans: a
[14/02 12:56 am] +91 94740 53896 : *IC ENGINE*
25. Combusion in compression igniion engines is
(a) homogeneous
(b) heerogeneous
(c) boh (a) and (b)
(d) laminar
(e) urbulen.
Ans: b
26. The fuel in diesel engine is normally injeced a pressure of
(a) 5-10 kg/cm2
(b) 20-25 kg/cm2
(c) 60-80 kg/cm2
(d) 90-130 kg/cm2
(e) 150-250 kg/cm2
Ans: d
27. The specific fuel consumpion per BHP hour for diesel engine is approximael
y
(a) 0.15 kg
(b) 0.2 kg
(c) 0.25 kg
(d) 0.3 kg
(e) 0.35 kg.
Ans: b
28. The emperaure of inerior surface of cylinder wall in normal operaion is
no allowed o exceed
(a) 80C
(b) 120C
(c) 180C
(d) 240C
(e) 320C.
Ans: c
30. Crankcase explosion in I.C. engines usuall occurs as
(a) firs a mild explosion followed by a bi explosion
(b) firs a big explosion followed by a mil explosion
(c) boh mild and big explosions occi simulaneously
(d) never occurs
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
31. Compression loss in I.C engines occurs duo
(a) leaking pison rings
(b) use of hick head gaske
(c) clogged air-inle slos
(d) increase in clearance volume caused b bearing-bushing wear
Ans: e
32. The specific fuel consumpion per BH hour for a perol engine is approximae
ly
(a) 0.15 kg
(b) 0.2 kg
(c) 0.25 kg
(d) 0.3kg
(e) 0.35 kg.
Ans: c
33. The air requiremen of a perol engine during saring compared o heoreic
al airequired for complee combusion is
(a) more
(b) loss
(c) same
(d) may be more or less depending on engine capaciy
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: b
34. The inle value of a four sroke cycle I.C engine remains open for nearly
(a) 180
(b) 125
(c) 235
(d) 200
(e) 275.
Ans: c
35. Which of he following is no an inerns combusion engine
(a) 2-sroke perol engine
(b) 4-sroke perol engine
(c) diesel engine
(d) gas urbine
(e) seam urbine.
Ans: e
36. Pick up he false saemen
(a) Thermal efficiency of diesel engine i abou 34%
(b) Theoreically correc mixure of air am perol is approximaely 15 : 1
(c) High speed compression engines operae on dual combusion cycle
(d) Diesel engines are compression igniion engines
(e) S.I. engines are qualiy-governed engines.
Ans: e
37. If one cylinder of a diesel engine receives more fuel han he ohers, hen
for ha cylinder he
(a) exhaus will be smoky
(b) pison rings would sick ino pison grooves
(c) exhaus emperaure will be high
(d) engine sars overheaing
(e) scavenging occurs.
Ans: e
38. The oupu of a diesel engine can be increased wihou increasing he engine
revoluion or size in following way
(a) feeding more fuel
(b) increasing flywheel size
(c) heaing incoming air
(d) scavenging
(e) supercharging.
Ans: e
39. I he emperaure of inake air in IC engines is lowered, hen is efficien
cy will
(a) increase
(b) decrease
(c) remain same
(d) increase upo cerain limi and hen decrease
(e) decrease upo cerain limi and hen in-crease.
Ans: a
40. In a ypical medium speed 4-sroke cycle diesel engine
(a) compression sars a 35 afer boom dead cener and ends a op dead cener
(b) compression sars a boom dead cener and ends a op dead cener
(c) compression sars a 10 before boom dead cener and, ends jus before op
dead cener
(d) may sar and end anywhere
Ans: a
[14/02 12:58 am] +91 94740 53896 : *NUCLEAR POWER PLANT*
16. The number of isoopes of hydrogen are
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) U
(c) 3
(e) 0
Ans: c
17. The commonly used maerial for shielding is
(a) lead or concree
(b) lead and in
(c) graphie or cadmium
(d) hick galvanised shees
(e) black carbon papers.
Ans: a
18. The main ineres of shielding in nuclear reacor is proecion agains
(a) X-rays
(b) infra-red rays
(c) a, P, and y rays
(d) neurons and gamma rays
(e) elecrons.
Ans: d
19. Reflecor in nuclear plans is used o
(a) reurn he neurons back ino he core
(b) shield he radioaciviy compleely
(c) check pollluion
(d) conserve energy
(e) is no used.
Ans: a
20. The energy required o be applied o a radioacive nucleus for he emission
of a neuron is
(a) 1 MeV
(b) 2.4 MeV
(c) 4.3 MeV
(d) 7.8 MeV
(e) 20 MeV.
Ans: d
21. Which of he following are ferrie maerials
(a) U233andPu239
(b) U
(c) U238andPu239
(d) U238andTh239
(e) none of he above
Ans: b
22. Ferrie maerial is
(a) he mos fissionable maerial
(b) he basic fuel for nuclear pains
(c) basic raw maerial for nuclear plans
(d) he maerial which absorbs neurons and undergoes sponaneous changes leadin
g o he formaion of fissionable maerial
Ans: d
23. Enriched uranium is one in which
(a) %age of U235 has been arificially in-creased
(b) %age of U has been arificially increased
(c) %age of U234 has been arificially in-creased
(d) exra energy is pumped from ouside
(e) all impuriies have been removed.
Ans: a
24. Which of he following paricles is he lighes
(a) nucleus
(b) elecron
(c) proon
(d) meson
(e) neuron.
Ans: b
25. Which of he following is he heavies
(a) neuron
(b) proon
(c) aom
(d) elecron
(e) nucleus.
Ans: c
26. In fas breeder reacors
(a) any ype of moderaor can be used
(b) graphie is used as he moderaor
(c) heavy waer is used as he moderaor
(d) moderaor may or may no be used
(e) moderaor is dispensed wih.
Ans: e
27. In nuclear fission each neuron ha causes fission releases
(a) no new neuron
(b) a leas one new neuron
(c) one new neuron
(d) more han one new neurons
(e) many-fold neurons.
Ans: d
28. The breeding gain in case of hermal breeder reacor as compared o fas bre
eder reacor is
(a) same
(b) lower
(c) higher
(d) uniy
(e) higher/lower depending on he size of reacor.
Ans: b
29. Gas cooled reacor uses following maerials as moderaor, and coolan
(a) graphie, C02
(b) graphie, air
(c) heavy waer, C02
(d) lead, H2
(e) concree, N2.
Ans: a
30. A nuclear fission produces energy of following order in MeV
(a) 20
(b) 200
(c) 2000
(d) 20,000
(e) 2 x 105.
Ans: b
[14/02 12:59 am] +91 94740 53896 : *HEAT TRANSFER*
21. Temperaure of seam a around 540C can be measured by
(a) hermomeer
(b) radiaiouv pyromeer
(c) hermisor
(d) hermocouple
(e) hermopile.
Ans: d
22. Thermal conduciviy of air a room emperaure in kcal/m hr C is of he orde
r of
(a) 0.002
(b) 0.02
(c) 0.01
(d) 0.1
(e) 0.5.
Ans: b
23. The ime consan of a hermocouple is
(a) he ime aken o aain he final emperaure o be measured
(b) he ime aken o aain 50% of he value of iniial emperaure difference
(c) he ime aken o aain 63.2% of he value of iniial emperaure differenc
e
(d) deermined by he ime aken o reach 100C from 0C
Ans: c
24. Thermal conduciviy of air wih rise in emperaure
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains consan
(d) may increase or decrease depending on emperaure
Ans: a
25. Hea flows from one body o oher when hey have
(a) differen hea conens
(b) differen specific hea
(c) differen aomic srucure
(d) differen emperaures
Ans: d
26. The concep of overall coefficien of hea ransfer is used in hea ransfer
problems of
(a) conducion
(b) convecion
(c) radiaion
(d) all he hree combined
(e) conducion and come_cion.
Ans: e
27. In hea ransfer, conducance equals conduciviy (kcal/hr/sqm/C/cm) divided
by
(a) hr (ime)
(b) sqm (area)
(c) C (emperaure)
(d) cm (hickness)
(e) kcal (hea).
Ans: d
28. The amoun of hea flow hrough a body by conducion is
(a) direcly proporional o he surface area of he body
(b) direcly proporional o he emperaure difference on he wo faces of he
body
(c) dependen upon he maerial of he body
(d) inversely proporional o he hickness of he body
Ans: e
29. Which of he following has leas value of conduciviy
(a) glass
(b) waer
(c) plasic
(d) rubber
(e) air.
Ans: e
30. Which of he following is expeced o have highes hermal conduciviy
(a) seam
(b) solid ice
(c) meling ice
(d) waer
(e) boiling waer.
Ans: b
[14/02 1:00 am] +91 94740 53896 : *R & AC*
21. The moisure in a refrigeran is removed by
(a) evaporaor
(b) safey relief valve
(c) dehumidifier
(d) driers
(e) expansion valve
Ans: d
22. The condensing pressure due o he presence of non-condensable gases, as com
pared o ha acually required for condensing emperaures wihou non-condensa
ble gases,
(a) will be higher
(b) will be lower
(c) will remain unaffeced
(d) may be higher or lower depending upon he naure of non-condensable gases
(e) unpredicable.
Ans: a
23. Criical pressure of a liquid is he pressure
(a) above which liquid will remain liquid
(b) above which liquid becomes gas
(c) above which liquid becomes vapour
(d) above which liquid becomes solid
(e) a which all he hree phases exis ogeher.
Ans: a
24. Criical emperaure is' he emperaure above which
(a) a gas will never liquefy
(b) a gas will immediaely liquefy
(c) waer will evaporae
(d) waer will never evaporae
Ans: a
25. The refrigeran for a refrigeraor should have
(a) high sensible hea
(b) high oal hea
(c) high laen hea
(d) low laen hea
(e) low sensible hea
Ans: c
26. Raing of a domesic refrigeraor is of he order of
(a) 0.1 on
(b) 5 ons
(c) 10 ons
(d) 40 ons
(e) 100 ons.
Ans: a
27. The COP of a domesic refrigeraor
(a) is less han 1
(b) is more han 1
(c) is equal o 1
(d) depends upon he make
(e) depends upon he weaher condiions.
Ans: b
28. The domesic refrigeraor uses following ype of compressor
(a) cenrifugal
(b) axial
(c) miniaure sealed uni
(d) pison ype reciprocaing
Ans: d
29. Presence of moisure in a refrigeran affecs he working of
(a) compressor
(b) condenser
(c) evaparaor
(d) expansion valve.
(e) hea ransfer.
Ans: d
30. Refrigeraion in aeroplanes usually employs he following refrigeran
(a) Co2
(b) Freon-11
(c) Freon-22
(d) Air
Ans: d
[14/02 9:41 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Auomobile Engineering (mechanical )
1. The brake warning ligh warns he driver of
(A) Waer in he maser cylinder
(B) Air in he hydraulic sysem
(C) Failure of he primary or secondary circui of hydraulic sysem
(D) Power brake failure
Correc Answer
2. The connecing rods are generally made of __________ shaped cross-secion.
(A) I
(B) C
(C) L
(D) H
Correc Answer
3. I is necessary o mainain he valve clearances as hey
(A) Reduce he resisance o sliding ha occurs beween he cam and he appe
(B) Allow for lenghening of he valves owing o he hea of combusion
(C) Increase he speed a which he valves move up and down
(D) Make he crankshaf urn smoohly
Correc Answer
4. The characerisic ha is enhanced by he honing of cylinder sleeves inner s
urface is
(A) Cooling efficiency
(B) Resisance o wear
(C) Lubricaion performance
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
5. If he air-fuel mixure ignies before he spark akes place a spark plug,
he condiion is called
(A) Deonaion
(B) Igniion
(C) Pre-igniion
(D) Rumble
Correc Answer
6. The insrumen used o check specific graviy of acid in a baery is
(A) Hydromeer
(B) Hygromeer
(C) Anemomeer
(D) Mulimeer
Correc Answer
7. The crankshaf of a ypical inline four cylinder engine has ________ balance
weighs.
(A) 12
(B) 4
(C) 16
(D) 8
Correc Answer
8. The condiion ha resuls in large quaniies of HC emission is
(A) High emperaure combusion
(B) Incomplee combusion
(C) Low emperaure combusion
(D) High amospheric emperaure combusion
Correc Answer
9. The engine oil viscosiy is defined by ___________ raings.
(A) Auomaic ransmission fluid (ATF)
(B) Sociey of auomoive engineers (SAE)
(C) Gross vehicle weigh (GVW)
(D) American peroleum insiue (API)
Correc Answer
10. The negaive plaes of a lead acid baery has
(A) Lead peroxide (PbO)
(B) Spongy lead (Pb)
(C) Lead sulphae (PbSO)
(D) Sulphuric acid (HSO)
Correc Answer
11. The drive-shafs are conneced o he differenial and wheel hubs hrough un
iversal joins because he universal joins
(A) Absorb he vibraions ransferred from he surface of he road
(B) Compensae for variaions in he relaive posiions of he differenial and
he wheels which resul from bumpy road surfaces or oher similar driving condi
ions.
(C) Absorb any difference in speed beween he lef and righ wheels when he ve
hicle is urning
Correc Answer
12. The ocane raing of perol commercially available is
(A) 85-95
(B) 95-100
(C) 100-110
(D) 110-125
Correc Answer
13. The vehicle ride will be comforable if
(A) Unsprung mass is kep minimum
(B) Sprang mass is kep minimum
(C) Vehicle mass is kep minimum
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
14. The auo igniion in a spark igniion engine means
(A) Auomaic igniion of he charge a he end of compression
(B) Igniion induced by he passage of a spark
(C) Igniion of he charge before he passage of flame fron
(D) Igniion induced o supplemen he process of normal combusion
Correc Answer
15. When he brake pedal free play is less han he specified value, hen he
(A) Brake drags
(B) Brake fades
(C) Vapour locking occurs in he brake lines
(D) Anilock braking sysem malfuncions
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion C (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion A
[14/02 9:46 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Auomobile Engineering
1. The acid used in auomobile baery is
(A) Hydrochloric acid
(B) Hydrofluoric acid
(C) Niric acid
(D) Sulphuric acid
Correc Answer
2. Highes useful compression raio (HUCR) is he highes compression raio a w
hich he
(A) Engine can run
(B) Engine gives maximum oupu
(C) Engine is mos efficien
(D) Fuel can be used in a es engine wihou knocking
Correc Answer
3. A perol engine of a car develops 125 Nm orque a 2700 r.p.m. The car is dri
ven in second gear having gear raio of 1.75. The final drive raio is 4.11. If
he overall ransmission efficiency is 90%, hen he orque available a he dri
ving wheels is
(A) 8.091 Nm
(B) 80.91 Nm
(C) 809.1 Nm
(D) 8091 Nm
Correc Answer
4. The air gap beween he cenral elecrode and ground (or side) elecrode of a
spark plug is around
(A) 0.2 mm
(B) 0.5 mm
(C) 1 mm
(D) 1.5 mm
Correc Answer
5. A four cylinder engine has a capaciy of 2.4 lires. The swep volume of one
cylinder is
(A) 400 cm
(B) 600 cm
(C) 1200 cm
(D) 2400 cm
Correc Answer
6. The posiive plaes of a lead acid baery has
(A) Lead peroxide (PbO)
(B) Spongy lead (Pb)
(C) Lead sulphae (PbSO)
(D) Sulphuric acid (HSO)
Correc Answer
7. In comparison wih a radial yre, one advanage of a bias ply yre is
(A) Longer life
(B) Lower rolling resisance
(C) Smooher ride a low speeds
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
8. The main meri of a muli cylinder ype cylinder sleeve is
(A) Smaller engine dimensions
(B) Beer cooling efficiency
(C) High rigidiy
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. Thinner is added o he pain in order o
(A) Make pigmens and resin mix easily
(B) Make pain film hard
(C) Opimise is viscosiy
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. When he baery is half (50%) charged, he specific graviy of acid in a ba
ery is usually
(A) 0.74
(B) 1.00
(C) 1.12
(D) 1.19
Correc Answer
11. The diagram which shows he correc crank posiions corresponding o he ope
ning and closing of he valves, is known as
(A) Indicaor diagram
(B) Axial force diagram
(C) Valve iming diagram
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
12. The iling of he fron wheels away from he verical, when viewed from he
fron of he car, is called
(A) Camber
(B) Caser
(C) Toe in
(D) Toe ou
Correc Answer
13. The ball joins are used on he ie rod ends, because hey
(A) Reduce he amoun of noise generaed
(B) Reduce he amoun of sliding resisance
(C) Can deal wih movemen of he suspension boh verically and in oher direc
ions
(D) Improve he force ransmission speed
Correc Answer
14. In a perol engine, he high volage for spark plug is in he order of
(A) 1000 vols
(B) 2000 vols
(C) 11 kilovols
(D) 22 kilovols
Correc Answer
15. For he same maximum pressure and emperaure
(A) Diesel cycle is more efficien han Oo cycle
(B) Oo cycle is more efficien han Diesel cycle
(C) Boh Oo cycle and Diesel cycle are equally efficien
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion D (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion C (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion D (15) Answer: Opion A
[14/02 9:53 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Refrigeraor & air condiioning
1. In a refrigeraion cycle, he flow of refrigeran is conrolled by
(A) Compressor
(B) Condenser
(C) Evaporaor
(D) Expansion valve
Correc Answer
2. The colour of he flame of halide orch, in case of leakage of Freon refriger
an, will change o
(A) Brigh green
(B) Yellow
(C) Red
(D) Orange
Correc Answer
3. For air condiioning he operaion heaer in a hospial, he percenage of o
uside air in he air supplied is
(A) Zero
(B) 20
(C) 50
(D) 100
Correc Answer
4. In vapour compression cycle using NH as refrigeran, iniial charge is filled
a
(A) Sucion of compressor
(B) Delivery of compressor
(C) High pressure side close o receiver
(D) Low pressure side near receiver
Correc Answer
5. The emperaure of air recorded by a hermomeer, when i is no affeced by
he moisure presen in he air, is called
(A) We bulb emperaure
(B) Dry bulb emperaure
(C) Dew poin emperaure
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
6. Absorpion sysem normally uses he following refrigeran
(A) Freon-11
(B) Freon-22
(C) CO2
(D) Ammonia
Correc Answer
(A) In vapour absorpion refrigeraor, he compression of refrigeran is avoided
.
(B) Sub-cooling can be achieved by circulaing more quaniy of cooling waer h
rough he condenser.
(C) In vapour compression refrigeraion, he vapour is drawn in he compressor c
ylinder during is sucion sroke and is compressed adiabaically during he com
pression sroke.
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
8. Allowable pressure on high pressure side or ammonia absorpion sysem is of
he order of
(A) Amospheric pressure
(B) Slighly above amospheric pressure
(C) 24 bars
(D) 56 bars
Correc Answer
9. The C.O.P. of a Carno refrigeraor in winer will be _________ as compared
o C.O.P. in summer.
(A) Same
(B) Lower
(C) Higher
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. Chaperon equaion is a relaion beween
(A) Temperaure, pressure and enhalpy
(B) Specific volume and enhalpy
(C) Temperaure and enhalpy
(D) Temperaure, pressure, specific volume and enhalpy
Correc Answer
11. During humidificaion process, __________ increases.
(B) Relaive humidiy
(C) Dry bulb emperaure
(D) Specific humidiy
Correc Answer
12. Where does he lowes emperaure occur in a vapour compression cycle?
(A) Condenser
(B) Evaporaor
(C) Compressor
(D) Expansion valve
Correc Answer
13. The raio of acual mass of waer vapour in a given volume of mois air o
he mass of waer vapour in he same volume of sauraed air a he same empera
ure and pressure, is called
(A) Humidiy raio
(B) Relaive humidiy
(C) Absolue humidiy
(D) Degree of sauraion
Correc Answer
14. Under cooling in a refrigeraion cycle
(A) Increases C.O.P
(B) Decreases C.O.P
(C) C.O.P remains unalered
(D) Oher facors decide C.O.P
Correc Answer
15. In a domesic vapour compression refrigeraor, he refrigeran commonly used
is
(A) CO
(B) Ammonia
(C) R-12
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion C (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion A (15) Answer: Opion C
[14/02 9:54 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Refrigeraor & air condiioning
1. The COP of a vapour compression plan in comparison o vapour absorpion plan
is
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Same
(D) More/less depending on size of plan
Correc Answer
2. The fluids used in Elecrolux refrigeraor are
(A) Waer and hydrogen
(B) Ammonia and hydrogen
(C) Ammonia, waer and hydrogen
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
3. Domesic refrigeraor working on vapour compression cycle uses he following
ype of expansion device
(A) Elecrically operaed hroling valve
(B) Manually operaed valve
(C) Thermosaic valve
(D) Capillary ube
Correc Answer
4. The condiion of refrigeran afer passing hrough he expansion or hrole
valve, in a vapour compression sysem is
(A) High pressure sauraed liquid
(B) We vapour
(C) Very we vapour
(D) Dry vapour
Correc Answer
5. An imporan characerisic of absorpion sysem of refrigeraion is
(A) Noisy operaion
(B) Quie operaion
(C) Cooling below 0C
(D) Very lile power consumpion
Correc Answer
6. The cenrifugal compressors are generally used for refrigerans ha require
(A) Small displacemens and low condensing pressures
(B) Large displacemens and high condensing pressures
(C) Small displacemens and high condensing pressures
(D) Large displacemens and low condensing pressures
Correc Answer
7. Rick up he incorrec saemen
(A) Lihium bromide used in vapour absorpion cycle is non volaile
(B) Lihium bromide plan can' operae below 0C
(C) A separaor is used in lihium bromide plan o remove he unwaned waer va
pour by condensing
(D) Concenraion of soluion coming ou of lihium bromide generaor is more in
comparison o ha enering he generaor
Correc Answer
8. During dehumidificaion process, he relaive humidiy
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. The refrigeran widely used in domesic refrigeraors is
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) R-12
Correc Answer
10. The moisure in a refrigeran is removed by
(A) Evaporaor
(B) Safey relief valve
(C) Dehumidifier
(D) Driers
Correc Answer
11. During sensible cooling of air ________ decreases.
(B) Relaive humidiy
Correc Answer
12. A lower emperaures and pressures, he laen hea of vaporisaion of a re
frigeran
(A) Decreases
(B) Increases
(C) Remain same
(D) Depends on oher facors
Correc Answer
13. The we bulb depression is zero when relaive humidiy is
(A) Zero
(B) 0.5
(C) 0.75
(D) 1.0
Correc Answer
14. The C.O.P of a refrigeraion cycle wih increase in evaporaor emperaure,
keeping condenser emperaure consan, will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain unaffeced
(D) May increase or decrease depending on he ype of refrigeran used
Correc Answer
15. During humidificaion process, dry bulb emperaure
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion A (15) Answer: Opion A
[14/02 9:57 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. In a ypical medium speed 4-sroke cycle diesel engine he inle valve
(A) Opens a 20 before op dead cener and closes a 35 afer he boom dead cen
er
(B) Opens a op dead cener and closes a boom dead cener
(C) Opens a 10 afer op dead cener and closes 20 before he boom dead cener
(D) May open or close anywhere
Correc Answer
2. The operaion of forcing addiional air under pressure ino he engine cylind
er is known as
(A) Supercharging
(B) Carbureion
(C) Turbulence
(D) Delay period
Correc Answer
3. Compression raio of I.C. Engines is
(A) The raio of volumes of air in cylinder before compression sroke and afer
compression sroke
(B) Volume displaced by pison per sroke and clearance volume in cylinder
(C) Raio of pressure afer compression and before compression
(D) Swep volume/cylinder volume
Correc Answer
4. The air sandard efficiency of an I.C. engine is given by (where r = Compress
ion raio, and = Ratio of pecific heat)
(A) 1 - r - 1
(B) 1 + r - 1
(C) 1 - (1/r - 1)
(D) None of thee
Correct Anwer
5. Pick up the wron tatement about upercharin
(A) Supercharin reduce knockin in dieel enine
(B) There can be limited upercharin in petrol enine becaue of detonation
(C) Supercharin at hih altitude i eential
(D) Supercharin reult in fuel economy
Correct Anwer
6. Number of workin troke per min. for a four troke cycle enine are _______
__ the peed of the enine in r.p.m.
(A) Equal to
(B) One-half
(C) Twice
(D) Four-time
Correct Anwer
7. The theoretically correct air fuel ratio for petrol enine i of the order of
(A) 6: 1
(B) 9: 1
(C) 12: 1
(D) 15: 1
Correct Anwer
8. In an internal combution enine, the proce of removin the burnt ae fro
m the combution chamber of the enine cylinder i known a
(A) Scavenin
(B) Detonation
(C) Supercharin
(D) Polymeriation
Correct Anwer
9. In the oppoed piton dieel enine, the combution chamber i located
(A) Above the piton
(B) Below the piton
(C) Between the piton
(D) There i no uch criterion
Correct Anwer
10. The inition of the chare by ome hot urface within the enine before the
paae of park i called
(A) Pre-inition
(B) Detonation
(C) Inition delay
(D) Auto-inition
Correct Anwer
11. In a typical medium peed, 4-troke cycle dieel enine
(A) Fuel injection tart at 10 before top dead center and end at 20 after top de
ad center
(B) Fuel injection tart at top dead center and end at 20 after top dead center
(C) Fuel injection tart at jut before top dead center and end jut after top
dead center
(D) May tart and end anywhere
Correct Anwer
12. Which one of the followin enine will have heavier flywheel than the remai
nin one?
(A) 30 kW four-troke petrol enine runnin at 1500 r.p.m.
(B) 30 kW two-troke petrol enine runnin at 1500 r.p.m.
(C) 30 kW two-troke dieel enine runnin at 750 r.p.m.
(D) 30 kW four-troke dieel enine runnin at 750 r.p.m.
Correct Anwer
13. Which of the followin i the lihtet and mot volatile liquid fuel?
(A) Dieel
(B) Keroene
(C) Fuel oil
(D) Gaoline
Correct Anwer
14. The workin preure and temperature inide the cylinder of an internal comb
ution enine i _________ a compared to a team enine.
(A) Low
(B) Very low
(C) Hih
(D) Very hih
Correct Anwer
15. The ratin of a dieel enine, with increae in air inlet temperature, will
(A) Increae linearly
(B) Decreae linearly
(C) Increae parabolically
(D) Decreae parabolically
Correct Anwer
Anwer: Option B
View All Anwer
(1) Anwer: Option A (2) Anwer: Option A (3) Anwer: Option A (4) Anwer: Optio
n C (5) Anwer: Option D (6) Anwer: Option B (7) Anwer: Option D (8) Anwer: O
ption A (9) Anwer: Option C (10) Anwer: Option A (11) Anwer: Option A (12) An
wer: Option A (13) Anwer: Option D (14) Anwer: Option D (15) Anwer: Option B
[14/02 9:59 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Ic enine
Practice Tet: Quetion Set - 02
1. If the temperature of intake air in internal combution enine increae, the
n it efficiency will
(A) Remain ame
(B) Decreae
(C) Increae
(D) None of thee
Correct Anwer
2. The operation of forcin additional air under preure in the enine cylinder
i known a
(A) Scavenin
(B) Turbulence
(C) Supercharin
(D) Pre-inition
Correct Anwer
3. The inition quality of petrol i expreed by
(A) Cetane number
(B) Octane number
(C) Calorific value
(D) All of thee
Correct Anwer
4. The mean effective preure obtained from enine indicator indicate the
(A) Maximum preure developed
(B) Minimum preure
(C) Intantaneou preure at any intant
(D) Averae preure
Correct Anwer
5. The probability of knockin in dieel enine i increaed by
(A) Hih elf inition temperature
(B) Low volatility
(C) Hiher vicoity
(D) All of thee
Correct Anwer
6. Pour point of fuel oil i the
(A) Minimum temperature to which oil i heated in order to ive off inflammable
vapour in ufficient quantity to inite momentarily when brouht in contact wit
h a flame
(B) Temperature at which it olidifie or coneal
(C) It catche fire without external aid
(D) Indicated by 90% ditillation temperature i.e., when 90% of ample oil ha d
itilled off
Correct Anwer
7. In a four troke cycle petrol enine, the compreion
(A) Start at 40 after bottom dead centre and end at 30 before top dead centre
(B) Start at 40 before bottom dead centre and end at 30 after bottom dead centre
(C) Start at bottom dead centre and end at top dead centre
(D) May tart and end anywhere
Correct Anwer
8. The maximum temperature in the I.C. enine cylinder i of the order of
(A) 500-1000C
(B) 1000-1500C
(C) 1500-2000C
(D) 2000-2500C
Correct Anwer
9. In compreion inition enine, wirl denote a
(A) Haphazard motion of the ae in the chamber
(B) Rotary motion of the ae in the chamber
(C) Radial motion of the ae in the chamber
(D) None of the above
Correct Anwer
10. Supercharin i the proce of
(A) Supplyin the intake of an enine with air at a denity reater than the den
ity of the urroundin atmophere
(B) Providin forced coolin air
(C) Injectin exce fuel for raiin more load
(D) Supplyin compreed air to remove combution product fully
Correct Anwer
11. The knockin in park inition enine can be reduced by
(A) Retardin the park
(B) Increain the enine peed
(D) None of thee
Correct Anwer
12. An enine indicator i ued to determine the followin
(A) Speed
(B) Temperature
(C) Volume of cylinder
(D) m.e.p. and I.H.P.
Correct Anwer
13. In a four troke cycle dieel enine, the exhaut valve
(A) Open at 30 before bottom dead centre and cloe at 10 after top dead centre
(B) Open at 30 after bottom dead centre and cloe at 10 before top dead centre
(C) Open at bottom dead centre and cloe at top dead centre
(D) May open and cloe anywhere
Correct Anwer
14. The preure at the end of compreion in the cae of dieel enine i of th
e order of
(A) 6 k/cm
(B) 12 k/cm
(C) 20 k/cm
(D) 35 k/cm
Correct Anwer
15. The fuel in order of decreain knock tendency for park inition enine a
re
(A) Paraffin, aromatic, napthene
(B) Paraffin, napthene, aromatic
(C) Napthene, aromatic, paraffin
(D) Napthene, paraffin, aromatic
Correct Anwer
View All Anwer
(1) Anwer: Option B (2) Anwer: Option C (3) Anwer: Option B (4) Anwer: Optio
n D (5) Anwer: Option D (6) Anwer: Option B (7) Anwer: Option A (8) Anwer: O
ption D (9) Anwer: Option B (10) Anwer: Option A (11) Anwer: Option C (12) An
wer: Option D (13) Anwer: Option A (14) Anwer: Option D (15) Anwer: Option B
[14/02 10:05 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Environment Enineerin
Practice Tet: Quetion Set - 01
1. The polluted water i one which
(A) Contain pathoenic bacteria
(B) Conit of undeirable ubtance renderin it unfit for drinkin and dome
tic ue
(C) I afe and uitable for drinkin and dometic ue
(D) I contaminated
Correct Anwer
2. Orthotolidine tet i ued for determination of
(A) Diolved oxyen
(B) Reidual chlorine
(C) Biochemical oxyen demand
(D) Doe of coaulant
Correct Anwer
3. The chemical mot commonly ued to increae peed of edimentation of ewae
i
(A) Sulphuric acid
(B) Copper ulphate
(C) Lime
(D) Sodium permananate
Correct Anwer
4. The diinfection efficiency of chlorine increae by
(i) Decreain the time of contact
(ii) Decreain the temperature of water
(iii) Increain the temperature of water
The correct anwer i
(A) Only (i)
(B) Both (i) and (ii)
(C) Both (i) and (iii)
(D) Only (iii)
Correct Anwer
5. The layout of ditribution ytem in which water flow toward the outer peri
phery i
(A) Rin ytem
(B) Dead end ytem
(C) Radial ytem
(D) Grid iron ytem
Correct Anwer
6. The type of valve which allow water to flow in one direction but prevent it
flow in the revere direction i
(A) Reflux valve
(B) Sluice valve
(C) Air relief valve
(D) Preure relief valve
Correct Anwer
7. The uitable ytem of anitation for area of ditributed rainfall throuhout
the year with le intenity i
(A) Separate ytem
(B) Combined ytem
(C) Partially eparate ytem
(D) Partially combined ytem
Correct Anwer
8. The main diadvantae of cement concrete ewer i
(A) Le trenth
(B) Difficulty in contruction
(C) Difficulty in tranportation due to heavy weiht
(D) Le life
Correct Anwer
9. Settlin velocity increae with
(A) Specific ravity of olid particle
(B) Size of particle
(C) Depth of tank
(D) Temperature of liquid
Correct Anwer
10. Facultative bacteria are able to work in
(A) Preence of oxyen only
(B) Abence of oxyen only
(C) Preence a well a in abence of oxyen
(D) Preence of water
Correct Anwer
Anwer: Option C
11. The uitable layout of ditribution ytem for a city with road of rectanu
lar pattern i
(A) Grid iron ytem
(B) Dead end ytem
(C) Rin ytem
(D) Radial ytem
Correct Anwer
12. The lope of ewer hall be
(A) Given in the direction of natural lope of round
(B) Given in the direction oppoite to natural lope of round
(C) Zero
(D) Steeper than 1 in 20
Correct Anwer
13. The correct relation between theoretical oxyen demand (TOD), Biochemical ox
yen demand (BOD) and Chemical oxyen demand (COD) i iven by
(A) TOD > BOD > COD
(B) TOD > COD > BOD
(C) BOD > COD > TOD
(D) COD > BOD > TOD
Correct Anwer
14. The workin condition in imhoff tank are
(A) Aerobic only
(B) Anaerobic only
(C) Aerobic in lower compartment and anaerobic in upper compartment
(D) Anaerobic in lower compartment and aerobic in upper compartment
Correct Anwer
15. The pipe which i ued to carry the dichare from anitary fittin like ba
th room, kitchen etc. i called
(A) Wate pipe
(B) Soil pipe
(C) Vent pipe
(D) Anti-iphonae pipe
Correct Anwer
View All Anwer
01. Anwer: Option B 02. Anwer: Option B 03. Anwer: Option C 04. Anwer: Optio
n D 05. Anwer: Option C 06. Anwer: Option A 07. Anwer: Option B 08. Anwer: O
ption C 09. Anwer: Option C 10. Anwer: Option C 11. Anwer: Option A 12. Anwe
r: Option A 13. Anwer: Option B 14. Anwer: Option D 15. Anwer: Option A
[15/02 8:20 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Turbo machinery (Mechanical )
1. Which of the followin preferred for upercharin of internal combutio

n enine?
A. Root blower B. Axial flow compreor
C. Slidin vane type compreor D. Reciprocatin compreor
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
View Anwer Workpace Report Dicu in Forum
2. In an axial flow compreor, the preure rie occur in
A. fixed blade only B. Movin blade only
C. Both fixed and movin blade D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
3. An axial flow compreor ha
A. larer blade at a entry and maller blade at exit B. maller
blade at a entry and larer blade at exit
C. identical dlade at exit a well a entry D. ize of blade r
emain ame only anle chane
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
4. An axial flow compreor i uitable for
A. hih volume flow rate with a mall preure rie B. hih vol
ume flow rate with hih preure rie
C. low volume flow rate with low preure rie D. low volume flow
rate with hih preure rie
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
5. In a a turbine cycle reenerator i ued to
A. heat the ae comin out of combution chamber B. heat fuel uppli
ed to combution chamber
C. heat air upplied to combution chamber D. heat exhaut ae relea
ed from low preure turbine
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
6. A reenerator can be ued on
A. open cycle a turbine only B. cloed cycle a turbine only
C. both open a well a cloed cycle a turbine D. none of the abov
e
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
7. Thermal efficiency of a a turbine cycle can be improved by
A. reheatin between expanion tae B. intercoolin between com
preion te
C. reeneration D. any of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
8. Ga turbine ued in aircraft i of
A. open cycle type B. cloed cycle type with reheatin
C. cloed cycle type with reheatin and reeneration and intercoolin
D. open cycle type with reheatin, reeneration and intercoolin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
9. A diffuer i ued to
A. increae velocity and decreae preure B. increae velocity a wel
l a preure
C. decreae velocity and increae preure D. decreae velocity a wel
l a preure
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
10. In which of the followin heat exchaner, heat i extracted from air?
A. Reenerator B. Reheater
C. Intercooler D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
[15/02 8:30 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Turbo machinery (mechanical )
11. Which component of a a turbine conume maximum power?

A. Starter B. Reenerator
C. Compreor D. Combution chamber
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
12. In which of the followin plant inferior quality fuel can be ued?
A. Open cycle a turbine with reeneration B. Open cycle a t
urbine with intercoolin
C. Open cycle a turbine with reheatin and reeneration D. Cloed c
ycle a turbine
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
13. In a reheatin a turbine cycle, reheatin i done
A. by ae from turbine exhaut B. by ae from intercooler
C. in eparate combution chamber D. any of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
14. In a a turbine combined cycle plant, a wate heat boiler i ued to
A. heat air from intercooler B. ae from reenerator
C. recover heat form exhaut ae D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
15. A control volume ha an inlet area of 0.1 m2 and exit area of 0.05 m2. T
he denity i 3.89 k/m2 and contant. If the inlet velocity i 30 m/, the forc
e on the control volume will be
A. 50 N B. 150 N
C. 250 N D. 350 N
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
16. Under tandard atmopheric condition, the velocity of air i
A. 236 m/ B. 336 m/
C. 436 m/ D. 536 m/
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
17. The ratio of actual velocity to the local velocity of ound i called
A. Velicity ratio B. Velocity factor
C. Speed ratio D. Mach number
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
18. In a nozzle, once the critical condition are achieved at the throat, th
an which of the followin remain contant:
A. Denity of fluid B. Velocity of fluid
C. Flow rate D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
19. In a nozzle under choked flow condition preure wave travel, in the d
iverent portion, at
A. ubonic peed B. onic peed
C. uperonic peed D. ubonic to uperonic peed
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
20. In a nozzle if back preure i equal to inlet preure
A. no flow occur B. maximum flow occur
C. flow i ubonic in diverin ection D. flow i uperonic in co
nverin a well a uperonic ection
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
21. The flow on two ide of a normal hock wave i

A. ubonic B. onic
C. uperonic D. uperonic on one ide and ubonic on the other
ide
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
22. The diverin portion of the nozzle act a a diffuer for
A. the ubonic flow B. the uperonic flow
C. both the ubonic a well a uperonic flow D. none of the abov
e
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
23. A diffuer
A. convert kinetic enery into thermal enery B. convert potenti
al enery into kinetic enery
C. convert preure enery into kinetic enery D. convert thermal
enery into kinetic enery
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
24. Brayton cycle cannot be ued in reciprocatin enine even for ame comp
reion ratio and work output becaue
A. Otto cycle i more efficient B. Brayton cycle i le efficient
C. Brayton cycle i for low peed enine only D. Lare volume of
low preure a cannot be efficiently handled in reciprocatin enine
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
25. Actual a turbine cycle i different from ideal cycle becaue
A. of internal irreveribility of the proce due to friction, turbulence,
etc. B. of variation of pecific heat with temperature
C. of loe due to incomplete combution D. all of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
26. The advantae of a a turbine over a reciprocatin enine i
A. perfect balancin of rotor B. continuou and uniform power
C. uually mall workin preure D. all of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
27. Overall efficiency of a a turbine i
A. equal to Rankine cycle efficiency B. equal to Carnot cycle ef
ficiency
C. le than Dieel cycle efficiency D. more than Otto or Dieel
cycle efficiency
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
28. Air fuel ratio for a a turbine i cloer to
A. 10 ; 1 B. 15 ; 1
C. 20 ; 1 D. 60 ; 1
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
29. Which of the followin i a poitive diplacement rotory compreor?
A. Root blower B. Centrifual compreor
C. Axial flow compreor D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
30. All of the followin are poitive diplacement compreor EXCEPT :
A. Screw compreor B. Axial flow compreor
C. Root blower D. Vane blower
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation
31. For efficient operation of axial flow compreor the blade are made
A. traiht B. lihtly curved
C. aerofoil ection D. forward curved
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
32. Thermal efficiency of a a turbine i in the rane
A. 50 to 60 percent B. 40 to 50 percent
C. 30 to 40 percent D. 20 to 30 percent
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
33. The efficiency of a imple open cycle a turbine depend upon
A. preure ratio B. compreor efficiency
C. turbine inlet temperature D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
34. Which of the followin team turbine ha identical fixed and movin blad
e?
A. Curti turbine B. Rateau turbine
C. Paron' turbine D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
35. Which of the followin i a preure compounded turbine?
A. Paron' turbine B. Curti turbine
C. Rateau turbine D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
36. The continuity equation in compreible fluid i derived on the bai o
f
A. conervation of momentum B. conervation of enery
C. conervation of ma D. conervation of velocity head
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
37. A there i plenty of time for heat tranfer acro the wall, the flow
in lon pipe at low velocitie attain
A. ientropic condition B. adiabatic condition
C. iothermal condition D. polytropic condition
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
38. In a hot wire anemometer the rate of heat lo from enin element i a
function of
A. preure B. ma rate of flow
C. velocity of flow D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
39. The normal hock wave in compreible flow i analoou to
A. ure in open channel B. vortex formation in centrifual pump
C. hydraulic bore in tidal river D. hydraulic jump in channel flow
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
40. A root blower compree 0.06 cubic metre of air from 1.0 bar to 1.45
bar per revolution. The compreor efficiency i nearly
A. 99% B. 87%
C. 75% D. 63%
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation
[15/02 9:07 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Turbo machinery (mech)
41. Normal tandard of compreion for rotary compreor i
A. adiabatic compreion B. polytropic compreion
C. ientropic compreion D. contant preure compreion
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
42. Thouh there are no cyclic variation even then rotary compreor need
precie balancin becaue
A. It i bulky in ize B. coolin arranement doe not exit
C. operatin peed are too hih D. it i driven by an electric moto
r
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
43. In air compreor performance curve a ure line repreent
A. limit of compreor dichare B. limit of compreor efficiency
C. limit of table operation D. lower critical peed of haft
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
44. Curti turbine i
A. in impule turbine B. a velocity compounded turbine
C. a preure compounded turbine D. a velocity preure compounded t
urbine
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
45. The ource of power for drivin a turbocharer i
A. kinetic enery of exhaut ae from the enine B. chemical enery
of exhaut ae
C. air motor D. electric motor
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
46. Maximum delivery preure in cae of rotary compreor i uually retr
icted to
A. 2 atmophere B. 5 atmophere
C. 10 atmophere D. 20 atmophere
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
47. Which of the followin i a diplacement compreor?
A. Reciprocatin air compreor B. Vane blower
C. Centrifual blower D. Axial flow compreor
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
48. Which type of rotary compreor i ued in oil fired furnace?
A. Slidin vane type blower B. Screw compreor
C. Axial flow compreor D. Centrifual blower
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
49. In rotary compreor, lip factor i the ratio of
A. tanation preure to tatic preure B. ientropic work done to
actual work
C. outlet whirl velocity to the blade velocity D. none of the abov
e
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
50. In rotory compreor, the ratio of ientropic work to Euler work i kn
own a
A. lip factor B. work factor
C. preure coefficient D. deree of reaction
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
[15/02 9:17 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Turbo machinery (mech)
51. Stallin of the blade of axial flow compreor i
A. an unteady periodic and reveral of flow B. the fixed ma f
low rate reardle of preure ratio
C. the reduction in lift force at hiher anle of incidence D.
none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
52. Surin i
A. an unteady, periodic and reveral of flow in the compreor B.
the fixed ma flow rate reardle of preure ratio
C. the reduction in lift force at hiher anle of incidence D.
none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
53. Chokin i
A. Variation of ma flow rate in proportion to preure ratio B.
variation of ma flow rate in invere proportion to preure ratio
C. fixed ma flow rate reardle of preure ratio D. none of
the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
54. Ga turbine are taken to
A. the aoline and dieel enine in it workin medium B. the petr
ol and dieel enine in it internal combution
C. the team turbine in it apect of teady flow of the workin medium
D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
55. Which a turbine ha let weiht per bhp developed?
A. Simple open cycle a turbine B. Open cycle a turbine with inte
rcoolin and reheatin
C. Open cycle a turbine with intercoolin, reheatin and reeneration
D. Cloed cycle a turbine
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
56. In a turbine, intercoolin reult in
A. decreae in net output a well a thermal efficiency B. decreae
in net output and increae in thermal efficiency
C. increae in net output but decreae in thermal efficiency D.
increae in net output a well a thermal efficiency
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
57. Workin medium for cloed cycle a turbine hould have
A. hih molecular weiht B. low pecific volume
C. hiher adiabatic index D. lower pecific peed
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
58. The advantae of cloed cycle a turbine over open cycle a turbine i
A. no contamination of workin ubtance with combution ae B.
inferior quality fuel can be ued
C. low maintenance cot D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
59. The rane of compreion ratio in a a turbine i
A. 3 to 6 B. 5 to 8
C. 8 to 12 D. 12 to 22
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
60. A contant volume combution a turbine operate on
A. Ericon cycle B. Brayton cycle
C. Joule cycle D. Atkinon cycle
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
[15/02 9:25 pm] +91 78697 66465 : 61. When workin ubtance i releaed throu
h nozzle, the direction of reaction will be
A. clockwie B. counter clockwie
C. either of (A) and (B) above D. direction depend on other dei
n feature
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
62. In a velocity compounded team turbine, a team move alon movin and
uide blade
A. preure i low and velocity radually decreae B. preure
radually increae and velocity i low
C. both preure and velocity radually decreae D. Both preure an
d velocity radually increae.
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
63. The effect of blade friction in a team turbine i to
A. reheat the team B. increae the pecific output
C. reduce exhaut preure D. reduce work done
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
64. If tae efficiency i S, blade efficiency i B and nozzle efficiency in
N, then
A. N = B.S B. S = B.N
C. B = SN D. BSN = 1
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
65. Bleedin in team turbine refer to
A. leakae of team throuh bearin B. leakae of team throuh
packin
C. purpoely withdrawn team for proce application D. purpoel
y withdrawn for feed water heatin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
66. Critical preure for team i
A. 185.85 k/cm2 B. 212.55 k/cm2
C. 225.65 k/cm2 D. 245.55 k/cm2
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
67. An ideal fluid for vapour turbine cycle hould have
A. hih critical temperature with low preure B. hih critical te
mperature with hih preure
C. low critical temperature with hih preure D. low critical tem
perature with low preure
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
68. Which of the followin fluid can be ued in binary vapour cycle?
A. Mercury B. Diphenyl oxide
C. Aluminium bromide D. any of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
69. Which of the followin lo in team turbine i neliible?
A. Reidual velocity lo B. Leakae lo
C. Mechanical friction lo D. Radiation lo
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
70. Which of the followin i the leat efficient method of overnin team
turbine?
A. Nozzle control overnin B. Throttle overnin
C. Bypa overnin D. Combined throttle and nozzle overnin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
[15/02 9:38 pm] +91 78697 66465 : 71. Ljuntrom team turbine i a
A. radial flow turbine B. axial flow turbine
C. mixed flow turbine D. any of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
72. In a modern team turbine, the team rte i nearly
A. 1 k/kWhr B. 2 k/kWhr
C. 4 k/kWhr D. 8 k/kWhr
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
73. Which of the followin rotary compreor ha two haft?
A. Axial flow compreor B. Slidin vane compreor
C. Centrifual compreor D. Lobe type compreor
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
74. The ratio of outlet whirl velocity to blade velocity in cae of centrifu
al compreor i called
A. lip factor B. Velocity ratio
C. Blade efficiency D. Diaram efficiency
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
75. The followin property i the mot important for material ued for a t
urbine blade
A. Fatiue B. Strenth aaint bendin
C. Group D. Strenth aaint direct force
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
76. Which of the followin i the mallet and lihet for eneratin a ive
n amount of power
A. Steam power plant B. Petrol enine
C. Dieel enine D. Solar plant
E. Ga turbine plant
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option E
Explanation:
77. Generally, team turbine in power tation operate at
A. 3000 rpm B. 1500 rpm
C. 1000 rpm D. 375 rpm
E. 50 rpm
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
78. For a turbine, compreor ued are
A. Reciprocatin type B. Centrifual type
C. Axial flow type D. Lobe type
E. Slidin vane type
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
79. De Laval turbine i ued for application requirin
A. Hih power, hih peed B. Hih power, low peed
C. Low power, hih peed D. Low power, low peed
E. Low peed
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
80. A a reult of blade friction, the outlet relative velocity of impule t
urbine compared to inlet relative velocity i
A. Nearly ame B. 2% le
C. 10% - 15% le D. 30% le
E. 50% le
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
81. Maximum delivery preure in a rotary air compreor i of the order of
A. 6 KSC B. 10 KSC
C. 16 KSC D. 25 KSC
E. 40 KSC
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
82. Efficiency of a turbine i increaed by
A. Reheatin B. Intercoolin
C. Addin a reenerator D. All of the above
E. None
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
83. Mot eriou enery lo in reaction team turbine
A. Steam leakae between diaphram and haft B. Leakae over bla
de end throuh radia clearance paae
C. Frictional reitance between team and nozzle ide D. Impact l
o a team enter movin blade
E. Bearin friction
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
84. Baic cloed cycle for a turbine i
A. Carnot cycle B. Rankine cycle
C. Brayton cycle D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
85. The work ratio of cloed cycle a turbine plant with fixed top temperat
ure of the cycle and fixed preure ratio rp
A. increae with increae in an inlet temperature to compreor B.
increae with decreae in an inlet temperature to compreor
C. remain ame irrepective of inlet temperature to compreor D.
none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
86. Thermal efficiency of cloed cycle a turbine plant increae by
A. reheatin B. intercoolin
C. reenerator D. All of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
87. With increae in preure ratio, thermal efficiency of a imple a turb
ine plant with fixed turbine inlet temperature
A. increae B. decreae
C. firt increae and then decreae D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
88. With ideal reencrative heat exchaner, the thermal efficiency of a tu
rbine cycle i
A. equal to work ratio B. i le than work ratio
C. i more than work ratio D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
89. In a two tae a turbine plant reheatin after firt tae
A. increae thermal efficiency B. decreae thermal efficiency
C. doeoe not affect thermal efficiency D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
90. In a two tae a turbine plant, reheatin after firt tae
A. increae work ratio B. decreae work ratio
C. doe not affect work ratio D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
91. For a jet prepulion unit, ideally the compreor work and turbine work
are
A. unequal B. equal
C. not related to each other D. none of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
92. Greater the difference between jet velocity and aeroplane velocity
A. reater the propulive efficiency B. Leer the propulive ef
ficiency
C. unaffected i the propulive efficiency D. None of the above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option B
Explanation:
[15/02 10:00 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production enineerin
1. A twit drill i pecified by
A. The ize of hole it can drill B. A number pecifyin hole ize
C. A letter of alphabet D. Any of the above
E. None of above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
2. Anle plate i
A. Ued for holdin anular job in millin machine. B. Ued for
cuttin anle on job on haper
C. Cat iron ji ued to hold work in a vertical poition of layout or mach
inin D. Ued for meaurement of anle
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
3. Buffin i
A. A proce of electroplatin B. Coverin a metal part with oft
material to prevent damae
C. An finihin operation in broachin D. The proce of brinin
out the luter of metal
E. An etchin proce
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
4. Burr i
A. Unmachined portion of work piece B. Boundary between finihe
d and unifinihed portion on a work piece
C. A markin or work piece to identify for correct poition on a work piece
D. Burnt urface of a catin
E. Sharp ede remainin on the metal after currin, tampin or machinin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option E
Explanation:
5. Neckin i
A. Machinin a roove around cylindrical haft B. Drillin a hole
in a plate
C. Hole drilled for rivetin D. Preparation of urface for brazi
n
E. Initial pot weldin to poition job
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
6. Quill i
A. A tool ued in millin machine to cut T-lot B. A holdin device
ued on planer
C. Currin a blind key way on an object D. A teel tube in the head
of ome machine tool that encloe the bearin and rotatin pindle on which
are mounted the cuttin tool
E. None of above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
7. A him i
A. A treatment iven to a urface to prevent rutin B. A dull c
orner on a haft
C. A thin piece of heet metal ued between matin part to provide the pro
per ditance D. A urface on which bearin are fitted
E. A kind of hrink fit
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
8. Spot facin i
A. Localied machinin of a component B. Machinin of a pot to f
it other part
C. Mahinin of pol on the urface of a part to furnih a flat bearin or t
he head of a holt or nut D. A pot prepared on haper or millin mac
hine
E. None of above
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
9. Ezy out i
A. A taper reamer B. A drill havin two diameter
C. A tool for makin round object D. A tool for removin broken bolt
and tud from a hole
E. An intrument for meaurement of out of roundne of object
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
10. A flycutter i ued on
A. Lathe B. Shaper
C. Millin machine D. Slotter
E. Planer
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation
[15/02 10:02 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production en. (mechanical )
11. Gan millin i
A. Proce of cuttin ear B. Millin proce for eneratin h
exaonal urface
C. Proce in which two or more cutter are ued imultaneouly D.
Hih peed millin
E. Millin operation combined with turnin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option C
Explanation:
12. A half nut i
A. Damaed nut B. Nut manufactured in part
C. Nut with half the tandard pitch D. A double tart nut for a
quick hift
E. Mechanim that lock the lathe carriae to the lead crew for thread cut
tin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option E
Explanation:
13. Mana flux i
A. A non-detructive inpection technique that make ue of manetic field
and manetic particle to locate flaw in material B. An intrument u
in ultraonic technique for crack detection
C. An intrument ued for inpection of weldin D. An intrument u
ed for preciion meaurement uin manetim and flux denity
E. Intenity of X-ray required correpondin to thickne of a job for det
ermination of defect.
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
14. The ize of a lathe i expreed by
A. Gro weiht of lathe B. Diameter of chuck
C. Maximum peed of chuck D. Swin of lathe
E. Heiht of centre from round
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
15. Lathe bed i made of
A. Mild teel B. Cat teel
C. Pi iron D. Cloe rain cat iron
E. Alloy teel
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
16. The power i tranmitted by lead crew to the carriae throuh
A. Gear ytem B. Pulley drive
C. Rack and pinion a arranement D. Half nut
E. Chain drive
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
Explanation:
17. A left hand tool on a lathe cut mot efficiently when
A. It travel from left to riht B. It travel from riht to left
C. It travel acro the bed D. It i operated by compound lide
E. Automatic feed i connected
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
18. While uin HSS tool on a lathe, cuttin peed will be maximum when mac
hinin
A. Cat iron B. Mild teel
C. Hih carbon teel D. Hih peed teel
E. Aluminium
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option E
Explanation:
19. While uin hih peed teel tool on lathe the peed of chuck will be l
owet while machinin
A. Cat iron B. Copper
C. Bra D. Aluminium
E. White metal
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option A
Explanation:
20. In which operation on a work piece on lathe the pindle peed with be le
at?
A. Partin off B. Finihin
C. Taper turnin D. Thread cuttin
E. Plain turnin
Anwer & Explanation
Anwer: Option D
[15/02 10:37 pm] +91 97166 58004 : In which operation on a work piece on lathe the
pindle peed will be leat?
A. Partin off
B. Finihin
C. Taper turnin
D. Thread cuttin
E. Plain turnin
Anwer: Option D
Sure?
[15/02 11:14 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Dc enerator (electrical en)
1. Lamination of core are enerally made of

(a) cae iron
(b) carbon
(c) ilicon teel
(d) tainle teel
An: c
2. Which of the followin could be lamina-proximately the thickne of laminatio
n of a D.C. machine ?
(a) 0.005 mm
(b) 0.05 mm
(c) 0.5 m
(d) 5 m
An: c
3. The armature of D.C. enerator i laminated to
(a) reduce the bulk
(b) provide the bulk
(c) inulate the core
(d) reduce eddy current lo
An:
4. The reitance of armature windin depend on
(a) lenth of conductor
(b) cro-ectional area of the conductor
(c) number of conductor
An: d
5. The field coil of D.C. enerator are uually made of
(a) mica
(b) copper
(c) cat iron
(d) carbon
An: b
6. The commutator ement are connected to the armature conductor by mean of
(a) copper lu
(b) reitance wire
(c) inulation pad
(d) brazin
An: a
7. In a commutator
(a) copper i harder than mica
(b) mica and copper are equally hard
(c) mica i harder than copper
(d) none of the above
An: c
8. In D.C. enerator the pole hoe are fatened to the pole core by
(a) rivet
(b) counter unk crew
(c) brazin
(d) weldin
An: b
9. Accordin to Flemin' riht-hand rule for findin the direction of induced e
.m.f., when middle finer point in the direction of induced e.m.f., forefiner
will point in the direction of
(a) motion of conductor
(b) line of force
(c) either of the above
(d) none of the above
An: b
10. Flemin' riht-hand rule reardin direction of induced e.m.f., correlate
(a) manetic flux, direction of current flow and reultant force
(b) manetic flux, direction of motion and the direction of e.m.f. induced
(c) manetic field trenth, induced voltae and current
(d) manetic flux, direction of force and direction of motion of conductor
An: b
11. While applyin Flemin' riht-hand rule to And the direction of induced e.m
.f., the thumb point toward
(a) direction of induced e.m.f.
(b) direction of flux
(c) direction of motion of the conductor if forefiner point in the direction o
f enerated e.m.f.
(d) direction of motion of conductor, if forefiner point alon the line of fl
ux
An: d
12. The bearin ued to upport the rotor haft are enerally
(a) ball bearin
(b) buh bearin
(c) manetic bearm
(d) needle bearin
An: a
13. In D.C. enerator, the caue of rapid bruh wear may be
(a) evere parkin
(b) rouh commutator urface
(c) imperfect contact
(d) any of the above
An: d
14. In lap windin, the number of bruhe i alway
(a) double the number of pole
(b) ame a the number of pole
(c) half the number of pole
(d) two
An: b
15. For a D.C. enerator when the number of pole and the number of armature con
ductor i fixed, then which windin will ive the hiher e.m.f. ?
(a) Lap windin
(b) Wave windin
(c) Either of (a) and (b) above
(d) Depend on other feature of dein
An: b
[15/02 11:15 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Dc enerator (electrical )
16. In a four-pole D.C. machine
(a) all the four pole are north pole
(b) alternate pole are north and outh
(c) all the four pole are outh pole
(d) two north pole follow two outh pole
An: b
17. Copper bruhe in D.C. machine are ued
(a) where low voltae and hih current are involved
(b) where hih voltae and mall cur-rent are involved
(c) in both of the above cae
(d) in none of the above cae
An: a
18. A eparately excited enerator a compared to a elf-excited enerator
(a) i amenable to better voltae control
(b) i more table
(c) ha excitin current independent of load current
(d) ha all above feature
An: d
19. In cae of D.C. machine, mechanical loe are primary function of
(a) current
(b) voltae
(c) peed
(d) none of above
An: c
20. Iron loe in a D.C. machine are independent of variation in
(a) peed
(b) load
(c) voltae
(d) peed and voltae
An: b
21. In D.C. enerator, current to the external circuit from armature i iven t
hrouh
(a) commutator
(b) olid connection
(c) lip rin
(d) none of above
An: a
23. Bruhe of D.C. machine are made of
(a) carbon
(b) oft copper
(c) hard copper
(d) all of above
An: a
24. If B i the flux denity, I the lenth of conductor and v the velocity of co
nductor, then induced e.m.f. i iven by
(a)Blv
(b)Blv2
(c)Bl2v
(d)Bl2v2
An: a
25. In cae of a 4-pole D.C. enerator provided with a two layer lap windin wit
h ixteen coil, the pole pitch will be
(a) 4
(b) 8
(c) 16
(d) 32
An: b
26. The material for commutator bruhe i enerally
(a) mica
(b) copper
(c) cat iron
(d) carbon
An: d
27. The inulatin material ued between the commutator ement i normally
(a) raphite
(b) paper
(c) mica
(d) inulatin varnih
An: c
28. In D.C. enerator, the bruhe on commutator remain in contact with conduct
or which
(a) lie under outh pole
(b) lie under north pole
(c) lie under interpolar reion
(d) are farthet from the pole
An: c
29. If bruhe of a D.C. enerator are moved in order to brin thee bruhe in
manetic neutral axi, there will be
(a) demanetiation only
(b) cro manetiation a well a manetiation
(c) cromanetiation a well a demanetiin
(d) cro manetiation only
An: c
30. Armature reaction of an unaturated D.C. machine i
(a) cromanetiin
(b) demanetiin
(c) manetiin
(d) none of above
An: a
[15/02 11:16 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Dc enerator
31. D.C. enerator are connected to the bubar or diconnected from them only
under the floatin condition
(a) to avoid udden loadin of the primemover
(b) to avoid mechanicaljerk to the haft
(c) to avoid burnin of witch contact
(d) all above
An: d
32. Eddy current are induced in the pole hoe of a D.C. machine due to
(a) ocillatin manetic field
(b) pulatin manetic flux
(c) relative rotation between field and armature
(d) all above
An: c
33. In a D.C. machine, hort-circuited field coil will reult in
(a) odour of barnin inulation
(b) unbalanced manetic pull producin vibration
(c) reduction of enerated voltae for which excitation ha to be increaed to
maintain the voltae
(d) all above
An:
34. Equilizer rin are required in cae armature i
(a) wave wound
(b) lap wound
(c) delta wound
(d) duplex wound
An: b
35. Weldin enerator will have
(a) lap windin
(b) wave windin
(c) delta windin
(d) duplex wave windin
An: a
36. In cae of D.C. machine windin, number of commutator ement i equal to
(a) number of armature coil
(b) number of armature coil ide
(c) number of armature conductor
(d) number of armature turn
An: a
37. For a D.C. machine laboratory followin type of D.C. upply will be uitabl
e
(a) rotary converter
(b) mercury are rectifier
(c) induction motor D.C. enerator et
(d) ynchronou motor D.C. enerator et
An: c
38. The function of pole hoe in the cae of D.C. machine i
(a) to reduce the reluctance of the manetic path
(b) to pread out the flux to achieve uniform flux denity
(c) to upport the field coil
(d) to dichare all the above function
An: d
39. In the cae of lap windin reultant pitch i
(a) multiplication of front and back pitche
(b) diviion of front pitch by back pitch
(c) um of front and back pitche
(d) difference of front and back pitche
An: d
40. A D.C. weldin enerator ha
(a) lap windin
(b) wave movin
(c) duplex windin
(d) any of the above
An: a
[17/02 10:08 pm] +91 90747 01383 : Gypum i a
a) mechanically formed edimentary rock
b) ineou rock
c) chemically precipitated edimentary rock
d) metamorphic rock
An: c
2. Which of the followin edimentary rock chane into quartzite by metamorphic a

ction ?
a) and tone
b) lime tone
c) hale
d) ypum
An: a
3. Which of the followin repreent a metamorphic rock?

i) late
ii) hale
iii) quartzite
The correct anwer i
a) only (iii)
b) both (i) and (iii)
c) both (ii) and (iii)
d) all (i), (ii) and (iii)
An: b
4. Quartitze i a
a) iliciou rock
b) arillaceou rock
c) calcareou rock
d) aqueou rock
An: a
5. Which of the followin i a mineral ?
a) baalt
b) ranite
c) quartz
d) yenite
An: c
6. Slate i formed by metamorphic action on
a) hale
b) lime tone
c) and tone
d) ranite
An: a
7. Sandtone i a
i) edimentary rock
ii) aqueou rock
iii) iliciou rock
The correct anwer i
a) only (i)
b) both (i) and (ii)
c) both (i) and (iii)
d) all (i), (ii) and (iii)
An: d
8. Which of the followin i a rock ?
a) quartz
b) mica
c) ypum
d) none of the above
An: c
9. Baed on the followin rock and mineral, elect the correct tatement, quartz,
hale, baalt, ranite, marble, ypum, mica
a) baalt and marble are the only metamorphic rock
b) there i no edimentary rock
c) ranite i the only ineou rock
d) quartz and mica are mineral
An: d
10. A heavy tone i uitable for
a) arche
b) rubble maonry
c) road
d) retainin wall
An: d
[17/02 11:25 pm] +91 78697 66465 : CEO & MD OF BANKS :
-----------------------------------------------
Exam Affair - Government JOB
-----------------------------------------------
1. State Bank of IndiaSmt Arundhati Bhattacharya
Nationalied Bank :
2. Allahabad BankRakeh Sethi
3. Andhra Bank Sureh N Patel
4. Bank of BarodaP.S. Jayakumar
5. Bank of IndiaMelwyn O Reo
6. Bank of MaharahtraSuhil Muhnot
7. Bharatiya Mahila BankS.M.Swathi(ED)
8. Canara BankRakeh Sharma
9. Central Bank of IndiaRajeev Rihi
10. Corporation BankJ K Gar
11. Dena BankAhwani Kumar
12. IDBI Bank LtdKihore Piraji Kharat
13. Indian BankMaheh Kumar Jain
14. Indian Overea BankR Koteewaram
15. Oriental Bank of CommerceAnimeh Chauhan
16. Punjab And Sind BankJatinder Bir Sinh
17. Punjab National BankUha Ananthaubramanian
18. Syndicate BankArun Shrivatava
19. UCO BankR K Takkar
20. Union Bank of IndiaArun Tiwari
21. United Bank of IndiaP Sriniva
22. Vijaya BankKihore Kumar Sani
Private Bank :
23. Axi BankSmt. Shikha Sharma
24. Catholic Syrian BankC.VR.Rajendran
25. City Union BankDr. N. Kamakodi
26. Development Credit BankMurali M. Natrajan
27. Dhanalakhmi BankG. Sreeram
28. Federal BankShyam Srinivaan
29. HDFC BankAditya Puri
30. ICICI BankSmt Chanda Kochar
31. InduInd BankRomeh Sobti
32. ING Vyya BankShailendra Bhandari
33. Jammu & Kahmir Bank- Parvej Ahmad
34. Karnataka BankPolali Jayarama Bhat
35. Karur Vyya BankK. Venkataraman
36. Kotak Mahindra BankUday Kotak
37. Lakhmi Vila BankParthaarathi Mukherjee
38. Nainital BankMr. Mukeh Sharma
39. Ratnakar BankVihwavir Ahuja
40. South Indian BankV.G. Mathew
41. Tamilnad Mercantile BankH.S. Upendra Kamath
42. Ye Banks Lt Rana Kapoor.
[17/02 11:38 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Geographical Sobriquets (Surname)
-----------------------------
Bengals Sorrow - Damo ar River
Blue Mountains - Nilgiri Hills
City of Sky-scrapers - New York
City of Seven Hills - Rome
City of Dreaming Spires -Oxfor
City of palaces -Kolkata
City of Gol en Gate -San Francisco
City of Magnificent Buil ings -Washington D.C.
City of Eternal Springs -Quito(S.America)
Chinas Sorrow -Hwang Ho
Cockpit of Europe -Belgium
Dark Continent - Africa
Emeral Isle - Irelan
Eternal City -Rome
Empire City -New York
Forbi en City -Lhasa (Tibet)
Gar en City -Chicago
Gate of Tears -Strait of Bab-el Man eb
Gateway of In ia -Mumbai
Gift of the Nile -Eqypt
Granite City -Aber een (Scotlan )
Hermit King om -Korea
Herring Pon -Atlantic Ocean
Holy Lan -Jerusalem
Islan Continent -Australia
Islan of Cloves -Zanzibar
Isle of Pearls -Bahrein (Peesian Gulf)
Key of the Me iterranean -Gibralter
Lan of Cakes -Scotlan
Lan of Gol en Fleece -Australia
Lan of Maple Leaf -Cana a
Lan of Mi night Sun -Norway
Lan of the Thousan Lakes -Finlan
Lan of the Thun erbolt -Bhutan
Lan of white Elephant -Thailan
Lan of Five Rivers -Punjab
Lan of Thousan Elephants -Laos
Lan of Rising Sun - Japan
Loneliest Islan -Tristan De Gunha (Mi -Atlantic)
Manchester of Japan -Osaka
Pillars of Hercules -Strait of Gibraltar
Pearl of the Antilles -Cuba
Playgroun of Europe -Switzerlan
Quaker City -Phila elphia
Queen of the A riatic -Venice
Roof of the Worl -The Pamirs
Rose Pink City -Jaipur
Sugar bowl of the Worl -Cuba
Venice of the North -Stockholm
Win y City -Chicago
Whirtemans grave -Guinea Coast of Africa
Yellow River -Huang Ho (China)
[18/02 1:00 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine (mechanical )
1. Crankcase explosion in I.C. engines usually occurs as
(A) First a mil explosion followe by a bi explosion
(B) First a big explosion followe by a mil explosion
(C) Both mil an big explosions occurs simultaneously
(D) Never occurs
Correct Answer
2. The air requirement of a petrol engine uring starting compare to theoretica
l air require for complete combustion is
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Same
(D) May be more or less epen ing on engine capacity
Correct Answer
3. In a four stroke cycle iesel engine, the compression
(A) Starts at 40 after bottom ea center an en s at 10 before top ea center
(B) Starts at 40 before top ea center an en s at 40 after top ea center
(C) Starts at top ea center an en s at 40 before bottom ea center
(D) May start an en anywhere
Correct Answer
4. It the temperature of intake air in IC engines is lowere , then its efficienc
y will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain same
(D) Increase up to certain limit an then ecrease
Correct Answer
5. The lou pulsating noise hear within the cylin er of an internal combustion
engine is known as
(A) Detonation
(B) Turbulence
(C) Pre-ignition
(D) Supercharging
Correct Answer
6. Which of the following me ium is compresse in a Diesel engine cylin er?
(A) Air alone
(B) Air an fuel
(C) Air an lub oil
(D) Fuel alone
Correct Answer
7. Detonation is harmful ue to
(A) Increase in the rate of heat transfer, there is a re uction in the power out
put an efficiency of the engine
(B) Excessive turbulence which removes most of the insulating gas boun ary layer
from the cylin er walls
(C) High intensity of knock causes crankshaft vibration an the engine runs roug
h
Correct Answer
8. A stoichiometric air-fuel ratio is
(A) Chemically correct mixture
(B) Lean mixture
(C) Rich mixture for i ling
(D) Rich mixture for over loa s
Correct Answer
9. The firing or er in an I.C. engine epen s upon
(A) Arrangement of the cylin ers
(B) Design of crankshaft
(C) Number of cylin ers
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
10. Pick up the false statement
(A) Thermal efficiency of iesel engine is about 34%
(B) Theoretically correct mixture of air an petrol is approximately 15:1
(C) High spee compression engines operate on ual combustion cycle
(D) S.I. engines are quality governe engines
Correct Answer
11. The maximum propulsive efficiency of a turbojet engine is at a spee of
(A) 1000 km/h
(B) 2000 km/h
(C) 2400 km/h
(D) 3000 km/h
Correct Answer
12. The ratio of in icate thermal efficiency to the correspon ing air stan ar
cycle efficiency is calle
(A) Net efficiency
(B) Efficiency ratio
(C) Relative efficiency
(D) Overall efficiency
Correct Answer
13. The inlet valve of a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine remains op
en for
(A) 130
(B) 180
(C) 230
(D) 270
Correct Answer
14. The minimum cranking spee in case of petrol engine is about
(A) Half the operating spee
(B) One fourth of operating spee
(C) 250 - 300 rpm
(D) 60 - 80 rpm
Correct Answer
15. Number of working strokes per min. for a two stroke cycle engine is ________
_ the spee of the engine in r.p.m.
(A) Equal to
(B) One-half
(C) Twice
(D) Four-times
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option A (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option A (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option A (6) Answer: Option A (7) Answer: Option D (8) Answer: O
ption A (9) Answer: Option D (10) Answer: Option D (11) Answer: Option C (12) An
swer: Option C (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option A
[18/02 1:03 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine(mechanical )
1. Flash point of fuel oil is
(A) Minimum temperature to which oil is heate in or er to give off inflammable
vapours in sufficient quantity to ignite momentarily when brought in contact wit
h a flame
(B) Temperature at which it soli ifies or congeals
(C) Temperature at which it catches fire without external ai
(D) In icate by 90% istillation temperature, i.e. when 90% of sample oil has
istille off
Correct Answer
2. In petrol engines, a vancing of the spark timing will _________ the knocking
ten ency.
(A) Not effect
(B) Decrease
(C) Increase
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
3. In a naturally aspirate iesel engine, the air is supplie by
(A) A supercharger
(B) A centrifugal blower
(C) A vacuum chamber
(D) An injection tube
Correct Answer
4. A supercharge engine as compare to an or inary engine
(A) Requires smaller foun ation
(B) Is lighter
(C) Consumes less lubricating oil
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
5. Which of the following is not an interns combustion engine?
(A) 2-stroke petrol engine
(B) 4-stroke petrol engine
(C) Diesel engine
(D) Steam turbine
Correct Answer
6. The spark ignition engines are governe by
(A) Hit an miss governing
(B) Qualitative governing
(C) Quantitative governing
(D) Combination of (B) an (C)
Correct Answer
7. Diesel engine can work on very lean air fuel ratio of the or er of 30: 1. A p
etrol engine can also work on such a lean ratio provi e
(A) It is properly esigne
(B) Best quality fuel is use
(C) Cannot work as it is impossible
(D) Flywheel size is proper
Correct Answer
8. The object of provi ing maske inlet valve in the air passage of compression
ignition engines is to
(A) Enhance flow rate
(B) Control air flow
(C) In uce primary swirl
(D) In uce secon ary turbulence
Correct Answer
9. In the crankcase metho of scavenging, the air pressure is pro uce by
(A) Supercharger
(B) Centrifugal pump
(C) Natural aspirator
(D) Movement of engine piston
Correct Answer
10. The brake power (B.P.) of the engine is given by (where W = Brake loa or e
a loa in newtons, l = Length of arm in meters, N = Spee of engine in r.p.m.,
S = Spring balance rea ing in newtons, D = Dia. of brake rum in meters, an =
Dia. of rope in meters)
(A) B.P = (Wl 2N)/60 watts
(B) B.P = [(W - S) DN]/60 watts
(C) B.P = [(W - S) (D + d) N]/60 watts
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
11. The temerature of interior surface of cylinder wall in normal oeration is
not allowed to exceed
(A) 80C
(B) 120C
(C) 180C
(D) 240C
Correct Answer
12. Thermal efficiency of a two stroke cycle engine is _________ a four stroke c
ycle engine.
(A) Equal to
(B) Less than
(C) Greater than
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
13. Scavenging is usually done to increase
(A) Thermal efficiency
(B) Seed
(C) Power outut
(D) Fuel consumtion
Correct Answer
14. If V is the jet velocity and V is the vehicle velocity, then the roulsive ef
ficiency of a rocket is given by
(A) [2(V/V)]/ [1 + (V/V)]
(B) (V/V)/ [1 + (V/V)]
(C) V/(V + V)
(D) V/(V + V)
Correct Answer
15. The ressure and temerature at the end of comression stroke in a etrol en
gine are of the order of
(A) 4-6 kg/cm and 200-250C
(B) 6-12 kg/cm and 250-350C
(C) 12-20 kg/cm and 350-450C
(D) 20-30 kg/cm and 450-500C
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion A (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion C (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion D (6) Answer: Otion C (7) Answer: Otion C (8) Answer: O
tion C (9) Answer: Otion D (10) Answer: Otion D (11) Answer: Otion C (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion C (14) Answer: Otion A (15) Answer: Otion B
[18/02 1:06 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine (mechanical )
1. The comression ignition engines are governed by
(A) Hit and miss governing
(D) Combination of (B) and (C)
Correct Answer
2. The reason for suercharging in any engine is to
(A) Increase efficiency
(B) Increase ower
(C) Reduce weight and bulk for a given outut
(D) Effect fuel economy
Correct Answer
3. Stoichiometric ratio is
(A) Chemically correct air-fuel ratio by weight
(B) Chemically correct air-fuel ratio by volume
(C) Actual air-fuel ratio for maximum efficiency
Correct Answer
4. Volatility of diesel fuel oil is
(A) Minimum temerature to which oil is heated in order to give off inflammable
vaours in sufficient quantity to ignite momentarily when brought in contact wit
h a flame
(B) Temerature at which it solidifies or congeals
(C) It catches fire without external aid
(D) Indicated by 90% distillation temerature, i.e., when 90% of samle oil has
distilled off
Correct Answer
5. The urose of testing an internal combustion engine is
(A) To determine the information, which cannot be obtained by calculations
(B) To conform the data used in design, the validity of which may be doubtful
(C) To satisfy the customer regarding the erformance of the engine
Correct Answer
6. The rocess of breaking u or a liquid into fine drolets by sraying is call
ed
(A) Vaorisation
(B) Carburetion
(C) Ionization
(D) Atomization
Correct Answer
7. The ratio of the volume of charge admitted at N.T.P. to the swet volume of t
he iston is called
(A) Mechanical efficiency
(B) Overall efficiency
(C) Volumetric efficiency
(D) Relative efficiency
Correct Answer
8. The air standard efficiency of an Otto cycle comared to diesel cycle for the
given comression ratio is
(A) Same
(B) Less
(C) More
(D) More or less deending on ower rating
Correct Answer
9. In order to revent knocking in sark ignition engines, the charge away from
the sark lug should have
(A) Low density
(B) Low temerature
(C) Long ignition delay
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
10. The actual volume of fresh charge admitted in 4-stroke etrol engine is
(A) Equal to stroke volume
(B) Equal to stroke volume and clearance volume
(C) Less than stroke volume
(D) More than stroke volume
Correct Answer
11. The ower actually develoed by the engine cylinder of an I.C. engine is kno
wn as
(A) Theoretical ower
(B) Actual ower
(C) Indicated ower
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
12. In loo scavenging, the to of the iston is
(A) Flat
(B) Contoured
(C) Slanted
(D) Deressed
Correct Answer
13. The correct sequence of the decreasing order of brake thermal efficiency of
the three given basic tyes of engines is
(A) Four stroke C.I. engine, four stroke S.I. engine, two stroke S.I. engine
(B) Four stroke S.I. engine, four stroke C.I. engine, two stroke S.I. engine
(C) Four stroke C.I. engine, two stroke S.I. engine, four stroke S.I. engine
(D) Two stroke S.I. engine, four stroke S.I. engine, four stroke C.I. engine
Correct Answer
14. If the comression ratio of an engine working on Otto cycle is increased fro
m 5 to 7, the ercentage increase in efficiency will be
(A) 2%
(B) 4%
(C) 8%
(D) 14%
Correct Answer
15. The knocking tendency in comression ignition engines for a given fuel will
be
(A) Enhanced by decreasing comression ratio
(B) Enhanced by increasing comression ratio
(C) Deendent on other factors
Correct Answer
Answer: Otion A
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion B (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion B (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion D (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion C (8) Answer: O
tion C (9) Answer: Otion D (10) Answer: Otion C (11) Answer: Otion C (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion A (14)
[18/02 6:33 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. When crude oil is heated, then which of the following hydrocarbon is given of
f first?
(A) Kerosene
(B) Gasoline
(C) Paraffin
(D) Natural gas
Correct Answer
2. Suercharging is the rocess of sulying the intake air to the engine cylind
er at a density _________ the density of the surrounding atmoshere.
(A) Equal to
(B) Less than
(C) Greater than
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
3. Polymerization is a chemical rocess in which molecules of a comound become
(A) Larger
(B) Slowed down
(C) Smaller
(D) Liquid
Correct Answer
4. In a etrol engine, the fuel sulied to the engine cylinder is mixed with re
quired quantity of air and the mixture is ignited with a
(A) Fuel um
(B) Fuel injector
(C) Sark lug
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. For maximum ower generation, the air fuel ratio for a etrol engine for vehi
cles, is of the order of
(A) 9 : 1
(B) 12 : 1
(C) 15 : 1
(D) 18 : 1
Correct Answer
6. The ratio of the indicated thermal efficiency to the air standard efficiency
is known as
(C) Volumetric efficiency
(D) Relative efficiency
Correct Answer
7. The knock in diesel engine occurs due to
(A) Instantaneous and raid burning of the first art of the charge
(B) Instantaneous auto ignition of last art of charge
(C) Delayed burning of the first art of the charge
(D) Reduction of delay eriod
Correct Answer
8. Which of the following statement is correct regarding etrol engines?
(A) A fine fuel sray mixed with air is ignited by the heat of comression which
is at a high ressure
(B) The fuel sulied to the engine cylinder is mixed with necessary amount of a
ir and the mixture in ignited with the hel of a sark lug
(C) The fuel is first evaorated after assing through a carburettor and is mixe
d with air before ignition
Correct Answer
9. If one cylinder of a diesel engine receives more fuel than the others, then f
or that cylinder the
(A) Exhaust will be smoky
(B) Piston rings would stick into iston grooves
(C) Engine starts overheating
(D) Scavenging occurs
Correct Answer
10. Pre-ignition is caused by the sontaneous combustion of the mixture before t
he end of the comression stroke, and is due to
(A) Cylinder walls being too hot
(B) Overheated sark lug oints
(C) Red hot carbon deosits on cylinder walls
(D) Any one of these
Correct Answer
11. Scavenging air in diesel engine means
(A) Air used for combustion sent under ressure
(B) Forced air for cooling cylinder
(C) Burnt air containing roducts of combustion
(D) Air used for forcing burnt gases out of engine's cylinder during the exhaust
eriod
Correct Answer
12. The reference fuels for knock rating of sark ignition engines would include
(A) Iso-octane and alha-methyl nahthalene
(B) Normal octane and aniline
(C) Iso-octane and normal hexane
(D) Normal hetane and iso-octane
Correct Answer
13. The working cycle in case of four stroke engine is comleted in following nu
mber of revolutions of crankshaft
(A) 1/2
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 4
Correct Answer
14. The brake ower of a diesel engine, keeing other arameters constant, can b
e increased by
(A) Decreasing the density of intake air
(B) Increasing the temerature of intake air
(C) Increasing the ressure of intake air
(D) Decreasing the ressure of intake air
Correct Answer
15. Engine istons are usually made of aluminium alloy because it
(A) Is lighter
(B) Wear is less
(C) Absorbs shocks
(D) Is stronger
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion D (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion A (4) Answer: Otio
n C (5) Answer: Otion B (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion A (8) Answer: O
tion B (9) Answer: Otion D (10) Answer: Otion D (11) Answer: Otion D (12) An
swer: Otion D (13) Answer: Otion C (14) Answer: Otion C (15) Answer: Otion A
[18/02 6:35 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. Which of the following fuel detonates readily?
(A) Benzene
(B) Iso-octane
(C) Normal hetane
(D) Alcohol
Correct Answer
2. In a tyical medium seed 4-stroke cycle diesel engines
(A) Exhaust valve oens at 35 before bottom dead center and closes at 20 after to
dead center
(B) Exhaust valve oens at bottom dead center and closes at to dead center
(C) Exhaust valve oens just after bottom dead center and closes just before to
dead center
(D) May oen and close anywhere
Correct Answer
3. During idling, a etrol engine requires _________ mixture.
(A) Lean
(B) Rich
(C) Chemically correct
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
4. The air-fuel ratio in etrol engines is controlled by
(A) Controlling valve oening/closing
(B) Governing
(C) Injection
(D) Carburetion
Correct Answer
5. The function of a distributor in a coil ignition system of I.C. engines is
(A) To distribute sark
(B) To distribute ower
(C) To distribute current
(D) To time the sark
Correct Answer
6. The secific fuel consumtion er BH hour for a etrol engine is aroximatel
y
(A) 0.15 kg
(B) 0.2 kg
(C) 0.25 kg
(D) 0.3 kg
Correct Answer
7. In a four stroke cycle etrol engine, the exansion
(A) Starts at to dead center and ends at bottom dead center
(B) Starts at 30 before to dead center and ends at 50 before bottom dead center
(C) Starts at 30 after to dead center and ends at 50 after bottom dead center
(D) May start and end anywhere
Correct Answer
8. Which of the following is false statement?
Excess quantities of sulhur in diesel fuel are Objectionable because it may cau
se the following
(A) Piston ring and cylinder wear
(B) Formation of hard coating on iston skirts
(C) Oil sludge in the engine crank case
(D) Detonation
Correct Answer
9. As comared to air standard cycle, in actual working, the effect of variation
in secific heats is to
(A) Increase maximum ressure and maximum temerature
(B) Reduce maximum ressure and maximum temerature
(C) Increase maximum ressure and decrease maximum temerature
(D) Decrease maximum ressure and increase maximum temerature
Correct Answer
10. Fuel consumtion of diesel engines is not guaranteed at one quarter load bec
ause at such low loads
(A) The friction is high
(B) The friction is unredictable
(C) The small difference in cooling water temerature or in internal friction ha
s a disroortionate effect
(D) The engine is rarely oerated
Correct Answer
11. By higher octane number of sark ignition fuel, it is meant that the fuel ha
s
(A) Higher heating value
(B) Higher flash oint
(C) Lower volatility
(D) Longer ignition delay
Correct Answer
12. In diesel engine the diesel fuel injected into cylinder would burn instantly
at about comressed air temerature of
(A) 250C
(B) 500C
(C) 1000C
(D) 2000C
Correct Answer
13. A gas engine has a swet volume of 300 cm3 and clearance volume of 25 cm3. I
ts volumetric efficiency is 0.88 and mechanical efficiency is 0.90. The volume o
f the mixture taken in er stroke is
(A) 248 cm3
(B) 252 cm3
(C) 264 cm3
(D) 286 cm3
Correct Answer
14. In a tyical medium seed 4-stroke cycle diesel engine
(A) Comression starts at 35 after bottom dead center and ends at to dead center
(B) Comression starts at bottom dead center and ends at to dead center
(C) Comression starts at 10 before bottom dead center and, ends just before to
dead center
Correct Answer
15. In a etrol engine, the mixture has the lowest ressure at the
(A) Beginning of suction stroke
(B) End of suction stroke
(C) End of comression stroke
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion C (2) Answer: Otion A (3) Answer: Otion B (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion D (6) Answer: Otion C (7) Answer: Otion B (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Answer: Otion B (10) Answer: Otion C (11) Answer: Otion D (12) An
swer: Otion C (13) Answer: Otion C (14) Answer: Otion A (15) Answer: Otion B
[18/02 6:37 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. The secific fuel consumtion er BHP hour for diesel engine is aroximately
(A) 0.15 kg
(B) 0.2 kg
(C) 0.25 kg
(D) 0.3 kg
Correct Answer
2. Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) Comression ratio for etrol engines varies from 6 to 10
(B) Higher comression ratio in diesel engines results in higher ressures
(C) Petrol engines work on Otto cycle
Correct Answer
3. All heat engines utilize
(A) Low heat value of oil
(B) High heat value of oil
(C) Net calorific value of oil
(D) Calorific value of fuel
Correct Answer
4. Which of the following statement is wrong?
(A) A four stroke cycle engine develos twice the ower as that of a two stroke
cycle engine
(B) For the same ower develoed, a four stroke cycle engine is lighter, less bu
lky and occuies less floor area
(C) The etrol engines are costly than diesel engines
Correct Answer
5. Does the suly of scavenging air at a density greater than that of atmosher
e mean engine is suercharged?
(A) Yes
(B) No
(C) To some extent
(D) Unredictable
Correct Answer
6. Which one of the following event would reduce volumetric efficiency of a vert
ical comression ignition engine?
(A) Inlet valve closing after bottom dead center
(B) Inlet valve closing before bottom dead center
(C) Inlet valve oening before to dead center
(D) Exhaust valve closing after to dead center
Correct Answer
7. In a diesel engine, the fuel is ignited by
(A) Sark
(B) Injected fuel
(C) Heat resulting from comressing air that is sulied for combustion
(D) Ignition
Correct Answer
8. Which of the following does not relate to a sark ignition engine?
(A) Ignition coil
(B) Sark lug
(C) Carburettor
(D) Fuel injector
Correct Answer
9. Comression loss in I.C engines occurs due to
(A) Leaking iston rings
(B) Use of thick head gasket
(C) Clogged air inlet slots
Correct Answer
10. Iso-octane (CH) has octane number of
(A) 0
(B) 50
(C) 100
(D) 120
Correct Answer
11. As a result of detonation in an I.C. engine, following arameter attains ver
y high value
(A) Peak ressure
(B) Rate of rise of ressure
(C) Rate of rise of temerature
(D) Peak temerature
Correct Answer
12. A two stroke cycle engine gives ________ the number of ower strokes as com
ared to the four stroke cycle engine, at the same engine seed.
(A) Half
(B) Same
(C) Double
(D) Four times
Correct Answer
13. The accumulation of carbon in a cylinder results in increase of
(A) Clearance volume
(B) Volumetric efficiency
(C) Ignition time
(D) Effective comression ratio
Correct Answer
14. In a four stroke cycle engine, the sequence of oerations is
(A) Suction, comression, exansion and exhaust
(B) Suction, exansion, comression and exhaust
(C) Exansion, comression, suction and exhaust
(D) Comression, exansion, suction and exhaust
Correct Answer
15. Gaseous fuel guarantees are based on
(A) Calorific value of oil
(B) Low heat value of oil
(C) High heat value of oil
(D) Mean heat value of oil
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion B (2) Answer: Otion D (3) Answer: Otion A (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion B (6) Answer: Otion B (7) Answer: Otion C (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Answer: Otion D (10) Answer: Otion C (11) Answer: Otion B (12) An
swer: Otion C (13) Answer: Otion D (14) Answer: Otion A (15) Answer: Otion B
[18/02 6:39 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. The ratio of the work obtained at the crankshaft in a given time to the energ
y sulied during the same time is called
(C) Indicated thermal efficiency
(D) Volumetric efficiency
Correct Answer
2. The size of inlet valve of an engine in comarison to exhaust valve is
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Same
(D) More/less deending on caacity of engine
Correct Answer
3. The volumetric efficiency of a well designed engine may be
(A) 30 to 40%
(B) 40 to 60%
(C) 60 to 70%
(D) 75 to 90%
Correct Answer
4. A 5 BHP engine running at full load would consume diesel of the order of
(A) 0.3 kg/hr
(B) 1 kg/hr
(C) 3 kg/hr
(D) 5 kg/hr
Correct Answer
5. A etrol engine, during suction stroke draws
(A) Air only
(B) Petrol only
(C) A mixture of etrol and air
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
6. Which of the following statements is correct?
(A) All the irreversible engines have same efficiency
(B) All the reversible engines have same efficiency
(C) Both Rankine and Carnot cycles have same efficiency between same temerature
limits
(D) All reversible engines working between same temerature limits have same eff
iciency
Correct Answer
7. The fuel valve in a four stroke cycle diesel engine
(A) Oens at 15 after to dead center and closes at 20 before bottom dead center
(B) Oens at 15 before to dead center and closes at 20 after to dead center
(C) Oens at to dead center and closes at bottom dead center
Correct Answer
8. For the same ower develoed in I.C. engines, the cheaer system is
(A) Naturally asirated
(B) Suercharged
(C) Centrifugal um
(D) Turbo charger
Correct Answe
9. The thermal efficiency of etrol and gas engines is about
(A) 15%
(B) 30%
(C) 50%
(D) 70%
Correct Answer
10. Which is more viscous lube oil?
(A) SEA 30
(B) SAE 50
(C) SAE 70
(D) SAE 80
Correct Answer
11. In etrol engine, using a fixed octane rating fuel and fixed comression rat
io, suercharging will _________ the knocking tendency.
(A) Not effected
(B) Decrease
(C) Increase
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
12. Fuel oil consumtion guarantees for I .C. engine are usually based on
(A) Low heat value of oil
(B) High heat value of oil
(C) Net calorific value of oil
(D) Calorific value of fuel
Correct Answer
13. The comensating jet in a carburettor sulies almost constant amount of et
rol at all seeds because the
(A) Jet area is automatically varied deending on the suction
(B) The flow from the main jet is diverted to the comensating jet with increase
in seed
(C) The diameter of the jet is constant and the discharge coefficient is invaria
nt
(D) Flow is roduced due to the static head in the float chamber
Correct Answer
14. The magneto in an automobile is basically
(A) Transformer
(B) D.C. generator
(C) Caacitor
(D) Magnetic circuit
Correct Answer
15. In order to eliminate knocking in comression ignition engines, there should
be
(A) Short delay eriod
(B) Late auto-ignition
(C) Low comression ratio
(D) High self ignition temerature of fuel
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion B (2) Answer: Otion B (3) Answer: Otion D (4) Answer: Otio
n B (5) Answer: Otion C (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion B (8) Answer: O
tion B (9) Answer: Otion B (10) Answer: Otion D (11) Answer: Otion C (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion D (14) Answer: Otion B (15) Answer: Otion A
[18/02 6:45 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. Air fuel ratio at which a etrol engine cannot work is
(A) 8 : 1
(B) 10 : 1
(C) 15 : 1
(D) 20 : 1 and less
Correct Answer
2. A fuel of an octane number rating of 75 matches in knocking intensity as a mi
xture of
(A) 75% iso-octane and 25% normal hetane
(B) 75% normal hetane and 25% iso-octane
(C) 75% etrol and 25% diesel
(D) 75% diesel and 25% etrol
Correct Answer
3. An hmh flame seed is obtained in diesel engine when air fuel ratio is
(A) Uniform throughout the mixture
(B) Chemically correct mixture
(C) About 35% of rich mixture
(D) About 10% of rich mixture
Correct Answer
4. A suercharged engine as comared to an ordinary engine
(A) Is lighter
(B) Requires smaller foundations
(C) Consumes less lubricating oil
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
5. The inlet value of a four stroke cycle I.C engine remains oen for nearly
(A) 180
(B) 125
(C) 235
(D) 200
Correct Answe
6. The basic requirement of a good combustion chamber is
(A) Minimum turbulence
(B) Low comression ratio
(C) High thermal efficiency and ower outut
(D) Low volumetric efficiency
Correct Answer
7. The cam shaft of a four stroke I.C. engine running at 1500 rm will run at
(A) 1500 rm
(B) 750 rm
(C) 3000 rm
(D) Any value indeendent of engine seed
Correct Answer
8. In a four stroke cycle etrol engine, the inlet valve
(A) Oens at to dead center and closes at bottom dead center
(B) Oens at 20 before to dead center and closes at 40 after bottom dead center
(C) Oens at 20 after to dead center and closes at 20 before bottom dead center
(D) May oen or close anywhere
Correct Answer
9. Which of the following is false statement? Some of the methods used to reduce
diesel smoke are as follows
(A) Using additives in the fuel
(B) Increasing the comression ratio
(C) Adherence to roer fuel secification
(D) Avoidance of overloading
Correct Answer
10. The frictional ower (F.P.) is given by
(A) F.P. = B.P. - I.P.
(B) F.P. = I.P. - B.P.
(C) F.P. = B.P./I.P.
(D) F.P. = I.P./B.P.
Correct Answer
11. The following volume of air is required for consuming 1 liter of fuel by a f
our stroke engine
(A) 1 m3
(B) 5 m3
(C) 56 m3
(D) 910 m3
Correct Answer
12. The delay eriod in comression ignition engines deends uon
(A) Temerature and ressure in the cylinder at the time of injection
(B) Nature of the fuel mixture strength
(C) Relative velocity between the fuel injection and air turbulence ressure of
residual gases
Correct Answer
13. A diesel engine has
(A) 1 valve
(B) 2 valves
(C) 3 valves
(D) 4 valves
Correct Answer
14. The mechanical efficiency (m) of te engine is given by
(A) m = B.P/I.P
(B) m = I.P/B.P
(C) m = (B.P I.P)/100
(D) None of tese
Correct Answer
15. Te output of a diesel engine can be increased witout increasing te engine
revolution or size in following way
(A) Feeding more fuel
(B) Heating incoming air
(C) Scavenging
(D) Supercarging
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option A (3) Answer: Option D (4) Answer: Optio
n D (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option B (8) Answer: O
ption B (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option D (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option A (15) Answer: Option D
[19/02 11:34 am] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. Te reflectivity depends upon
(A) Geometry of te reflector
(B) Energy of neutrons
(C) Properties of te reflector
(D) All of tese
Correct Answer
2. Te fuel air ratio in a petrol engine fitted wit suction carburettor, operat
ing wit dirty air filter as compared to clean filter will be
(A) Higer
(B) Lower
(C) Remain unaffected
(D) None of te above
Correct Answer
3. Te sensing element in te control system of nuclear reactors measures te __
_______ of te neutron flux in te reactor.
(A) Temperature
(B) Volume
(C) Density
(D) None of tese
Correct Answer
4. Pick up te wrong statement
(A) 2-stroke engine can run in any direction
(B) In 4-stroke engine, a power stroke is obtained in 4-strokes
(C) Termal efficiency of 4-stroke engine is more due to positive scavenging
(D) Petrol engines occupy more space tan diesel engines for same power output
Correct Answer
5. If V is the jet velocity and V is the vehicle velocity, then roulsive efficie
ncy of a turbojet engine is
(A) V / (V + V)
(B) V / (V + V)
(C) 2V / (V + V)
(D) 2V / (V + V)
Correct Answer
6. In a cycle, the sark lasts roughly for
(A) 1 sec
(B) 0.1 sec
(C) 0.01 sec
(D) 0.001 sec
Correct Answer
7. Which of the following does not relate to a comression ignition engine?
(A) Fuel um
(B) Fuel injector
(C) Governor
(D) Carburettor
Correct Answer
8. Air fuel ratio for idling seed of a etrol engine is aroximately
(A) 1 : 1
(B) 5 : 1
(C) 10 : 1
(D) 15 : 1
Correct Answer
9. The advancing of sark timing in sark ignition engines will _________ knocki
ng tendency.
(A) Increase
(B) Reduce
(C) Not effect
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
10. The fuel in diesel engine is normally injected at ressure of
(A) 5-10 kg/cm
(B) 20-25 kg/cm
(C) 60-80 kg/cm
(D) 90-130 kg/cm
Correct Answer
11. A mixture containing 65% of iso-octane and 35% of normal hetane will have
(A) Cetane number 65
(B) Octane number 65
(C) Cetane number 35
(D) Octane number 35
Correct Answer
12. The thermal efficiency of a diesel cycle having fixed comression ratio, wit
h increase in cut-off ratio will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Be indeendent
(D) May increase or decrease deending on other factors
Correct Answer
13. Theoretically, a four stroke cycle engine should develo _________ ower as
that of a two stroke cycle engine.
(A) Half
(B) Same
(C) Double
(D) Four times
Correct Answer
14. The calorific value of gaseous fuels is exressed in terms of
(A) kcal
(B) kcal/kg
(C) kcal/m
(D) kcal/m3
Correct Answer
15. The ressure at the end of comression, in diesel engines, is aroximately
(A) 10 bar
(B) 20 bar
(C) 25 bar
(D) 35 bar
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion D (2) Answer: Otion A (3) Answer: Otion C (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion C (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion D (8) Answer: O
tion C (9) Answer: Otion A (10) Answer: Otion D (11) Answer: Otion B (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion A (14) Answer: Otion D (15) Answer: Otion D
[19/02 11:35 am] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. A 75 cc engine has following arameter as 75 cc
(A) Fuel tank caacity
(B) Lube oil caacity
(C) Swet volume
(D) Cylinder volume
Correct Answer
2. The combustion in comression ignition engines is
(A) Homogeneous
(B) Heterogeneous
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
3. Suercharging is essential in
(A) Diesel engines
(B) Gas turbines
(C) Petrol engines
(D) Aircraft engines
Correct Answer
4. Which of the following fuel has little tendency towards detonation?
(A) Benzene
(B) Iso-octane
(C) Normal hetane
(D) Alcohol
Correct Answer
5. Most high seed comression engines oerate on
(A) Diesel cycle
(B) Otto cycle
(C) Dual combustion cycle
(D) Secial tye of air cycle
Correct Answer
6. The higher combustion chamber wall temerature in comression ignition engine
s will _________ knocking tendency.
(A) Increase
(B) Reduce
(C) Not effect
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
7. If the intake air temerature of I.C. engine increases, its efficiency will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain same
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
8. Solid fuel fabricated into various small shaes, which are assembled to form
fuel elements, is in the form of
(A) Plates
(B) Pallets
(C) Pins
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
9. A heat engine utilizes the
(A) Calorific value of oil
(B) Low heat value of
(C) High heat value of oil
(D) Mean heat value of oil
Correct Answer
10. Diesel as comared to etrol is
(A) Highly ignitable
(B) More difficult to ignite
(C) Less difficult to ignite
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
11. The secific fuel consumtion of a etrol engine comared to diesel engine o
f same H.P. is
(A) Same
(B) More
(C) Less
(D) Less or more deending on oerating conditions
Correct Answer
12. The increase of efficiency of a comression ignition engine, as the load dec
reases, is due to
(A) Higher maximum temerature
(D) Hit and miss governing
Correct Answer
13. For the same comression ratio
(A) Otto cycle is more efficient than the Diesel
(B) Diesel cycle is more efficient than Otto
(C) Both Otto and Diesel cycles are, equally efficient
(D) Comression ratio has nothing to do with efficiency
Correct Answer
14. The self ignition temerature of etrol is _________ as comared to diesel o
il.
(A) Same
(B) Lower
(C) Higher
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
15. In diesel engine, the comression ratio in comarison to exansion ratio is
(A) Same
(B) Less
(C) More
(D) Variable
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion C (2) Answer: Otion B (3) Answer: Otion D (4) Answer: Otio
n B (5) Answer: Otion C (6) Answer: Otion B (7) Answer: Otion B (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Answer: Otion C (10) Answer: Otion B (11) Answer: Otion B (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion A (14) Answer: Otion C (15) Answer: Otion C
[19/02 11:37 am] +91 78697 66465 : IC engine
1. In a four stroke cycle etrol engine, the ressure inside the engine cylinder
during the suction stroke is __________ the atmosheric ressure.
(A) Equal to
(B) Below
(C) Above
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
2. Diesel fuel, comared to etrol is
(A) Less difficult to ignite
(B) Just about the same difficult to ignite
(C) More difficult to ignite
(D) Highly ignitable
Correct Answer
3. In a etrol engine, if diesel is used, then the engine will
(A) Not run
(B) Run more efficiently
(C) Run at high seed
(D) Exlode
Correct Answer
4. Installation of suercharger on a four cycle diesel engine can result in the
following ercentage increase in ower
(A) U to 35%
(B) U to 50%
(C) U to 75%
(D) U to 100%
Correct Answer
5. The thermal efficiency of diesel engines on weak mixtures is
(A) Unaffected
(B) Lower
(C) Higher
(D) Deendent on other factors
Correct Answer
6. Combustion in comression ignition engines is
(A) Homogeneous
(B) Heterogeneous
(D) Laminar
Correct Answer
7. The colour of exhaust from diesel engine is generally
(A) White
(B) Bluish
(C) Black
(D) Violet
Correct Answer
8. A diesel engine as comared to etrol engine (both running and rated load) is
(A) More efficient
(B) Less efficient
(C) Equally efficient
(D) Other factors will decide it
Correct Answer
9. In a four stroke cycle etrol engine, the charge is ignited at
(A) 30 before to dead center
(B) 30 after to dead center
(C) 30 before bottom dead center
(D) 30 after bottom dead center
Correct Answer
10. In case of gas turbines, the gaseous fuel consumtion guarantees are based o
n
(A) High heat value
(B) Low heat value
(C) Net calorific value
(D) Calorific value
Correct Answer
11. The knocking tendency in sark ignition engines may be decreased by
(A) Controlling the air-fuel mixture
(B) Controlling the ignition timing
(C) Controlling the exhaust temerature
(D) Reducing the comression ratio
Correct Answer
12. The term scavenging is generally associated with
(A) 2-stroke cycle engines
(B) 4-stroke cycle engines
(C) Aerolane engines
(D) High efficiency engines
Correct Answer
13. Which of the following statement is correct regarding normal cetane?
(A) It is a standard fuel used for knock rating of diesel engines
(B) Its chemical name is normal hexadecane
(C) It has long carbon chain structure
Correct Answer
14. Most high seed comression engines oerate on
(A) Otto cycle
(B) Diesel cycle
(C) Dual cycle
(D) Carnot cycle
Correct Answer
15. In a four stroke cycle diesel engine, the inlet valve
(A) Oens at 20 before to dead center and closes at 40 after bottom dead center
(B) Oens at 20 after to dead center and closes at 20 before bottom dead center
(C) Oens at to dead center and closes at bottom dead center
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion B (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion A (4) Answer: Otio
n D (5) Answer: Otion C (6) Answer: Otion B (7) Answer: Otion C (8) Answer: O
tion A (9) Answer: Otion A (10) Answer: Otion B (11) Answer: Otion D (12) An
swer: Otion D (13) Answer: Otion D (14) Answer: Otion C (15) Answer: Otion A
[19/02 11:39 am] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. The air-fuel ratio of the etrol engine is controlled by
(A) Fuel um
(B) Governor
(C) Injector
(D) Carburettor
Correct Answer
(A) In comression ignition engines, detonation occurs near the beginning of com
bustion.
(B) Since the fuel, in comression ignition engines, is injected at the end of c
omression stroke, therefore, there will be no re-ignition.
(C) To eliminate knock in comression ignition engines, we want to achieve auto-
ignition not early and desire a long delay eriod.
(D) In comression ignition engines, because of heterogeneous mixture, the rate
of ressure rise is comaratively lower.
Correct Answer
3. In a four stroke cycle, the minimum temerature inside the engine cylinder oc
curs at the
(A) Beginning of suction stroke
(B) End of suction stroke
(C) Beginning of exhaust stroke
(D) End of exhaust stroke
Correct Answer
4. The exhaust valve in a four stroke cycle etrol engine
(A) Oens at 50 before bottom dead center and closes at 15 after to dead center
(B) Oens at bottom dead center and closes at to dead center
(C) Oens at 50 after bottom dead center and closes at 15 before to dead center
Correct Answer
5. The exansion of fuel in a four stroke cycle diesel engine
(A) Starts at 15 before to dead center and ends at 30 after to dead center
(B) Starts at to dead center and ends at 30 after to dead center
(C) Starts at 15 after to dead center and ends at 30 before bottom dead center
Correct Answer
6. In a diesel engine, the duration between the time of injection and ignition,
is known as
(A) Pre-ignition eriod
(B) Delay eriod
(C) Period of ignition
(D) Burning eriod
Correct Answer
7. The effective inhibitor of re-ignition is
(A) Alcohol
(B) Water
(C) Lead
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
8. A diesel engine has
(A) One valve
(B) Two valves
(C) Three valves
(D) Four valves
Correct Answer
9. The ressure inside the cylinder is _________ the atmosheric ressure during
the exhaust stroke.
(A) Equal to
(B) Below
(C) Above
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
10. A carburettor is used to suly
(A) Petrol, air and lubricating oil
(B) Air and diesel
(C) Petrol and lubricating oil
(D) Petrol and air
Correct Answer
11. Morse test can be conducted for
(A) Petrol engines
(B) Diesel engines
(C) Multi cylinder engines
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
12. High seed comression engines oerate on
(A) Otto cycle
(B) Diesel cycle
(C) Dual combustion cycle
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
13. The theoretically correct mixture of air and etrol is
(A) 10 : 1
(B) 15 : 1
(C) 20 : 1
(D) 25 : 1
Correct Answer
14. A diesel engine has comression ratio from
(A) 6 to 10
(B) 10 to 15
(C) 15 to 25
(D) 25 to 40
Correct Answer
15. In order to mix air and etrol in the required roortion and to suly it t
o the engine during suction stroke, then _________ is emloyed.
(A) Fuel um
(B) Injector
(C) Carburettor
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion D (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion A (4) Answer: Otio
n A (5) Answer: Otion C (6) Answer: Otion B (7) Answer: Otion B (8) Answer: O
tion C (9) Answer: Otion C (10) Answer: Otion D (11) Answer: Otion C (12) An
swer: Otion C (13) Answer: Otion B (14) Answer: Otion C (15) Answer: Otion C
[19/02 11:41 am] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. The ratio of the brake ower to the indicated ower is called
(C) Indicated thermal efficiency
(D) Volumetric efficiency
Correct Answer
2. The cetane (CH) which is a sraigh chain paraffin, is assigned a ceane number o
f
(A) 0
(B) 50
(C) 100
(D) 120
Correc Answer
3. The hermodynamic cycle on which he perol engine works, is
(A) Oo cycle
(B) Joule cycle
(C) Rankine cycle
(D) Sirling cycle
Correc Answer
4. The correc mixure srengh (by weigh) for perol is abou
(A) 14.6 : 1
(B) 18.5 : 1
(C) 20.4 : 1
(D) 22.6 : 1
Correc Answer
5. The scavenging efficiency of a four sroke cycle diesel engine is
(A) Below 50%
(B) Beween 50 and 85%
(C) Beween 85 and 95%
(D) Beween 95 and 100%
Correc Answer
6. If he speed of he engine is increased, he indicaed power will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain same
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
7. The specific fuel consumpion per B.P. hour for a perol engine is abou
(A) 0.2 kg
(B) 0.25 kg
(C) 0.3 kg
(D) 0.35 kg
Correc Answer
8. The injecor nozzle of a compression igniion engine is required o injec fu
el a a sufficienly high pressure in order o
(A) Injec fuel in a chamber of high pressure a he end of compression sroke
(B) Injec fuel a a high velociy o faciliae aomizaion
(C) Ensure ha peneraion is no high
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
9. A fuel of ceane number 40 has he same igniion qualiy as a mixure of
(A) 40% ceane and 60% alpha mehyl naphhalene
(B) 40% alpha mehyl naphhalene and 60% ceane
(C) 40% perol and 60% diesel
(D) 40% diesel and 60% perol
Correc Answer
10. The wo reference fuels used for ceane raing are
(A) Ceane and iso-ocane
(B) Ceane and alpha-mehyl naphhalene
(C) Ceane and normal hepane
(D) Ceane and era ehyl lead
Correc Answer
11. In perol engines, he delay period is of he order of
(A) 0.001 second
(B) 0.002 second
(C) 0.003 second
(D) 0.004 second
Correc Answer
12. A diesel engine is _________ as compared o perol engine, boh running a r
aed load.
(A) Equally efficien
(B) Less efficien
(C) More efficien
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
13. The pressure a he end of compression, in perol engines, is approximaely
(A) 10 bar
(B) 20 bar
(C) 25 bar
(D) 35 bar
Correc Answer
14. The urbine of he urboprop engine is __________ ha of he urboje engin
e.
(A) Same as
(B) Smaller han
(C) Bigger han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
15. A higher compression raio causes
(A) Pre-igniion
(B) Increase in deonaion
(C) Acceleraion in he rae of combusion
(D) Any one of hese
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion A (4) Answer: Opio
n A (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion C (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion D
[19/02 12:00 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. A spark plug gap is kep from
(A) 0.3 o 0.7 mm
(B) 0.2 o 0.8 mm
(C) 0.4 o 0.9 mm
(D) 0.6 o 1.0 mm
Correc Answer
2. The air sandard efficiency of an I.C. engine depends on
(A) Fuel used
(B) Speed of engine
(C) Compression raio
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
3. Alpha-mehyl-naphhalene (C H) has a cetane number of
(A) 0
(B) 50
(C) 100
(D) 120
Correct Answer
4. The increase in intake temerature of internal combustion engines will ______
___ efficiency.
(A) Have no effect on
(B) Increase
(C) Decrease
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. The thermal efficiency of a etrol engine is _________ as comared to diesel
engine.
(A) Same
(B) Less
(C) More
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
6. The thermal efficiency of diesel engines is about
(A) 15%
(B) 30%
(C) 50%
(D) 70%
Correct Answer
7. The ignition quality of diesel oil is exressed by
(A) Cetane number
(B) Octane number
(C) Calorific value
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
8. If etrol is used in a diesel engine, then
(A) Low ower will be roduced
(B) Efficiency will be low
(C) Higher knocking will occur
(D) Black smoke will be roduced
Correct Answer
9. In a coil ignition system of etrol engines, a condenser is connected across
the contact breaker in order to
(A) Prevent sarking across the ga between the oints
(B) Cause more raid break of the rimary current, giving a higher voltage in th
e secondary circuit
Correct Answer
10. The _________ engines can work on very lean mixture of fuel.
(A) Sark ignition
(B) Comression ignition
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
11. A diesel engine, during suction stroke, draws
(A) Air only
(B) Diesel only
(C) A mixture of diesel and air
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
12. Antiknock for comression ignition engines is
(A) Nathene
(B) Tetra ethyl lead
(C) Amyl nitrate
(D) Hexadecane
Correct Answer
13. The method of determination of indicated ower of a multi cylinder sark ign
ition engine is by the use of
(A) Morse test
(B) Prony brake test
(C) Motoring test
(D) Heat balance test
Correct Answer
14. The cetane number of diesel oil, generally available, is
(A) 20 to 25
(B) 25 to 30
(C) 30 to 40
(D) 40 to 55
Correct Answer
15. A etrol engine has comression ratio from
(A) 6 to 10
(B) 10 to 15
(C) 15 to 25
(D) 25 to 40
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion A (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion A (4) Answer: Otio
n C (5) Answer: Otion B (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion A (8) Answer: O
tion C (9) Answer: Otion C (10) Answer: Otion B (11) Answer: Otion A (12) An
swer: Otion C (13) Answer: Otion A (14) Answer: Otion D (15) Answer: Otion A
[19/02 12:02 m] +91 78697 66465 : Ic engine
1. The brake ower is the ower available
(A) In the engine cylinder
(B) At the crank shaft
(C) At the crank in
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
2. The normal hetane (CH) is given a rating of ________ octane number.
(A) 0
(B) 50
(C) 100
(D) 120
Correct Answer
3. The knocking in diesel engines may be revented by
(A) Reducing the delay eriod
(B) Raising the comression ratio
(C) Increasing the inlet ressure of air
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
4. The air-fuel ratio of the etrol engine is controlled by
(A) Carburettor
(B) Injector
(C) Governor
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. If the comression ratio in I.C. engine increases, then its thermal efficienc
y will
(A) Decrease
(B) Increase
(C) Remain same
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
6. The thermal efficiency of a standard Otto cycle for a comression ratio of 5.
5 will be
(A) 25%
(B) 50%
(C) 70%
(D) 100%
Correct Answer
7. The octane number of etrol, generally available, is
(A) 20 to 40
(B) 40 to 60
(C) 60 to 80
(D) 80 to 100
Correct Answer
8. The object of suercharging the engine is
(A) To reduce mass of the engine er brake ower
(B) To reduce sace occuied by the engine
(C) To increase the ower outut of an engine when greater ower is required
Correct Answer
9. The increase of cooling water temerature in etrol engine will _________ the
knocking tendency.
(A) Not effect
(B) Decrease
(C) Increase
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
10. The secific fuel consumtion er B.P. hour for a diesel engine is about
(A) 0.2 kg
(B) 0.25 kg
(C) 0.3 kg
(D) 0.35 kg
Correct Answer
11. The injection ressure in a diesel engine is about
(A) 10 bar
(B) 100 bar
(C) 150 bar
(D) 500 bar
Correct Answer
12. Morse test is used to determine the I.P. of a
(A) Single cylinder etrol engine
(B) Four stroke engine
(C) Single cylinder diesel engine
(D) Multi cylinder engine
Correct Answer
13. The voltage required to roduce a sark across the ga, between the sarking
oints is
(A) 2000 to 4000 volts
(B) 4000 to 6000 volts
(C) 6000 to 10,000 volts
(D) 10,000 to 12,000 volts
Correct Answer
View All Answers
1. Answer: Otion B 2. Answer: Otion A 3. Answer: Otion D 4. Answer: Otion A
5. Answer: Otion B 6. Answer: Otion B 7. Answer: Otion D 8. Answer: Otion D
9. Answer: Otion C 10. Answer: Otion A 11. Answer: Otion B 12. Answer: Otion
D 13. Answer: Otion C
Show/hide
[19/02 9:26 m] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (mechanical )
1. Unit of thermal conductivity in M.K.S. units is
(A) K cal/kg m C
(B) K cal m/hr m C
(C) K cal/hr m C
(D) K calm/hr C
Correct Answer
2. Thermal diffusivity is a
(A) Function of temerature
(B) Physical roerty of a substance
(C) Dimensionless arameter
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
3. Unit of thermal conductivity in S.I. units is
(A) J/m sec
(B) J/m K sec
(C) W/m K
(D) Otion (B) and (C) above.
Correct Answer
(A) The heat transfer in liquid and gases takes lace according to convection
(B) The amount of heat flow through a body is deendent uon the material of the
body
(C) The thermal conductivity of solid metals increases with rise in temerature
(D) Logarithmic mean temerature difference is not equal to the arithmetic mean
temerature difference
Correct Answer
5. Thermal conductivity of solid metals with rise in temerature normally
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remain constant
(D) May increase or decrease deending on temerature
Correct Answer
6. In free convection heat transfer transition from laminar to turbulent flow is
governed by the critical value of the
(A) Reynold's number
(B) Grashoff's number
(C) Reynold's number, Grashoff's number
(D) Prandtl number, Grashoff's number
Correct Answer
7. Thermal conductivity of non-metallic amorhous solids with decrease in temer
ature
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remain constant
(D) May increase or decrease deending on temerature
Correct Answer
8. According to Dalton's law of artial ressures, (where b = Barometric ressu
re, a = Partial ressure of dry air, and v = Partial ressure of water vaour)
(A) Pb = a - v
(B) Pb = a + v
(C) Pb = a v
(D) Pb = a/v
Correct Answer
9. Heat transfer takes lace as er
(A) Zeroth law of thermodynamics
(B) First law of thermodynamic
(C) Second law of the thermodynamics
(D) Kirchoff's law
Correct Answer
10. The heat transfer by conduction through a thick shere is given by
(A) Q = 2kr1 r2 (T1 - T2)/ (r2 - r1)
(B) Q = 4kr1 r2 (T1 - T2)/ (r2 - r1)
(C) Q = 6kr1 r2 (T1 - T2)/ (r2 - r1)
(D) Q = 8kr1 r2 (T1 - T2)/ (r2 - r1)
Correct Answer
11. When heat is transferred from one article of hot body to another by actual
motion of the heated articles, it is referred to as heat transfer by
(A) Conduction
(B) Convection
(C) Radiation
(D) Conduction and convection
Correct Answer
12. Fourier's law of heat conduction is (where Q = Amount of heat flow through t
he body in unit time, A = Surface area of heat flow, taken at right angles to th
e direction of heat flow, dT = Temerature difference on the two faces of the bo
dy, dx = Thickness of the body, through which the heat flows, taken along the di
rection of heat flow, and k = Thermal conductivity of the body)
(A) k. A. (dT/dx)
(B) k. A. (dx/dT)
(C) k. (dT/dx)
(D) k. (dx/dT)
Correct Answer
13. When heat is transferred from hot body to cold body, in a straight line, wit
hout affecting the intervening medium, it is referred as heat transfer by
(A) Conduction
(B) Convection
(C) Radiation
Correct Answer
14. Reynolds number (RN) is given by (where h = Film coefficient, l = Linear dim
ension, V = Velocity of fluid, k = Thermal conductivity, t = Temerature, = Dens
ity of fluid, cp = Specific heat at constant pessue, and = Coefficient of abso
lute viscosity)
(A) RN = hl/k
(B) RN = cp/k
(C) RN = V l /
(D) RN = V/t.cp
Coect Answe
15. Sensible heat is the heat equied to
(A) Change vapou into liquid
(B) Change liquid into vapou
(C) Incease the tempeatue of a liquid of vapou
(D) Convet wate into steam and supeheat it
Coect Answe
Answe: Option C
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option B (2) Answe: Option B (3) Answe: Option D (4) Answe: Optio
n C (5) Answe: Option B (6) Answe: Option D (7) Answe: Option B (8) Answe: O
ption B (9) Answe: Option C (10) Answe: Option B (11) Answe: Option A (12) An
swe: Option A (13) Answe: Option C (14) Answe: Optio
[19/02 9:30 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (mechanical )
Pactice Test: Question Set - 02
1. Heat tansfe in liquid and gases takes place by
(A) Conduction
(B) Convection
(C) Radiation
Coect Answe
2. The heat tansfe takes place accoding to
(A) Zeoth law of themodynamics
(B) Fist law of themodynamics
(C) Second law of themodynamics
(D) Kichhoff's law
Coect Answe
3. Which of the following is the case of heat tansfe by adiation?
(A) Blast funace
(B) Heating of building
(C) Cooling of pats in funace
(D) Heat eceived by a peson fom fieplace
Coect Answe
4. Themal conductivity of wate _________ with ise in tempeatue.
(A) Remain same
(B) Deceases
(C) Inceases
(D) May incease o decease dependingi upon tempeatue
Coect Answe
5. Heat is closely elated with
(A) Liquids
(B) Enegy
(C) Tempeatue
(D) Entopy
Coect Answe
6. The thickness of themal and hydodynamic bounday laye is equal if Pandtl
numbe is
(A) Equal to one
(B) Geate than one
(C) Less than one
(D) Equal to Nusselt numbe
Coect Answe
7. Pick up the wong case. Heat flowing fom one side to othe depends diectly
on
(A) Face aea
(B) Time
(C) Thickness
(D) Tempeatue diffeence
Coect Answe
8. The citical adius is the insulation adius at which the esistance to heat
flow is
(A) Maximum
(B) Minimum
(C) Zeo
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
9. Metals ae good conductos of heat because
(A) Thei atoms collide fequently
(B) Thei atoms ae elatively fa apat
(C) They contain fee electons
(D) They have high density
Coect Answe
10. The automobile adiato is a heat exchange of
(A) Paallel flow type
(B) Counte flow type
(C) Coss flow type
(D) Regeneato type
Coect Answe
11. Which of the following is a case of steady state heat tansfe?
(A) I.C. engine
(B) Ai peheates
(C) Heating of building in winte
Coect Answe
12. Which of the following would lead to a eduction in themal esistance?
(A) In conduction, eduction in the thickness of the mateial and an incease in
themal conductivity.
(B) In convection, stiing of the fluid and cleaning the heating suface.
(C) In adiation, inceasing the tempeatue and educing the emissivity.
Coect Answe
13. Total heat is the heat equied to
(A) Change vapou into liquid
(B) Change liquid into vapou
(C) Incease the tempeatue of a liquid o vapou
(D) Convet wate into steam and supeheat it
Coect Answe
14. The atio of the thickness of themal bounday laye to the thickness of hyd
odynamic bounday laye is equal to (Pandtl numbe) n, whee n is equal to
(A) -1/3
(B) -2/3
(C) 1
(D) -1
Coect Answe
15. Cok is a good insulato because it has
(A) Fee electons
(B) Atoms colliding fequency
(C) Low density
(D) Poous body
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option B (2) Answe: Option C (3) Answe: Option D (4) Answe: Optio
n D (5) Answe: Option C (6) Answe: Option A (7) Answe: Option C (8) Answe: O
ption B (9) Answe: Option A (10) Answe: Option C (11) Answe: Option D (12) An
swe: Option D (13) Answe: Option D (14) Answe: Option A (15) Answe: Option D
[19/02 9:33 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT ( mechanical )
1. Tempeatue of steam at aound 540C can be measued by
(A) Themomete
(B) Themisto
(C) Themocouple
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
2. Themal diffusivity of a substance is
(A) Diectly popotional to the themal conductivity
(B) Invesely popotional to density of substance
(C) Invesely popotional to specific heat
Coect Answe
3. Themal conductivity of ai at oom tempeatue in kcal/m h C is of the ode
of
(A) 0.002
(B) 0.02
(C) 0.01
(D) 0.1
Coect Answe
4. Fouling facto is used
(A) In heat exchange design as a safety facto
(B) In case of Newtonian fluids
(C) When a liquid exchanges heat with a gas
Coect Answe
5. The time constant of a themocouple is
(A) The time taken to attain the final tempeatue to be measued
(B) The time taken to attain 50% of the value of initial tempeatue diffeence
(C) The time taken to attain 63.2% of the value of initial tempeatue diffeenc
e
(D) Detemined by the time taken to each 100C fom 0C
Coect Answe
6. The natual convection ai cooled condenses ae used in
(A) Domestic efigeatos
(B) Wate cooles
(C) Room ai conditiones
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
7. Themal conductivity of ai with ise in tempeatue
(A) Inceases
(B) Deceases
(C) Remain constant
(D) May incease o decease depending on tempeatue
Coect Answe
8. A heat exchange with heat tansfe suface aea A and oveall heat tansfe
coefficient U handles two fluids of heat capacities Cmax and Cmin. The numbe of
tansfe units (NTU) used in the analysis of heat exchange is specified as
(A) A.Cmin/U
(B) U/A.Cmin
(C) A.U.Cmin
(D) A.U/Cmin
Coect Answe
9. Heat flows fom one body to othe when they have
(A) Diffeent heat contents
(B) Diffeent specific heat
(C) Diffeent atomic stuctue
(D) Diffeent tempeatues
Coect Answe
10. Themal diffusivity of a substance is given by (whee h = Themal diffusivit
y, = Density of substance, S = Specific heat, and k = Themal conductivity)
(A) h = k/ S
(B) h = S/k
(C) h = S/k
(D) h = k/S
Coect Answe
11. The concept of oveall coefficient of heat tansfe is used in heat tansfe
poblems of
(A) Conduction
(B) Convection
(C) Radiation
Coect Answe
12. The use of heat exchanges is made in
(A) Radiatos in automobile
(B) Condenses and boiles in steam plants
(C) Condenses and evapoatos in efigeation and ai conditioning units
Coect Answe
13. In heat tansfe, conductance equals conductivity (kcal/h/sq.m/C/cm) divided
by
(A) H (time)
(B) Sq. m (aea)
(C) C (tempeatue)
(D) K.cal (heat)
Coect Answe
14. In a heat exchange with one fluid evapoating o condensing, the suface a
ea equied is least in
(A) Paallel flow
(B) Counte flow
(C) Coss flow
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
15. The amount of heat flow though a body by conduction is
(A) Diectly popotional to the suface aea of the body
(B) Diectly popotional to the tempeatue diffeence on the two faces of the
body
(C) Dependent upon the mateial of the body
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option C (2) Answe: Option D (3) Answe: Option B (4) Answe: Optio
n A (5) Answe: Option C (6) Answe: Option A (7) Answe: Option A (8) Answe: O
ption D (9) Answe: Option D (10) Answe: Option A (11) Answe: Option D (12) An
swe: Option D (13) Answe: Option D (14) Answe: Option D (15) Answe: Option D
[19/02 9:36 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (mech)
1. Themal conductivity of glass wool vaies fom sample to sample because of va
iation in
(A) Composition
(B) Density
(C) Poosity
Coect Answe
2. Accoding to Stefan Boltzmann law, the total adiation fom a black body pe
second pe unit aea is diectly popotional to the
(A) Absolute tempeatue
(B) Squae of the absolute tempeatue
(C) Cube of the absolute tempeatue
(D) Fouth powe of the absolute tempeatue
Coect Answe
3. Themal conductivity of a mateial may be defined as the
(A) Quantity of heat flowing in one second though one cm cube of mateial when
opposite faces ae maintained at a tempeatue diffeence of 1C
(B) Quantity of heat flowing in one second though a slab of the mateial of ae
a one cm squae, thickness 1 cm when its faces diffe in tempeatue by 1C
(C) Heat conducted in unit time acoss unit aea though unit thickness when a t
empeatue diffeence of unity is maintained between opposite faces
Coect Answe
4. In case of liquids and gases, the heat tansfe takes place accoding to
(A) Conduction
(B) Convection
(C) Radiation
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
5. Which of the following has maximum value of themal conductivity?
(A) Aluminium
(B) Steel
(C) Bass
(D) Coppe
Coect Answe
6. The logaithmic mean tempeatue diffeence (tm) is given by (whee t1 and t2 a
e tempeatue diffeences between the hot and cold fluids at entance and exit)
(A) tm = (t1 - t2)/ loge (t1/t2)
(B) tm = loge (t1/t2)/ (t1 - t2)
(C) tm = tm = (t1 - t2) loge (t1/t2)
(D) tm = loge (t1 - t2)/ t1/t2
Coect Answe
7. Moistue would find its way into insulation by vapou pessue unless it is p
evented by
(A) High thickness of insulation
(B) High vapou pessue
(C) Less themal conductivity insulato
(D) A vapou seal
Coect Answe
8. The adiation emitted by a black body is known as
(A) Black adiation
(B) Full adiation
(C) Total adiation
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
9. Heat is tansfeed by all thee modes of tansfe, viz. conduction, convecti
on and adiation in
(A) Electic heate
(B) Steam condense
(C) Boile
(D) Refigeato condense coils
Coect Answe
10. Accoding to Newton's law of cooling, the heat tansfe fom a hot body to a
cold body is
(A) Diectly popotional to the suface aea
(B) Diectly popotional to the diffeence of tempeatues between the two bodi
es
(C) Eithe (A) o (B)
(D) Both (A) and (B)
Coect Answe
11. Accoding to Pevost theoy of heat exchange
(A) It is impossible to tansfe heat fom low tempeatue souce to t high temp
eatue souce
(B) Heat tansfe by adiation equies no medium
(C) All bodies above absolute zeo emit adiation
(D) Heat tansfe in most of the cases takes place by combination of conduction,
convection and adiation
Coect Answe
12. Reynolds numbe is the atio of
(A) Enegy tansfeed by convection to that by conduction
(B) Kinematic viscosity to themal diffusivity
(C) Inetia foce to viscous foce
Coect Answe
13. Heat tansfe by adiation mainly depends upon
(A) Its tempeatue
(B) Natue of the body
(C) Kind and extent of its suface
Coect Answe
14. In counte cuent flow heat exchange, the logaithmic tempeatue diffeen
ce between the fluids is ________ as compaed to paallel flow heat exchange.
(A) Same
(B) Less
(C) Geate
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
15. Themal diffusivity is
(A) A dimensionless paamete
(B) Function of tempeatue
(C) Used as mathematical model
(D) A physical popety of the mateial
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option D (2) Answe: Option D (3) Answe: Option D (4) Answe: Optio
n B (5) Answe: Option A (6) Answe: Option A (7) Answe: Option D (8) Answe: O
ption D (9) Answe: Option C (10) Answe: Option D (11) Answe: Option C (12) An
swe: Option C (13) Answe: Option D (14) Answe: Option C (15) Answe: Option D
[19/02 9:48 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (mechanical )
1. In convection heat tansfe fom hot flue gases to wate tube, even though fl
ow may be tubulent, a lamina flow egion (bounday laye of film) exists close
to the tube. The heat tansfe though this film takes place by
(A) Convection
(B) Radiation
(C) Conduction
(D) Both convection and conduction
Coect Answe
2. The heat tansfe by conduction though a thick cylinde (Q) is given by (whe
e T = Higher temerature, T = Lower emperaure, r = Inside radius, r = Ouside rad
ius, l = Lengh of cylinder, and k = Thermal conduciviy)
(A) Q = [2lk (T - T)]/2.3 log (r/r)
(B) Q = 2.3 log (r/r)/[2lk (T - T)]
(C) Q = [2 (T - T)]/2.3 lk log (r/r)
(D) Q = = 2lk/2.3 (T - T) log (r/r)
Correct Answer
3. Film coefficient is defined as Inside diameter of tube
(A) Equivalent thickness of film
(B) Thermal conductivity Equivalent thickness of film Secific heat Viscosity
(C) Thermal conductivity Molecular diffusivity of momentum Thermal diffusivity
(D) Film coefficient Inside diameter Thermal conductivity
Correct Answer
4. The heat is transferred by conduction, convection and radiation in
(A) Melting of ice
(B) Boiler furnaces
(C) Condensation of steam in condenser
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. Heat conducted through er unit area and unit thick face er unit time when t
emerature difference between oosite faces is unity, is called
(A) Thermal resistance
(B) Thermal coefficient
(C) Temerature gradient
(D) Thermal conductivity
Correct Answer
6. The value of the wave length for maximum emissive ower is given by
(A) Kirchhoff's law
(B) Stefan's law
(C) Wines law
(D) Plancks law
Correct Answer
7. Te rate of energy emission from unit surface area troug unit solid angle,
along a normal to te surface, is known as
(A) Emissivity
(B) Transmissivity
(C) Reflectivity
(D) Intensity of radiation
Correct Answer
8. If te energy radiated per second per sq. cm. of te surface for wave lengts
lying between , and + d is represented by (e.d), then e is caed
(A) Absorptive power
(B) Emissive power
(C) Emissivity
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
9. Emissivity of a white poished body in comparison to a back body is
(A) Higher
(B) Lower
(C) Same
(D) Depends upon the shape of body
Correct Answer
10. When absorptivity () = 1, reflectivity () = 0 and tansmissivity () = 0, hen
he body is said o be a
(A) Black body
(B) Grey body
(C) Opaque body
(D) Whie body
Correc Answer
11. A grey body is one whose absorpiviy
(A) Varies wih emperaure
(B) Varies wih wavelengh of he inciden ray
(C) Is equal o is emissiviy
(D) Does no vary wih emperaure and. wavelengh of he inciden ray
Correc Answer
12. A composie slab has wo layers of differen maerials wih hermal conduci
viies k and k. If each layer has he same hickness, hen he equivalen hermal
conduciviy of he slab will be
(A) k k
(B) (k + k)
(C) (k + k)/ k k
(D) 2 k k/ (k + k)
Correc Answer
13. Two balls of same maerial and finish have heir diameers in he raio of 2
: 1 and boh are heaed o same emperaure and allowed o cool by radiaion. Ra
e of cooling by big ball as compared o smaller one will be in he raio of
(A) 1:1
(B) 2: 1
(C) 1: 2
(D) 4: 1
Correc Answer
14. The criical emperaure is he emperaure
(A) Below which a gas does no obey gas laws
(B) Above which a gas may explode
(C) Below which a gas is always liquefied
(D) Above which a gas will never liquefied
Correc Answer
15. A non-dimensional number generally associaed wih naural convecion hea
ransfer is
(A) Grashoff number
(B) Nussel number
(C) Weber number
(D) Prandl number
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion C (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion D (15
[20/02 3:18 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (Mechanical )
1. In couner flow hea exchangers
(A) Boh he fluids a inle (of hea exchanger where ho fluid eners) are in
heir coldes sae
(B) Boh he fluids a inle are in heir hoes sae
(C) Boh he fluids a exi are in heir hoes sae
(D) One fluid is in hoes sae and oher in coldes sae a inle
Correc Answer
2. The raio of surface convecion resisance o he inernal conducion resisa
nce is known as
(A) Grashoff number
(B) Bio number
(C) Sanon number
(D) Prandl number
Correc Answer
3. A seam pipe is o be insulaed by wo insulaing maerials pu over each oh
er. For bes resuls
(A) Beer insulaion should be pu over pipe and beer one over i
(B) Inferior insulaion should be pu over pipe and beer one over i
(C) Boh may be pu in any order
(D) Wheher o pu inferior OIL over pipe or he beer one would depend on sea
m emperaure
Correc Answer
4. Kirchhoff's law saes ha
(A) The oal radiaion from a black body per second per uni area is direcly p
roporional o he fourh power of he absolue emperaure
(B) The wave lengh corresponding o he maximum energy is proporional o he a
bsolue emperaure
(C) The raio of he emissive power and absorpive power of all bodies is he sa
me and is equal o he emissive power of a perfecly black body
Correc Answer
5. Fourier's law of hea conducion is valid for
(A) One dimensional cases only
(B) Two dimensional cases only
(C) Three dimensional cases only
(D) Regular surfaces having non-uniform emperaure gradiens
Correc Answer
6. The criical hickness of insulaion for a sphere is
(A) k/h
(B) 2k/h
(C) h/k
(D) h/2k
Correct Answer
7. According of Kirchhoff's law
(A) Radiant heat is roortional to fourth ower of absolute temerature
(B) Emissive ower deends on temerature
(C) Emissive ower and absortivity are constant for all bodies
(D) Ratio of emissive ower to absortive ower for all bodies is same and is eq
ual to the emissive ower of a erfectly black body
Correct Answer
8. Film coefficient is defined as the ratio of
(A) Thermal conductivity to the equivalent thickness of the film of fluid
(B) Temerature dro through the films of fluids to the thickness of film of flu
ids
(C) Thickness of film of fluid to the thermal conductivity
(D) Thickness of film of fluid to the temerature dro through the films of flui
ds
Correct Answer
9. All radiations in a black body are
(A) Reflected
(B) Refracted
(C) Transmitted
(D) Absorbed
Correct Answer
10. The rocess of heat transfer from one article of the fluid to another by th
e actual movement of the fluid articles caused by some mechanical means, is kno
wn as
(A) Conduction
(B) Free convection
(C) Forced convection
(D) Radiation
Correct Answer
11. According to Kirchoff's law, the ratio of emissive ower to absortivity for
all bodies is equal to the emissive ower of a
(A) Grey body
(B) Brilliant white olished body
(C) Red hot body
(D) Black body
Correct Answer
12. When is bsorptivity, is eflectivity and is ransmissiviy, hen for a dia
hermanous body,
(A) = 1, = 0 and = 0
(B) = 0, = 1 and = 0
(C) = 0, = 0 and = 1
(D) + = 1 and = 0
Correc Answer
13. The concep of overall coefficien of hea ransfer is used in case of hea
ransfer by
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) Conducion and convecion
Correc Answer
14. The raio of he emissive power and absorpive power of all bodies is he sa
me and is equal o he emissive power of a perfecly black body. This saemen
is known as
(A) Wien's law
(B) Sefan's law
(C) Kirchhoff's law
(D) Planck's law
Correc Answer
15. The uni of overall coefficien of hea ransfer is
(A) kcal/m
(B) kcal/hr C
(C) kcal/m hr C
(D) kcal/m hr C
Correc Answer
Answer: Opion C
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion A (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answe
[20/02 3:19 pm] +91 78697 66465 : View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion A (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion C
[20/02 3:21 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hm (Mechanical )
1. The value of he wavelengh for maximum emissive power is given by
(A) Wien's law
(B) Planck's law
(C) Sefan's law
(D) Fourier's law
Correc Answer
2. The hea of sun reaches o us according o
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
3. Log mean emperaure difference in case of couner flow compared o parallel
flow will be
(A) Same
(B) More
(C) Less
(D) Depends on oher facors
Correc Answer
4. Sensible hea facor is given by (where S.H. = Sensible hea, and L.H. = Lae
n hea)
(A) S.H/(S.H + L.H)
(B) (S.H + L.H) /S.H
(C) (L.H - S.H)/S.H
(D) S.H/(L.H - S.H)
Correc Answer
5. The energy disribuion of an ideal reflecor a higher emperaures is large
ly in he range of
(A) Shorer wavelengh
(B) Longer wavelengh
(C) Remain same a all wavelenghs
(D) Wavelengh has nohing o do wih i
Correc Answer
6. The mos commonly used mehod for he design of duc size is he
(A) Velociy reducion mehod
(B) Equal fricion mehod
(C) Saic regains mehod
(D) Dual or double mehod
Correc Answer
7. Toal emissiviy of polished silver compared o black body is
(A) Same
(B) Higher
(C) More or less same
(D) Very much lower
Correc Answer
8. The rae of hea flow hrough a body is Q = [kA (T - T)]/x. The erm x/kA is kn
own as
(A) Thermal coefficien
(B) Thermal resisance
(C) Thermal conduciviy
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. According o Sefan Bolzmann law, ideal radiaors emi radian energy a a r
ae proporional o
(A) Absolue emperaure
(B) Square of emperaure
(C) Fourh power of absolue emperaure
(D) Fourh power of emperaure
Correc Answer
10. The ransfer of hea by molecular collision is known as
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. Which of he following propery of air does no increase wih rise in emper
aure?
(A) Thermal conduciviy
(B) Thermal diffusiviy
(C) Densiy
(D) Dynamic viscosiy
Correc Answer
12. The expression Q = AT4 is called
(A) Fouie equation
(B) Stefan-Boltzmann equation
(C) Newton Reichmann equation
(D) Joseph-Stefan equation
Coect Answe
13. The unit of Stefan Boltzmann constant is
(A) watt/cm K
(B) watt/cm K
(C) watt/cm K
(D) watt/cm K
Correct Answer
14. The unit of Stefan-Boltzmann constant is
(A) Watt/mK
(B) Watt/mK
(C) Watt/mK4
(D) Watt/mK
Correct Answer
15. In free convection heat transfer, Nusselt number is function of
(A) Grashoff number an Reynol number
(B) Grashoff number an Pran tl number
(C) Pran tl number an Reynol number
(D) Grashoff number, Pran tl number an Reynol number
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option A (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option B (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option A (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option D (8) Answer: O
ption B (9) Answer: Option C (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option C (12) An
swer: Option B (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option B
[20/02 3:22 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT(Mechanical )
1. The thermal iffusivities for soli s are generally
(A) Less than those for gases
(B) Less than those for liqui s
(C) More than those for liqui s an gases
(D) More or less same as for liqui s an gases
Correct Answer
2. Depen ing on the ra iating properties, bo y will be transparent when
(Where a = absorptivity, p = reflectivity, x = transmissivity)
(A) P = 0, x = 0 an a = 1
(B) P=1, x = 0, an a = 0
(C) P = 0, T= 1, an a = 0
(D) X = 0, a + p = 1
Correct Answer
3. Thermal iffusivity of a substance is
(A) Directly proportional to thermal con uctivity
(B) Inversely proportional to ensity of substance
(C) Inversely proportional to specific heat
Correct Answer
4. Wiens law states that the wave length correspon ing to ________ is proportiona
l to the absolute temperature.
(A) Minimum energy
(B) Maximum energy
(C) Both (A) an (B)
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. The ratio of the emissive power an absorptive power of all bo ies is the sam
e an is equal to the emissive power of a perfectly black bo y. This statement i
s known as
(A) Kirchoffs law
(B) Stefans law
(C) Wien law
(D) Plancks law
Correct Answer
6. Ra iation is the process of heat transfer in which heat flows from a ________
, in a straight line, without affecting the intervening me ium.
(A) Col bo y to hot bo y
(B) Hot bo y to col bo y
(C) Smaller bo y to larger bo y
(D) Larger bo y to smaller bo y
Correct Answer
7. Accor ing to Stefans law, the total ra iation from a black bo y per secon p
er unit area is proportional to
(A) Absolute temperature
(B) T
(C) T
(D) T
Correc Answer
8. The hea ransfer from a ho body o a cold body is direcly proporional o
he surface area and difference of emperaures beween he wo bodies. This sa
emen is called
(A) Firs law of hermodynamics
(B) Newon's law of cooling
(C) Newon's law of heaing
(D) Sefan's law
Correc Answer
9. According o Wien's law, he wavelengh corresponding o maximum energy is pr
oporion o
(A) Absolue emperaure (T)
(B) I
(C) F
(D) T
Correc Answer
10. The process of hea ransfer from one paricle of he body o anoher by he
acual moion of he heaed paricles, is called
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. Depending on he radiaing properies, a body will be whie when
(Where a = absorpiviy, p = refleciviy, x = ransmissiviy)
(A) P = 0, x = 0 and a = 1
(B) P=1, T = 0 and a = 0
(C) P = 0, x = 1 and a = 0
(D) X = 0, a + p = 1
Correc Answer
12. A seam pipe is o be lined wih wo layers of insulaing maerials of diffe
ren hermal conduciviies. For he minimum hea ransfer,
(A) The beer insulaion mus be pu inside
(B) The beer insulaion mus be pu ouside
(C) One could place eiher insulaion on eiher side
(D) One should ake ino accoun he seam emperaure before deciding as o whi
ch insulaion is pu where
Correc Answer
13. Depending on he radiaing properies, a body will be black when
(Where a = absorpiviy, p = refleciviy, X = ransmissiviy.)
(A) P = 0, x = 0 and a = 1
(B) P= 1, T = 0 and a = 0
(C) P = 0, x = 1 and a = 0
(D) X = 0, a + p = 0
Correc Answer
14. The process of hea ransfer from one paricle of he fluid o anoher by h
e acual movemen of he fluid paricles due o difference of densiy caused by
emperaure of he paricle is known as
(A) Conducion
(B) Free convecion
(C) Forced convecion
(D) Radiaion
Correc Answer
15. A grey body is one whose absorpiviy
(A) Varies wih emperaure
(B) Varies wih he wave lengh of inciden ray
(C) Varies wih boh
(D) Does no vary wih emperaure and wave lengh of he inciden ray
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion C (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answ
[20/02 3:24 pm] +91 78697 66465 : HMT (Mechanical )
1. The oal radiaion from a black body per second per uni area is ________ fo
urh power of he absolue emperaure. This saemen is known as Sefan Bolzm
ann law.
(A) Equal o
(B) Direcly proporional o
(C) Inversely proporional o
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
2. The insulaion abiliy of an insulaor wih he presence of moisure would
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain unaffeced
(D) May increase/decrease depending on emperaure and hickness of insulaion
Correc Answer
3. The amoun of radiaion mainly depends upon he
(A) Naure of he body
(B) Temperaure of he body
(C) Type of surface of he body
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
4. When hea is ransferred by molecular collision, i is referred o as hea r
ansfer by
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) Scaering
Correc Answer
5. The highes hermal diffusiviy is of
(A) Iron
(B) Lead
(C) Concree
(D) Wood
Correc Answer
6. Conducion is a process of hea ransfer
(A) From one paricle of he body o anoher wihou he acual moion of he pa
ricles
(B) From one paricle of he body o anoher by he acual moion of he heaed
paricles
(C) From a ho body o a cold body, in a sraigh line, wihou affecing he in
ervening medium
Correc Answer
7. Thermal conduciviy of waer in general wih rise in emperaure
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remain consan
(D) May increase or decrease depending on emperaure
Correc Answer
8. The emissiviy for a black body is
(A) 0
(B) 0.5
(C) 0.75
(D) 1
Correc Answer
9. Thermal conduciviy of waer a 20C is of he order of
(A) 0.1
(B) 0.23
(C) 0.42
(D) 0.51
Correc Answer
10. Free convecion flow depends on
(A) Densiy
(B) Coefficien of viscosiy
(C) Graviaional force
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
(A) A grey body is one which absorbs all radiaions inciden on i.
(B) A hermal equilibrium, he emissiviy and absorpiviy are same.
(C) The energy absorbed by a body o he oal energy falling on i, is called e
missiviy.
(D) A perfec body is one which is black in colour.
Correc Answer
12. Which of he following has leas value of conduciviy?
(A) Glass
(B) Waer
(C) Plasic
(D) Air
Correc Answer
13. Two long parallel surfaces each of emissiviy 0.7 are mainained a differen
emperaures and accordingly have radiaion hea exchange beween hem. I is
desired o reduce 75% of he radian hea ransfer by insering hin parallel sh
ields of emissiviy 1 on boh sides. The number of shields should be
(A) One
(B) Two
(C) Three
(D) Four
Correc Answer
14. Which of he following is expeced o have highes hermal conduciviy?
(A) Seam
(B) Solid ice
(C) Meling ice
(D) Waer
Correc Answer
15. The raio of Nussel number and he produc of Reynold's number and Prandl
number is equal o
(A) Sanon number
(B) Bio number
(C) Pecle number
(D) Grashoff number
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
1. Upo he criical radius of insulaion,
(A) Added insulaion will increase hea loss
(B) Added insulaion will decrease hea loss
(C) Convecive hea loss will be less han conducive hea loss
(D) Hea flux will decrease
Correc Answer
2. Uni of hermal diffusiviy is
(A) m/hr
(B) m/hr C
(C) kcal/m hr
(D) kcal/m. hr C
Correc Answer
3. The rae of energy ransferred by convecion o ha by conducion is called
(A) Sanon number
(B) Nussel number
(C) Bio number
(D) Pecle number
Correc Answer
4. Thermal conduciviy of wood depends on
(A) Moisure
(B) Densiy
(C) Temperaure
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
5. A designer chooses he values of fluid flow raes and specific heas in such
a manner ha he hea capaciies of he wo fluids are equal. A ho fluid ener
s he couner flow hea exchanger a 100C and leaves a 60C. A cold fluid eners
he hea exchanger a 40C. The mean emperaure difference beween he wo fluids
is
(A) 20C
(B) 40C
(C) 60C
(D) 66.7C
Correc Answer
6. The uni of overall coefficien of hea ransfer is
(A) W/mK
(B) W/m
(C) W/mK
(D) W/m
Correc Answer
7. LMTD in case of couner flow hea exchanger as compared o parallel flow hea
exchanger is
(A) Higher
(B) Lower
(C) Same
(D) Depends on he area of hea exchanger
Correc Answer
8. The ransfer of hea by molecular collision is smalles in
(A) Solids
(B) Liquids
(C) Gases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. In hea exchangers, degree of approach is defined as he difference beween
emperaures of
(A) Cold waer inle and oule
(B) Ho medium inle and oule
(C) Ho medium oule and cold waer inle
(D) Ho medium oule and cold waer oule
Correc Answer
10. In a shell and ube hea exchanger, baffles are provided on he shell side
o
(A) Improve hea ransfer
(B) Provide suppor for ubes
(C) Preven sagnaion of shell side fluid
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
11. An ordinary passenger aircraf requires a cooling sysem of capaciy.
(A) 2 TR
(B) 4 TR
(C) 8 TR
(D) 10 TR
Correc Answer
12. Joule sec is he uni of
(A) Universal gas consan
(B) Kinemaic viscosiy
(C) Thermal conduciviy
(D) Planck's consan
Correc Answer
13. Fourier's law of hea conducion gives he hea flow for
(A) Irregular surfaces
(B) Nonuniform emperaure surfaces
(C) One dimensional cases only
(D) Two dimensional cases only
Correc Answer
14. The value of Prandl number for air is abou
(A) 0.1
(B) 0.3
(C) 0.7
(D) 1.7
Correc Answer
15. The produc of Reynolds number and Prandl number is known as
(A) Sanon number
(B) Bio number
(C) Pecle number
(D) Grashoff number
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion A (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion C
1. An elecric cable of aluminium conducor (k = 240 W/mK) is o be insulaed wi
h rubber (k = 0.15 W/mK). The cable is o be locaed in air (h = 6 W/m). The cri
ical hickness of insulaion will be
(A) 25 mm
(B) 40 mm
(C) 160 mm
(D) 800 mm
Correc Answe
2. Sefan Bolzmann law is applicable for hea ransfer by
(A) Conducion
(B) Convecion
(C) Radiaion
(D) Conducion and radiaion combined
Correc Answer
3. A cube a high emperaure is immersed in a consan emperaure bah. I los
es hea from is op, boom and side surfaces wih hea ransfer coefficiens o
f h, h and h respecively. The average hea ransfer coefficien for he cube is
(A) h + h + h
(B) (h.h.h)1/3
(C) 1/h + 1/h + 1/h
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
4. The hermal diffusiviies for gases are generally
(A) More han hose for liquids
(B) Less han hose for liquids
(C) More han hose for solids
(D) Dependen on he viscosiy
Correc Answer
5. The process of hea ransfer from one paricle of he body o anoher is call
ed conducion, when he paricles of he body
(A) Move acually
(B) Do no move acually
(C) Affec he inervening medium
(D) Does no affec he inervening medium
Correc Answer
6. The oal emissiviy power is .defined as he oal amoun of radiaion emi
ed by a black body per uni
(A) Temperaure
(B) Thickness
(C) Area
(D) Time
Correc Answer
7. The raio of he energy absorbed by he body o oal energy falling on i is
called
(A) Absorpive power
(B) Emissive power
(C) Absorpiviy
(D) Emissiviy
Correc Answer
8. 40% of inciden radian energy on he surface of a hermally ransparen body
is refleced back. If he ransmissiviy of he body be 0.15, hen he emissivi
y of surface is
(A) 0.45
(B) 0.55
(C) 0.40
(D) 0.75
Correc Answer
9. The amoun of radiaion mainly depends on
(A) Naure of body
(B) Temperaure of body
(C) Type of surface of body
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
10. Depending on he radiaing properies, a body will be opaque when
(A) P = 0, x = 0 and a = 1
(B) P=1, x = 0 and a = 0
(C) P = 0, x = 1 and a = 0
(D) X = 0, a + p = 1
Correc Answer
11. The emissive power of a body depends upon is
(A) Temperaure
(B) Wave lengh
(C) Physical naure
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
12. Absorpiviy of a body will be equal o is emissiviy
(A) A all emperaures
(B) A one paricular emperaure
(C) When sysem is under hermal equilibrium
(D) A criical emperaure
Correc Answer
13. Two plaes spaced 150 mm apar are mainained a 1000C and 70C. The hea rans
fer will ake place mainly by
(A) Convecion
(B) Radiaion
(C) Forced convecion
(D) Free convecion
Correc Answer
14. In regeneraor ype hea exchanger, hea ransfer akes place by
(A) Direc mixing of ho and cold fluids
(B) A complee separaion beween ho and cold fluids
(C) Flow of ho and cold fluids alernaely over a surface
(D) Generaion of hea again and again
Correc Answer
15. A perfec black body is one which
(A) Is black in colour
(B) Reflecs all hea
(C) Transmis all hea radiaions
(D) Absorbs hea radiaions of all wave lenghs falling on i
Correc Answer
View All Answers
n A (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion A (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion C (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion D
[20/02 4:32 pm] +91 78697 66465 : RAC (Mechanical )

1. The vapour pressure of refrigeran should be
(A) Lower han amospheric pressure
(B) Higher han amospheric pressure
(C) Equal o amospheric pressure
(D) Could be anyhing
Correc Answer
Answer: Opion B
2. Which of he following saemen is wrong?
(A) The performance of he vapour compression refrigeraor varies considerably w
ih boh vaporising and condensing emperaures.
(B) In vapour compression cycle, he useful par of he hea ransfer is a he
condenser.
(C) In ammonia-hydrogen (Elecrolux) refrigeraor, no compressor, pump or fan is
required.
(D) The effec of under-cooling he liquid refrigeran is o decrease he coeffi
cien of performance.
Correc Answer
3. In a vapour compression sysem, he condiion of refrigeran before passing
hrough he condenser is
(A) Sauraed liquid
(B) We vapour
(C) Dry sauraed vapour
(D) Superheaed vapour
Correc Answer
4. For proper refrigeraion in a cabine, if he emperaure and vapour pressure
difference beween cabine and amosphere is high, hen
(A) Bigger cabine should be used
(B) Smaller cabine should be used
(C) Perfecly igh vapour seal should be used
(D) Refrigeran wih lower evaporaion emperaure should be used
Correc Answer
5. During sensible heaing of air _________ decreases.
(B) Relaive humidiy
Correc Answer
6. One on refrigeraion corresponds o
(A) 50 kcal/ min
(B) 50 kcal/ hr
(C) 80 kcal/ min
(D) 80 kcal/ hr
Correc Answer
7. The process, generally used in winer air-condiioning o warm and humidiy
he air, is called
(A) Humidificaion
(B) Dehumidificaion
(C) Heaing and humidificaion
(D) Cooling and dehumidificaion
Correc Answer
8. The leaks in a refrigeraion sysem using Freon are deeced by
(A) Halide orch which on deecion produces greenish flame lighing
(B) Sulphur sicks which on deecion gives whie smoke
(C) Using reagens
(D) Smelling
Correc Answer
9. The reduced ambien air cooling sysem has
(A) One cooling urbine and one hea exchanger
(B) One cooling urbine and wo hea exchangers
(C) Two cooling urbines and one hea exchanger
(D) Two cooling urbines and wo hea exchangers
Correc Answer
10. In vapour compression cycle, he condiion of refrigeran is sauraed liqui
d
(A) Afer passing hrough he condenser
(B) Before passing hrough he condenser
(C) Afer passing hrough he expansion hrole valve
(D) Before enering he expansion valve
Correc Answer
11. Which of he following refrigeran has he maximum ozone depleion poenial
in he sraosphere?
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) Fluorine
Correc Answer
12. If he evaporaor emperaure of a plan is lowered, keeping he condenser
emperaure consan, he h.p. of compressor required will be
(A) Same
(B) More
(C) Less
(D) More/less depending on raing
Correc Answer
13. Hydrogen is used in Elecrolux refrigeraion sysem so as o _________ he r
ae of evaporaion of he liquid ammonia passing hrough he evaporaor.
(A) Equalize
(B) Reduce
(C) Increase
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
14. Pick up he wrong saemen. A refrigeran should have
(A) Tow specific hea of liquid
(B) High boiling poin
(C) High laen hea of vaporisaion
(D) Higher criical emperaure
Correc Answer
15. The pressure a he inle of a refrigeran compressor is called
(A) Sucion pressure
(B) Discharge pressure
(C) Criical pressure
(D) Back pressure
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion D (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion C (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
1. Condensing emperaure in a refrigeraor is he emperaure
(A) Of cooling medium
(B) Of freezing zone
(C) Of evaporaor
(D) A which refrigeran gas becomes liquid
Correc Answer
2. In aircraf, air refrigeraion Cycle is used because of
(A) Low weigh per onne of refrigeraion
(B) High hea ransfer rae
(C) Low emperaure a high aliudes
(D) Higher coefficien of performance
Correc Answer
3. Highes pressure encounered in a refrigeraion sysem should be
(A) Criical pressure of refrigeran
(B) Much below criical pressure
(C) Much above criical pressure
(D) Near criical pressure
Correc Answer
4. The refrigeran used for absorpion refrigeraors working on hea from solar
collecors is a mixure of waer and
(A) Carbon dioxide
(B) Sulphur dioxide
(C) Lihium bromide
(D) R-12
Correc Answer
5. One on of he refrigeraion is
(A) The sandard uni used in refrigeraion problems
(B) The cooling effec produced by meling 1 on of ice
(C) The refrigeraion effec o freeze 1 on of waer a 0C ino ice a 0C in 24 h
ours
(D) The refrigeraion effec o produce 1 on of ice a NTP condiions
Correc Answer
6. The dry bulb emperaure during sensible heaing of air
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
7. Verical lines on pressure-enhalpy char show consan
(A) Pressure lines
(B) Temperaure lines
(C) Toal hea lines
(D) Enropy lines
Correc Answer
8. During heaing and dehumidificaion process, dry bulb emperaure
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
9. The evoluion of hea of soluion akes place in ammonia absorpion plan whe
n
(A) Ammonia vapour goes ino soluion
(B) Ammonia vapour is driven ou of soluion
(C) Lihium bromide mixes wih ammonia
(D) Weak soluion mixes wih srong soluion
Correc Answer
10. In a pressure enhalpy char, he space o he lef of he sauraed liquid
line represens
(A) We vapour region
(B) Superheaed vapour region
(C) Sub-cooled liquid region
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. In vapour compression cycle, he condiion of refrigeran is high pressure s
auraed liquid
(A) Afer passing hrough he condenser
(B) Before passing hrough he condenser
(C) Afer passing hrough he expansion or hrole valve
(D) Before enering he expansion valve
Correc Answer
12. In a boosrap air evaporaive cooling sysem, he evaporaor is provided
(A) Beween he combusion chamber and he firs hea exchanger
(B) Beween he firs hea exchanger and he secondary compressor
(C) Beween he secondary compressor and he second hea exchanger
(D) Beween he second hea exchanger and he cooling urbine
Correc Answer
13. The COP of a domesic refrigeraor
(A) Is less han 1
(B) Is more han 1
(C) Is equal o 1
(D) Depends upon he make
Correc Answer
14. The air cooling sysem mosly used in ranspor ype aircrafs is
(A) Simple air cooling sysem
(B) Simple evaporaive air cooling sysem
(C) Boosrap air cooling sysem
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
15. The higher emperaure in vapour compression cycle occurs a
(A) Receiver
(B) Expansion valve
(C) Evaporaor
(D) Compressor discharge
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion D
1. Dry bulb emperaure is he emperaure of air recorded by a hermomeer, whe
n
(A) I is no affeced by he moisure presen in he air
(B) Is bulb is surrounded by a we cloh exposed o he air
(C) The moisure presen in i begins o condense
Correc Answer
2. In refrigeraors, he emperaure difference beween he evaporaing refriger
an and he medium being cooled should be
(A) High, of he order of 25
(B) As low as possible (3 o 11C)
(C) Zero
(D) Any value
Correc Answer
3. The evaporaor changes he low pressure liquid refrigeran from he expansion
valve ino
(A) High pressure liquid refrigeran
(B) Low pressure liquid and vapour refrigeran
(C) Low pressure vapour refrigeran
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
4. Choose he correc saemen
(A) A refrigeran should have low laen hea
(B) If operaing emperaure of sysem is low, hen refrigeran wih low boiling
poin should be used
(C) Pre-cooling and sub-cooling bf refrigeran are same
(D) Superhea and sensible hea of a refrigeran are same
Correc Answer
5. Carbon dioxide is
(A) Colourless
(B) Odourless
(C) Non-flammable
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
6. Reducing sucion pressure in refrigeraion cycle
(A) Lowers evaporaion emperaure
(B) Increases power required per on of refrigeraion
(C) Lowers compressor capaciy because vapour is ligher
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
7. The coefficien of performance of a domesic refrigeraor is ________ as comp
ared o a domesic air-condiioner.
(A) Same
(B) Less
(C) More
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
8. If a gas is o be liquefied, is emperaure mus be
(A) Increased o a value above is criical emperaure
(B) Reduced o a value below is criical emperaure
(C) Equal o criical emperaure
Correc Answer
9. The capaciy of a domesic refrigeraor is in he range of
(A) 0.1 o 0.3 TR
(B) 1 o 3 TR
(C) 3 o 5 TR
(D) 5 o 7 TR
Correc Answer
10. The lowes hermal diffusiviy is of
(A) Iron
(B) Lead
(C) Aluminium
(D) Rubber
Correc Answer
11. In a vapour compression cycle, he refrigeran immediaely afer expansion v
alve is
(A) Liquid
(B) Sub-cooled liquid
(C) Sauraed liquid
(D) We vapour
Correc Answer
12. Which of he following saemen is correc for ammonia as a refrigeran?
(A) I is oxic o mucous membranes.
(B) I requires large displacemen per TR compared o fluoro carbons.
(C) I reacs wih copper and is alloys.
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
13. Criical pressure of a liquid is he pressure
(A) Above which liquid will remain liquid
(B) Above which liquid becomes gas
(C) Above which liquid becomes vapour
(D) Above which liquid becomes solid
Correc Answer
14. The opimum effecive emperaure for human comfor is
(A) Higher in winer han in summer
(B) Lower in winer han in summer
(C) Same in winer and summer
(D) No dependen on season
Correc Answer
15. Formaion of fros on evaporaor in refrigeraor
(A) Resuls in loss of hea due o poor hea ransfer
(B) Increases hea ransfer rae
(C) Is immaerial
(D) Can be avoided by proper design
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2)Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opion
B (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: Op
ion C (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion D (12) Ans
wer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
1. A one onne refrigeraing machine means ha
(A) One onne is he oal mass of machine
(B) One onne refrigeran is used
(C) One onne of waer can be convered ino ice
(D) One onne of ice when mels from and a 0 C in 24 hours, he refrigeraion ef
fec is equivalen o 210 kJ/min
Correc Answer
2. The sucion pipe diameer of refrigeraing uni compressor in comparison o d
elivery side is
(A) Bigger
(B) Smaller
(C) Equal
(D) Smaller/bigger depending on capaciy
Correc Answer
3. The coefficien of performance (C.O.P.) of a refrigeraor working as a hea p
ump is given by
(A) (C.O.P.)P = (C.O.P.)R + 2
(B) (C.O.P.)P = (C.O.P.)R + 1
(C) (C.O.P)P = (C.O.P)R - 1
(D) (C.O.P)P = (C.O.P)R
Correc Answer
4. Presence of moisure in a refrigeran affecs he working of
(A) Compressor
(B) Condenser
(C) Evaporaor
(D) Expansion valve
Correc Answer
5. During heaing and humidificaion, he final relaive humidiy of air
(A) Can be lower or higher han ha of he enering air
(B) Is lower han ha of he enering air
(C) Is higher han ha of he enering air
Correc Answer
6. Which of he following cycles uses air as he refrigeran?
(A) Ericson
(B) Sirling
(C) Carno
(D) Bell Coleman
Correc Answer
7. The curved lines on a psychromeric char indicaes
(A) Dry bulb emperaure
(B) We bulb emperaure
(D) Relaive humidiy
Correc Answer
8. On he pressure-enhalpy diagram, condensaion and desuperheaing is represen
ed by a horizonal line because he process
(A) Involves no change in volume
(B) Takes place a consan emperaure
(C) Takes place a consan enropy
(D) Takes place a consan pressure
Correc Answer
9. When he emperaure of he surrounding is higher han he emperaure of he
body, hen he hea loss by convecion from he body o he surrounding will be
(A) Posiive
(B) Negaive
(C) Zero
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. The general rule for raing refrigeraion sysems (exceping for CO sysem) i
s o approximae following h.p. per on of refrigeraion
(A) 0.1 o 0.5 h.p. per on of refrigeraion
(B) 0.5 o 0.8 h.p. per on of refrigeraion
(C) 1 o 2 h.p. per on of refrigeraion
(D) 2 o 5 h.p. per on of refrigeraion
Correc Answer
11. The amospheric air a dry bulb emperaure of 15C eners a heaing coil main
ained a 40C. The air leaves he heaing coil a 25C. The bypass facor of he he
aing coil is
(A) 0.376
(B) 0.4
(C) 0.6
(D) 0.67
Correc Answer
12. The change in evaporaor emperaure in a refrigeraion cycle, as compared
o change in condenser emperaure, influences he value of C.O.P.
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Equally
(D) Unpredicable
Correc Answer
13. Mos hermosaic expansion valves are se for a superhea of
(A) 5C
(B) 10C
(C) 15C
(D) 20C
Correc Answer
14. In a refrigeraion sysem, hea absorbed in comparison o hea rejeced is
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Same
(D) More for small capaciy and less for high capaciy
Correc Answer
15. A hermosaic expansion valve in a refrigeraion sysem
(A) Ensures he evaporaor compleely filled wih refrigeran of he load
(B) Is suiable only for consan load sysems
(C) Mainains differen emperaures in evaporaor in proporion o load
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
[20/02 5:41 pm] +91 78697 66465 : RAC(Mechanical )
1. Freon group of refrigerans are
(A) Inflammable
(B) Toxic
(C) Non-inflammable and oxic
(D) Nonoxic and non-inflammable
Correc Answer
2. The boiling poin of ammonia is
(A) -10.5C
(B) -30C
(C) -33.3C
(D) -77.7C
Correc Answer
3. For obaining high COP, he pressure range of compressor should be
(A) High
(B) Low
(C) Opimum
(D) Any value
Correc Answer
4. A reversible engine has ideal hermal efficiency of 30%. When i is used as a
refrigeraing machine wih all oher condiions unchanged, he coefficien of p
erformance will be
(A) 1.33
(B) 2.33
(C) 3.33
(D) 4.33
Correc Answer
5. Cooling waer is required for following equipmen in ammonia absorpion plan
(A) Condenser
(B) Evaporaor
(C) Absorber
(D) Condenser, absorber and separaor (recifier)
Correc Answer
6. The freezing poin of sulphur dioxide is
(A) -56.6C
(B) -75.2C
(C) -77.7C
(D) -135.8C
Correc Answer
7. Mass flow raio of NH in comparison o Freon-12 for same refrigeraion load an
d same emperaure limis is of he order of
(A) 1: 1
(B) 1: 9
(C) 9: 1
(D) 1: 3
Correc Answer
8. In a refrigeraion sysem, he expansion device is conneced beween he
(A) Compressor and condenser
(B) Condenser and receiver
(C) Receiver and evaporaor
(D) Evaporaor and compressor
Correc Answer
9. The vapour compression refrigeraor employs he following cycle
(A) Rankine
(B) Carno
(C) Reversed Rankine
(D) Reversed Carno
Correc Answer
10. In acual air-condiioning applicaions for R-12 and R-22, and operaing a
a condenser emperaure of 40 C and an evaporaor emperaure of 5 C, he hea rej
ecion facor is abou
(A) 1
(B) 1.25
(C) 2.15
(D) 5.12
Correc Answer
11. Raing of a domesic refrigeraor is of he order of
(A) 0.1 on
(B) 5 ons
(C) 10 ons
(D) 40 ons
Correc Answer
12. A human body feels comforable when he hea produced by he meabolism of h
uman body is equal o he
(A) Hea dissipaed o he surroundings
(B) Hea sored in he human body
(C) Sum of (A) and (B)
(D) Difference of (A) and (B)
Correc Answer
13. The bank of ubes a he back of domesic refrigeraor is
(A) Condenser ubes
(B) Evaporaor ubes
(C) Refrigeran cooling ubes
(D) Capillary ubes
Correc Answer
14. In a lihium bromide absorpion refrigeraion sysem
(A) Lihium bromide is used as a refrigeran and waer as an absorben
(B) Waer is used as a refrigeran and lihium bromide as an absorben
(C) Ammonia is used as a refrigeran and lihium bromide as an absorben
Correc Answer
15. The condiion of refrigeran afer passing hrough he condenser in a vapour
compression sysem is
(A) Sauraed liquid
(B) We vapour
(C) Dry sauraed vapour
(D) Superheaed vapour
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion B (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion A (12) An
swer: Opion C (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
1. The value of C.O.P in vapour compression cycle is usually
(A) Always less han uniy
(B) Always more han uniy
(C) Equal o uniy
Correc Answer
2. The C.O.P. of a refrigeraor working on a reversed Carno cycle is (where T =
Lowest absolute temerature, and T = Highes absolue emperaure)
(A) T / (T - T)
(B) (T - T)/T
(C) (T - T)/T
(D) T/ (T - T)
Correct Answer
3. Which of the following is not a desirable roerty of a refrigerant?
(A) High risibility with oil
(B) Low boiling oint
(C) Good electrical conductor
(D) Large latent heat
Correct Answer
4. The refrigerant after condensation rocess is cooled below the saturation tem
erature before throttling. Such a rocess is called
(A) Sub-cooling or under-cooling
(B) Suer-cooling
(C) Normal cooling
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. A certain refrigerating system has a normal oerating suction ressure of 10
kg/cm gauge and condensing ressure of about 67 kg/cm. The refrigerant used is
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Freon
(D) Brine
Correct Answer
6. The caillary tube, as an exansion device, is used in
(A) Domestic refrigerators
(B) Water coolers
(C) Room air conditioners
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
7. If a heat um cycle oerates between the condenser temerature of +27C and ev
aorator temerature of -23C, then the Carnot COP will be
(A) 0.2
(B) 1.2
(C) 5
(D) 6
Correct Answer
(A) The human body can lose heat even if its temerature is less than the atmos
heric temerature.
(B) The increase in air movement increases the evaoration from the human body.
(C) The warm air increases the rate of radiation of heat from the human body.
(D) Both (A) and (B)
Correct Answer
9. In a flooded evaorator refrigerator, an accumulator at suction of comressor
is used to
(A) Collect liquid refrigerant and revent it from going to comressor
(B) Detect liquid in vaour
(C) Suerheat the vaour
(D) Collect vaours
Correct Answer
10. The minimum temerature to which water can be cooled in a cooling tower is
(A) Dew oint temerature of air
(B) Wet bulb temerature of air
(C) Dry bulb temerature of air
(D) Ambient air temerature
Correct Answer
11. Highest temerature encountered in refrigeration cycle should be
(A) Near critical temerature of refrigerant
(B) Above critical temerature
(C) At critical Temerature
(D) Much below critical temerature
Correct Answer
12. The oerating ressure for refrigerating units using R-12 as a refrigerant i
s
(A) 2 bar
(B) 8 bar
(C) 15 bar
(D) 30 bar
Correct Answer
13. The domestic refrigerator uses following tye of comressor
(A) Centrifugal
(B) Axial
(C) Miniature sealed unit
(D) Piston tye recirocating
Correct Answer
14. A bootstra air cooling system has
(A) One heat exchanger
(B) Two heat exchangers
(C) Three heat exchangers
(D) Four heat exchangers
Correct Answer
15. Critical temerature is the temerature above which
(A) A gas will never liquefy
(B) A gas will immediately liquefy
(C) Water will evaorate
(D) Water will never evaorate
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion B (2) Answer: Otion A (3) Answer: Otion C (4) Answer: Otio
n A (5) Answer: Otion B (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion D (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Answer: Otion A (10) Answer: Otion B (11) Answer: Otion D (12) An
swer: Otion B (13) Answer: Otion D (14) Answer: Otion B (15) Answer: Otion A
[20/02 5:46 m] +91 78697 66465 : RAC(Mechanical )
(A) The constant enthaly lines are also constant wet bulb temerature lines
(B) The wet bulb and dry bulb temerature are equal at saturation condition
(C) The wet bulb temerature is a measure of enthaly of moist air
Correct Answer
2. In vaour comression cycle, the condition of refrigerant is very wet vaour
(A) After assing through the condenser
(B) Before assing through the condenser
(C) After assing through the exansion or throttle valve
(D) Before entering the comressor
Correct Answer
3. During cooling and dehumidification, dry bulb temerature
(A) Remains constant
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
4. Ammonia absortion refrigeration cycle requires
(A) Very little work inut
(B) Maximum work inut
(C) Nearly same work inut as for vaour comression cycle
(D) Zero work inut
Correct Answer
5. Which of the following refrigerant has the highest freezing oint.
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sulhur dioxide
(D) R-12
Correct Answer
6. A standard ice oint temerature corresonds to the temerature of
(A) Water at 0C
(B) Ice at 4C
(C) Solid and dry ice
(D) Mixture of ice and water under equilibrium conditions
Correct Answer
7. The sub-cooling in a refrigeration cycle
(A) Does not alter C.O.P.
(B) Increases C.O.P.
(C) Decreases C.O.P.
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
8. The condensing ressure due to the resence of non-condensable gases, as com
ared to that actually required for condensing temeratures without non-condensab
le gases,
(A) Will be higher
(B) Will be lower
(C) Will remain unaffected
(D) May be higher or lower deending uon the nature of non-condensable gases
Correct Answer
9. The Freon grou of refrigerants are
(A) Halocarbon refrigerants
(B) Zoetroe refrigerants
(C) Inorganic refrigerants
(D) Hydrocarbon refrigerants
Correct Answer
10. For better C.O.P of refrigerator, the ressure range corresonding to temer
ature in evaorator and condenser must be
(A) Small
(B) High
(C) Equal
(D) Anything
Correct Answer
11. In vaour comression refrigeration system, refrigerant occurs as liquid bet
ween
(A) Condenser and exansion valve
(B) Comressor and evaorator
(C) Exansion valve and evaorator
(D) Comressor and condenser
Correct Answer
12. The wet bulb deression indicates _________ humidity of the air.
(A) Absolute
(B) Relative
(C) Secific
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
13. The sensible heat factor during the heating and humidification rocess is gi
ven by (where h = Enthaly of air entering the heating coil, h = Enhalpy of air l
eaving he heaing coil, and hA = Enhalpy of air a he end of humidificaion p
rocess)
(A) (hA - h2)/ (h1 - h2)
(B) (h2 - hA)/ (h1 - h2)
(C) (h1 - h2)/ (hA - h2)
(D) (hA - h1)/ (h2 - h1)
Correc Answer
14. The lower horizonal line of he refrigeraion cycle ploed on pressure-en
halpy diagram represens
(A) Condensaion of he refrigeran vapour
(B) Evaporaion of he refrigeran liquid
(C) Compression of he refrigeran vapour
(D) Meering of he refrigeran liquid
Correc Answer
15. The leakage in a refrigeraion sysem using Freon is deeced by
(A) Halide orch
(B) Sulphur sicks
(C) Soap and waer
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion D (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n A (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion A (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion A (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion A
1. The condiioned air supplied o he room mus have he capaciy o ake up
(A) Room sensible hea load only
(B) Room laen hea load only
(C) Boh room sensible hea and laen hea loads
Correc Answer
2. Moisure in Freon refrigeraion sysem causes
(A) Ineffecive refrigeraion
(B) High power consumpion
(C) Freezing auomaic regulaing valve
(D) Corrosion of whole sysem
Correc Answer
3. The boiling poin of ________ is 10.5C.
(A) Ammonia
(B) R-12
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) Carbon dioxide
Correc Answer
4. The refrigeraion effec in a dry evaporaor compared o flooded evaporaor i
n a similar plan is
(A) Same
(B) More
(C) Less
(D) More or less depending on ambien condiions
Correc Answer
5. The index which correlaes he combined effecs of air emperaure, relaive
humidiy and air velociy on he human body, is known as
(A) Mean radian emperaure
(B) Effecive emperaure
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
6. Which of he following refrigerans has lowes freezing poin?
(A) Freon-12
(B) NH3
(C) CO2
(D) Freon-22
Correc Answer
7. The hermosaic expansion valve is used in ________ ype of evaporaors.
(A) Flooded
(B) DX coil
(C) Dry
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
8. The boiling poin of ammonia is
(A) 100C
(B) 50C
(C) 33.3C
(D) 0C
Correc Answer
9. The specific humidiy during heaing and humidificaion process.
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. The relaive coefficien of performance is
(A) Acual COP/heoreical COP
(B) Theoreical COP/acual COP
(C) Acual COP heoreical COP
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. The we bulb emperaure a 100% relaive humidiy is ________ dew poin em
peraure.
(A) Same as
(B) Lower han
(C) Higher han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
12. Vapour compression refrigeraion is somewha like
(A) Carno cycle
(B) Rankines cycle
(C) Reversed C rnot cycle
(D) None of the bove
Correct Answer
13. A he t pump working on reversed C rnot cycle h s C.O.P. of 5. It works
s refriger tor t king 1 kW of work input. The refriger ting effect will be
(A) 1 kW
(B) 2 kW
(C) 3 kW
(D) 4 kW
Correct Answer
14. Aqu mmoni is used s refriger nt in the following type of refriger tion s
ystem
(A) Compression
(B) Direct
(C) Indirect
(D) Absorption
Correct Answer
15. Air conditioning me ns
(A) Cooling
(B) He ting
(C) Dehumidifying
(D) All of these
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option C (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n C (5) Answer: Option B (6) Answer: Option D (7) Answer: Option C (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option A (11) Answer: Option A (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option D
[20/02 7:53 pm] +91 78697 66465 : RAC (Mech nic l )
Pr ctice Test: Question Set - 11
1. The dv nt ge of dry compression is th t
(A) It permits higher speeds to be used
(B) It permits complete ev por tion in the ev por tor
(C) It results in high volumetric nd mech nic l efficiency
(D) All of the bove
Correct Answer
2. The specific humidity during dehumidific tion process
(A) Rem ins const nt
(B) Incre ses
(C) Decre ses
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
3. The C.O.P. of refriger tion cycle with lowering of condenser temper ture, k
eeping the ev por tor temper ture const nt, will
(A) Incre se
(B) Decre se
(C) M y incre se or decre se depending on the type of refriger nt used
(D) Rem in un ffected
Correct Answer
4. The lignment circle is m rked on the psychrometric ch rt t
(A) 20C DBT nd 50% RH
(B) 26C DBT nd 50% RH
(C) 20C DBT nd 60% RH
(D) 26C DBT nd 60% RH
Correct Answer
5. A refriger tion cycle oper tes between condenser temper ture of + 27C nd ev p
or tor temper ture of -23C. The C rnot coefficient of perform nce of cycle will b
e
(A) 0.2
(B) 1.2
(C) 5
(D) 6
Correct Answer
6. Rel tive humidity is given by (where pv = P rti l pressure of w ter v pour, p
b = B rometric pressure, ps = Pressure of s tur ted ir, pd = Pressure t dry bu
lb temper ture, pw = S tur tion pressure corresponding to wet bulb temper ture,
nd = Degee of satuation)
(A) 0.622 Pv / (Pb - Pv)
(B) /[1 - (1 - ) (Ps/Pb)]
(C) [Pv (Pb - Pd)]/ [Pd (Pb - Pv)]
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
7. In efigeato, liquid eceive is equied between condense and flow cont
olling device, if quantity of efigeant fo system is
(A) Less than 2 kg
(B) Moe than o equal to 3.65 kg
(C) Moe than 10 kg
(D) Thee is no such consideation
Coect Answe
8. Duing sensible cooling,
(A) Relative humidity emains constant
(B) Wet bulb tempeatue inceases
(C) Specific humidity inceases
(D) Patial pessue of vapou emains constant
Coect Answe
9. Choose the wong statement
(A) Tempeatue of medium being cooled must be below that of the evapoato
(B) Refigeant leaves the condense as liquid
(C) All sola themally opeated absoption systems ae capable only of intemit
tent opeation
(D) Fost on evapoato educes heat tansfe
Coect Answe
10. The supeheating in a efigeation cycle
(A) Does not alte C.O.P.
(B) Inceases C.O.P.
(C) Deceases C.O.P.
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
11. Refigeation in aeoplanes usually employs the following efigeant
(A) CO2
(B) Feon-11
(C) Feon-22
(D) Ai
Coect Answe
12. The condition of efigeant as it leaves the compesso in a vapou compes
sion system is
(A) Satuated liquid
(B) Wet vapou
(C) Dy satuated vapou
(D) Supeheated vapou
Coect Answe
13. The coefficient of pefomance is the atio of the efigeant effect to the
(A) Heat of compession
(B) Wok done by compesso
(C) Enthalpy incease in compesso
Coect Answe
14. The bypass facto (B. P. F.) in case of sensible heating of ai is (Whee td
= Dry bulb temerature of air entering the heating coil, td = Dry bulb emperaur
e of air leaving he heaing coil, and d = Dry bulb emperaure of heaing coil)
(A) (d - d)/(d - d)
(B) (td - d)/(d - d)
(C) (td - d)/(td - d)
(D) (d - d)/(td - d)
Correc Answer
15. Air refrigeraion operaes on
(A) Carno cycle
(B) Reversed Carno cycle
(C) Rankines cycle
(D) Br yton cycle
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option A (4) Answer: Optio
n B (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option B (7) Answer: Option B (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option C (11) Answer: Option D (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option B (15) Answer: Option D
[20/02 7:55 pm] +91 78697 66465 : RAC (Mech nic l )
1. In order to cool nd dehumidify stre m of moist ir, it must be p ssed over
the coil t temper ture
(A) Which lies between the dry bulb nd wet bulb temper tures of the incoming st
re m
(B) Which lies between the wet bulb nd dew point temper tures of the incoming s
tre m
(C) Which is lower th n the dew point temper ture of the incoming stre m
(D) Of di b tic s tur tion of incoming stre m
Correct Answer
2. Superhe ting in refriger tion cycle
(A) Incre ses C.O.P
(B) Decre ses C.O.P
(C) C.O.P rem ins un ltered
(D) Other f ctors decide C.O.P
Correct Answer
3. The specific humidity during cooling nd dehumidific tion
(A) Rem ins const nt
(B) Incre ses
(C) Decre ses
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
4. Ch peron equ tion is pplic ble for registr tion t
(A) S tur tion point of v pour
(B) S tur tion point of liquid
(C) Sublim tion temper ture
(D) Triple point
Correct Answer
5. For mmoni refriger ting systems, the tubes of shell nd tube condenser r
e m de of
(A) Copper
(B) Aluminium
(C) Steel
(D) Br ss
Correct Answer
6. The refriger nt for refriger tor should h ve
(A) High sensible he t
(B) High tot l he t
(C) High l tent he t
(D) Low l tent he t
Correct Answer
7. The byp ss f ctor for cooling coil
(A) Incre ses with incre se in velocity of ir p ssing through it
(B) Decre ses with incre se in velocity of ir p ssing through it
(C) Rem ins unch nged with incre se in velocity of ir p ssing through it
(D) M y incre se or decre se with incre se in velocity of ir p ssing through it
depending upon the condition of ir entering
Correct Answer
8. Accumul tors should h ve dequ te volume to store refriger nt ch rge t le st
(A) 10%
(B) 25%
(C) 50%
(D) 75%
Correct Answer
9. The dry bulb temper ture lines, on the psychrometric ch rt re
(A) Vertic l nd uniformly sp ced
(B) Horizont l nd uniformly sp ced
(C) Horizont l nd non-uniformly sp ced
(D) Curved lines
Correct Answer
10. In S.J. unit, one ton of refriger tion is equ l to
(A) 210 kJ/ min
(B) 21 kJ/ min
(C) 420 kJ/ min
(D) 840 kJ/ min
Correct Answer
11. The cooling system used for supersonic ircr fts nd rockets is
(A) Simple ir cooling system
(B) Bootstr p ir cooling system
(C) Reduced mbient ir cooling system
(D) Regener tive ir cooling system
Correct Answer
12. Short horizont l lines on pressure-enth lpy ch rt show
(A) Const nt pressure lines
(B) Const nt temper ture lines
(C) Const nt tot l he t lines
(D) Const nt entropy lines
Correct Answer
13. Which of the following st tement is wrong?
(A) The v lue of C.O.P. is lw ys gre ter th n one
(B) In v pour compression system, the condition of refriger nt before entering
the compressor is dry s tur ted v pour
(C) The sp ce between the s tur ted liquid line nd s tur ted v pour line, in
pressure enth lpy ch rt, is wet v pour region
(D) None of the bove
Correct Answer
14. One ton of refriger tion is equ l to the refriger tion effect corresponding
to melting of 1000 kg of ice
(A) In 1 hour
(B) In 1 minute
(C) In 24 hours
(D) In 12 hours
Correct Answer
15. In v pour bsorption refriger tion system, the compressor of the v pour co
mpression system is repl ced by
(A) Liquid pump
(B) Gener tor
(C) Absorber nd gener tor
(D) Absorber, gener tor nd liquid pump
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option C (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option A (11) Answer: Option D (12) An
swer: Option A (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option D
[20/02 7:57 pm] +91 78697 66465 : RAC (Mech nic l )
1. Efficiency of C rnot engine is given s 80%. If the cycle direction be reve
rsed, wh t will be the v lue of C.O.P. of reversed C rnot Cycle?
(A) 1.25
(B) 0.8
(C) 0.5
(D) 0.25
Correct Answer
2. The refriger nt supplied to compressor must be
(A) Superhe ted v pour refriger nt
(B) Dry s tur ted liquid refriger nt
(C) A mixture of liquid nd v pour refriger nt
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
3. One of the purposes of sub cooling the liquid refriger nt is to
(A) Reduce compressor overhe ting
(B) Reduce compressor disch rge temper ture
(C) Incre se cooling effect
(D) Ensure th t only liquid nd not the v pour enters the exp nsion (throttling)
v lve
Correct Answer
4. The r tio of he t extr cted in the refriger tor to the work-done on the refri
ger nt is c lled
(A) Coefficient of perform nce of refriger tion
(B) Coefficient of perform nce of he t pump
(C) Rel tive coefficient of perform nce
(D) Refriger ting efficiency
Correct Answer
5. In v pour compression cycle the condition off refriger nt is dry s tur ted v
pour
(A) After p ssing through the condenser
(B) Before p ssing through the condenser
(C) After p ssing through the exp nsion or throttle v lve
(D) Before entering the compressor
Correct Answer
6. In l rger industri l nd commerci l reciproc ting compression systems, refrig
er nt widely used is
(A) Ammoni
(B) C rbon dioxide
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) R-12
Correct Answer
7. In v pour compression cycle the condition of refriger nt is superhe ted v pou
r
(A) After p ssing through the condenser
(B) Before p ssing through the condenser
(C) After p ssing through the exp nsion or throttle v lve
(D) Before entering the exp nsion v lve
Correct Answer
8. In which of the following refriger tion system, w ste he t c n be effectively
used?
(A) V pour compression cycle
(B) V pour bsorption cycle
(C) Air refriger tion cycle
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
9. Pick up the correct st tement bout giving up of he t from one medium to othe
r in mmoni bsorption system
(A) Strong solution to we k solution
(B) We k solution to strong solution
(C) Strong solution to mmoni v pour
(D) Ammoni v pours to we k solution
Correct Answer
10. The m teri l of pipe lines for system using Freon s refriger nt should
be
(A) Br ss
(B) Copper
(C) Steel
(D) Aluminium
Correct Answer
11. Ammoni is
(A) Non-toxic
(B) Non-infl mm ble
(C) Toxic nd non-infl mm ble
(D) Highly toxic nd infl mm ble
Correct Answer
12. The sensible he t f ctor during cooling nd dehumidific tion process is give
n by (where h = Enthaly of air entering the cooling coil, h = Enhalpy of air lea
ving he cooling coil, and hA = Enhalpy of air a he end of dehumidificaion p
rocess)
(A) (hA - h2)/ (h1 - h2)
(B) (h2 - hA)/ (h1 - h2)
(C) (h1 - h2)/ (hA - h2)
(D) (hA - h1)/ (h2 - h1)
Correc Answer
13. Mos of he domesic refrigeraors work on he following refrigeraion syse
m
(A) Vapour compression
(B) Vapour absorpion
(C) Carno cycle
(D) Elecrolux refrigeraor
Correc Answer
14. For unsauraed air, he dew poin emperaure is __________ we bulb emper
aure.
(A) Equal o
(B) Less han
(C) More han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
15. Air refrigeraion cycle is used in
(A) Domesic refrigeraors
(B) Commercial refrigeraors
(C) Air condiioning
(D) Gas liquefacion
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n A (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion A (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion D
1. The emperaure of air recorded by a hermomeer, when is bulb is surrounded
by a we cloh exposed o he air, is called
(B) Dry bulb emperaure
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
2. The C.O.P. of an absorpion ype refrigeraor is given by (where T = Temeratu
re at which the working substance receives heat, T = Temperaure of cooling waer
, and T = Evaporaor emperaure)
(A) [T (T - T)] / [T (T - T)]
(B) [T (T - T)]/ [T (T - T)]
(C) [T (T - T)] / [T (T - T)]
(D) [T (T - T)] / [T (T - T)]
Correc Answer
3. The humidiy raio or specific humidiy is he mass of waer vapour presen i
n
(A) 1 m3 of we air
(B) 1 m3 of dry air
(C) 1 kg of we air
(D) 1 kg of dry air
Correc Answer
4. During adiabaic sauraion process on unsauraed air __________ remains con
san.
(A) Relaive humidiy
(B) Dew poin emperaure
(D) We bulb emperaure
Correc Answer
5. Degree of sauraion or percenage humidiy is
(A) The mass of waer vapour presen in 1 m of dry air
(B) The mass of waer vapour presen in 1 kg of dry air
(C) The raio of he acual mass of waer vapour in a uni mass of dry air o h
e mass of waer vapour in he same mass of dry air when i is sauraed a he s
ame emperaure and pressure
(D) The raio of acual mass of waer vapour in a given volume of mois air o
ure and pressure
Correc Answer
6. The reciprocaing refrigeran compressors are very suiable for
(A) Small displacemens and low condensing pressures
(B) Large displacemens and high condensing pressures
(C) Small displacemens and high condensing pressures
(D) Large displacemens and low condensing pressures
Correc Answer
7. The desirable propery of a refrigeran is
(A) Low boiling poin
(B) High criical emperaure
(C) High laen hea of vaporisaion
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
8. The humidificaion process, on he psychromeric char is shown by
(A) Horizonal line
(B) Verical line
(C) Inclined line
(D) Curved line
Correc Answer
9. The evaporaor used in household refrigeraors is
(A) Frosing evaporaor
(B) Non-frosing evaporaor
(C) Defrosing evaporaor
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. In case of sensible heaing of air, he coil efficiency is given by (where B
.P.F. = Bypass facor)
(A) B.P.F. - 1
(B) 1 - B. P.F.
(C) 1/ B.P.F.
(D) 1 + B.P.F.
Correc Answer
11. In a refrigeraing machine, hea rejeced is _________ hea absorbed.
(A) Equal o
(B) Less han
(C) Greaer han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
12. In aqua ammonia and Lihium bromide waer absorpion refrigeraion sysems,
he refrigerans are respecively
(A) Waer and waer
(B) Waer and lihium bromide
(C) Ammonia and lihium bromide
(D) Ammonia and waer
Correc Answer
13. In air-condiioning of aeroplanes, using air as a refrigeran, he cycle use
d is
(A) Reversed Carno cycle
(B) Reversed Joule cycle
(C) Reversed Brayon cycle
(D) Reversed Oo cycle
Correc Answer
14. The mass of waer vapour presen in __________ is called absolue humidiy.
(A) 1 m3 of waer
(B) 1 m3 of dry air
(C) 1 kg of we air
(D) 1 kg of dry air
Correc Answer
15. While designing he refrigeraion sysem of an aircraf, he prime considera
ion is ha he
(A) Sysem has high C.O.P.
(B) Power per TR is low
(C) Mass of refrigeran circulaed in he sysem is low
(D) Mass of he refrigeraion equipmen is low
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion B (9) Answer: Opion A (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion D
1. The formaion of fros on cooling coils in a refrigeraor
(A) Increases hea ransfer
(B) Improves C.O.P. of he sysem
(C) Increases power consumpion
(D) Reduces power consumpion
Correc Answer
2. The power per onne of refrigeraion is
(A) 3.5/C.O.P.
(B) C.O.P/3.5
(C) 3.5 C.O.P.
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
3. The we bulb emperaure during sensible heaing of air
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
4. The relaive humidiy is defined as
(A) The mass of waer vapour presen in 1 m3 of dry air
(B) The mass of waer vapour presen in 1 kg of dry air
(C) The raio of he acual mass of waer vapour in a uni mass of dry air o h
e mass of waer vapour in he same mass of dry air when i is sauraed a he s
ame emperaure and pressure
(D) The raio of acual mass of waer vapour in a given volume of mois air o
ure and pressure
Correc Answer
5. As relaive humidiy decreases, he dew poin emperaure will be ________ we
bulb emperaure.
(A) Same as
(B) Lower han
(C) Higher han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
6. In a psychromeric process, he sensible hea added is 30 kJ/s and he laen
hea added is 20 kJ/s. The sensible hea facor for he process will be
(A) 0.3
(B) 0.6
(C) 0.67
(D) 1.5
Correc Answer
7. An Elecrolux refrigeraor is called a _________ absorpion sysem.
(A) Single fluid
(B) Two fluids
(C) Three fluids
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
8. I is desired o condiion he ouside air from 70% relaive humidiy and 45 C
dry bulb emperaure o 50% relaive humidiy and 25 C dry bulb emperaure (roo
m condiion). The pracical arrangemen will be
(A) Dehumidificaion
(B) Cooling and humidificaion
(C) Cooling and dehumidificaion
(D) Dehumidificaion and pure sensible cooling
Correc Answer
9. The difference beween dry bulb emperaure and we bulb emperaure, is call
ed
(A) Dry bulb depression
(B) We bulb depression
(C) Dew poin depression
Correc Answer
10. The coefficien of performance of Hea Pump is always _________ one.
(A) Equal o
(B) Less han
(C) Greaer han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. An evaporaor is also known as
(A) Freezing coil
(B) Cooling coil
(C) Chilling coil
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
12. A refrigeraion sysem
(A) Removes hea from a low emperaure body and delivers i o a high emperau
re body
(B) Removes hea from a high emperaure body and delivers i o a low emperau
re body
(C) Rejecs energy o a low emperaure body
Correc Answer
13. Nussel number (NN) is given by
(A) NN = hl/k
(B) NN = cp/k
(C) NN = V l /
(D) NN = V/t.cp
Coect Answe
14. The tempeatue of ammonia afte compession in a vapou compession system
is
(A) 20 to 50C
(B) 50 to 70C
(C) 70 to 110C
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
15. A pessue gauge on the dischage side of a efigeant compesso eads too
high. The easons will be
(A) Lack of cooling wate
(B) Wate tempeatue being high
(C) Dity condense suface
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option C (2) Answe: Option A (3) Answe: Option B (4) Answe: Optio
n D (5) Answe: Option B (6) Answe: Option B (7) Answe: Option C (8) Answe: O
ption C (9) Answe: Option B (10) Answe: Option C (11) Answe: Option D (12) An
swe: Option A (13) Answe: Option A (14) Answe: Option C (15) Answe: Option D
1. Fo evapoatos and condenses, fo the given conditions, the logaithmic mea
n tempeatue diffeence (tm) fo paallel flow is ________ that fo counte flo
w.
(A) Equal to
(B) Less than
(C) Geate than
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
2. A vapou absoption efigeato uses _________ as a efigeant.
(A) Wate
(B) Ammonia
(C) Feon
(D) Aqua-ammonia
Coect Answe
3. Bell Coleman cycle is a
(A) Revesed Canot cycle
(B) Revesed Otto cycle
(C) Revesed Joule cycle
(D) Revesed Rankine cycle
Coect Answe
4. The coefficient of pefomance of Electolux efigeato is the atio of
(A) Heat supplied by the gas bune to the heat absobed by the evapoato
(B) Heat absobed by the evapoato to the heat supplied by the gas bune
(C) Heat supplied by the gas bune minus the heat absobed by the evapoato to
the heat supplied by the gas bune
(D) Heat absobed by the evapoato minus the heat supplied by the gas bune to
the heat absobed by the evapoato
Coect Answe
5. Which of the following efigeant has the lowest feezing point?
(A) R-11
(B) R-12
(C) R-22
(D) Ammonia
Coect Answe
6. In Electolux efigeato
(A) Ammonia is absobed in hydogen
(B) Ammonia is absobed in wate
(C) Ammonia evapoates in hydogen
(D) Hydogen evapoates in ammonia
Coect Answe
7. One tonne of efigeation (1TR) means that the heat emoving capacity is
(A) 21 kJ/min
(B) 210 kJ/min
(C) 420 kJ/min
(D) 620 kJ/min
Coect Answe
8. The supeheated vapou egion, in a pessue enthalpy chat, is epesented b
y the space
(A) To the left of satuated liquid line
(B) To the ight of satuated liquid line
(C) Between the satuated liquid line and satuated vapou line
Coect Answe
9. A good efigeant should have
(A) High latent heat of vapoisation and low feezing point
(B) High opeating pessues and low feezing point
(C) High specific volume and high latent heat of vapoisation
(D) Low C.O.P. and low feezing point
Coect Answe
10. Ai efigeation cycle is used in
(A) Commecial efigeatos
(B) Domestic efigeatos
(C) Ai-conditioning
(D) Gas liquefaction
Coect Answe
11. In a satuated ai-wate vapou mixtue, the
(A) Dy bulb tempeatue is highe than wet bulb tempeatue
(B) Dew point tempeatue is lowe than wet bulb tempeatue
(C) Dy bulb, wet bulb and dew point tempeatue ae same
(D) Dy bulb tempeatue is highe than dew point tempeatue
Coect Answe
12. The capillay tube is not used in lage capacity efigeation systems becau
se
(A) Cost is too high
(B) Capacity contol is not possible
(C) It is made of coppe
(D) Requied pessue dop cannot be achieved
Coect Answe
13. The themostatic expansion valve opeates on the changes in the
(A) Degee of supeheat at exit fom the evapoato
(B) Tempeatue of the evapoato
(C) Pessue in the evapoato
Coect Answe
14. In a vapou compession system, the condition of efigeant befoe enteing
the expansion o thottle valve is
(A) High pessue satuated liquid
(B) Wet vapou
(C) Vey wet vapou
(D) Dy vapou
Coect Answe
15. The feezing point of R-12 is
(A) -86.6C
(B) -95.2C
(C) -107.7C
(D) -135.8C
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option A (2) Answe: Option D (3) Answe: Option C (4) Answe: Optio
n B (5) Answe: Option C (6) Answe: Option C (7) Answe: Option B (8) Answe: O
ption C (9) Answe: Option A (10) Answe: Option D (11) Answe: Option C (12) An
swe: Option B (13) Answe: Option A (14) Answe: Option A (15) Answe: Option D
1. The unit of themal diffusivity is
(A) m/hK
(B) m/h
(C) m/h
(D) m/hK
Coect Answe
2. The comfot conditions in ai conditioning ae at (whee DBT = Dy bulb tempe
atue, and RH = Relative humidity)
(A) 25C DBT and 100% RH
(B) 20C DBT and 80% RH
(C) 22C DBT and 60% RH
(D) 25C DBT and 40% RH
Coect Answe
3. The pessue at the outlet of a efigeant compesso is called
(A) Suction pessue
(B) Dischage pessue
(C) Citical pessue
(D) Back pessue
Coect Answe
4. The bypass facto, in case of sensible cooling of ai, is given by (whee td =
Dry bulb temerature of air entering the cooling coil, td = Dry bulb emperaure
of air leaving he cooling coil, and d = Dry bulb emperaure of he cooling co
il)
(A) (d -td)/( d -d)
(B) (d -d)/( d -td)
(C) (d -d)/( td -d)
(D) (d -d)/( d -td)
Correc Answer
5. The operaing emperaure of a cold sorage is 2C. The hea leakage from he s
urrounding is 30 kW for he ambien emperaure of 40C. The acual C.O.P. of refr
igeraion plan used is one fourh ha of ideal plan working beween he same
emperaures. The power required o drive he plan is
(A) 1.86 kW
(B) 3.72 kW
(C) 7.44 kW
(D) 18.6 kW
Correc Answer
6. In chemical dehumidificaion process,
(A) Dew poin emperaure decreases
(B) We bulb emperaure decreases
(C) Dry bulb emperaure increases
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
7. Environmenal proecion agencies advice agains he use of chlorofluorocarbo
n refrigerans since
(A) These reac wih waer vapour and cause acid rain
(B) These reac wih plans and cause greenhouse effec
(C) These reac wih oxygen and cause is depleion
(D) These reac wih ozone layer
Correc Answer
8. When he lower emperaure of a refrigeraing machine is fixed, hen he coef
ficien of performance can be improved by
(A) Operaing he machine a higher speeds
(B) Operaing he machine a lower speeds
(C) Raising he higher emperaure
(D) Lowering he higher emperaure
Correc Answer
9. The bypass facor of a cooling coil decreases wih
(A) Decrease in fin spacing and increase in number of rows
(B) Increase in fin spacing and increase in number of rows
(C) Increase in fin spacing and decrease in number of rows
(D) Decrease in fin spacing and decrease in number of rows
Correc Answer
10. A mixure of dry air and waer vapour, when he air has diffused he maximum
amoun of waer vapour ino i, is called
(A) Dry air
(B) Mois air
(C) Sauraed air
Correc Answer
11. The oal pressure exered by he mixure of air and waer vapour is equal
o he sum of pressures which each consiuen would exer, if i occupied he sa
me space by iself. This saemen is called
(A) Kineic heory of gases
(B) Newon's law of gases
(C) Dalon's law of parial pressures
(D) Avogadro's hypohesis
Correc Answer
12. The relaive humidiy lines on a psychromeric char are
(A) Verical and uniformly spaced
(B) Horizonal and uniformly spaced
(C) Horizonal and non-uniformly spaced
(D) Curved lines
Correc Answer
13. The C.O.P. of a hea pump working on a reversed Carno cycle is
(A) T/(T - T)
(B) (T - T)/T
(C) (T - T)/T
(D) T/(T - T)
Correct Answer
14. A vaour absortion refrigeration system
(A) Gives noisy oeration
(B) Gives quiet oeration
(C) Requires little ower consumtion
(D) Cools below 0C
Correct Answer
15. A refrigerating system oerating on reversed Brayton refrigeration cycle is
used for maintaining 250 K. If the temerature at the end of constant ressure c
ooling is 300 K and rise in the temerature of air in the refrigerator is 50 K,
then the net work of comression will be (assume air as working substance with C
= 1 kJ/kg)
(A) 25 kJ/kg
(B) 50 kJ/kg
(C) 100 kJ/kg
(D) 125 kJ/kg
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion C (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion B (4) Answer: Otio
n B (5) Answer: Otion D (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion D (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Ans
[20/02 11:53 m] +91 78697 66465 : View All Answers
(1) Answer: Otion C (2) Answer: Otion C (3) Answer: Otion B (4) Answer: Otio
n B (5) Answer: Otion D (6) Answer: Otion D (7) Answer: Otion D (8) Answer: O
tion D (9) Answer: Otion A (10) Answer: Otion C (11) Answer: Otion C (12) An
swer: Otion D (13) Answer: Otion D (14) Answer: Otion B (15) Answer: Otion B
[20/02 11:55 m] +91 78697 66465 : RAC(Mechanical )
1. The ratio of the actual mass of water vaour in a unit mass of dry air to the
mass of water vaour in the same mass of dry air when it is saturated at the sa
me temerature and ressure, is called
(A) Humidity ratio
(B) Relative humidity
(C) Absolute humidity
(D) Degree of saturation
Correct Answer
2. During dehumidification rocess, _________ remains constant.
(A) Wet bulb temerature
(B) Relative humidity
(C) Dry bulb temerature
(D) Secific humidity
Correct Answer
3. Pressure of water vaour is given by
(A) 0.622 Pv/ (Pb - Pv)
(B) /[1 - (1 - ) (Ps/Pb)]
(C) [Pv (Pb - Pd)]/ [Pd (Pb - Pv)]
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
4. R-12 is geneally pefeed ove R-22 in deep feezes since
(A) It has low opeating pessues
(B) It gives highe coefficient of pefomance
(C) It is miscible with oil ove lage ange of tempeatues
Coect Answe
5. In a spay washing system, if the tempeatue of wate is highe than the dy
bulb tempeatue of enteing ai, then the ai is
(A) Heated and dehumidified
(B) Heated and humidified
(C) Cooled and humidified
(D) Cooled and dehumidified
Coect Answe
6. A valve which maintains a constant degee of supeheat at the end of the evap
oato coil, is called
(A) Automatic expansion valve
(B) High side float valve
(C) Themostatic expansion valve
(D) Low side float valve
Coect Answe
7. An infinite paallel planes with emissivities e and e, he inerchange facor f
or radiaion from surface 1 o surface 2 is given by
(A) (e + e)/ e + e - ee
(B) 1/e + 1/e
(C) e + e
(D) ee
Correc Answer
8. The emissiviy of a polished silver body is _________ as compared o black bo
dy.
(A) Same
(B) Low
(C) Very low
(D) High
Correc Answer
9. Air refrigeraor works on
(A) Reversed Carno cycle
(B) Bell Coleman cycle
(C) Boh (A) and (B)
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. The relaive coefficien of performance is equal o
(A) (Theoreical C.O.P.)/ (Acual C.O.P.)
(B) (Acual C.O.P.) /(Theoreical C.O.P.)
(C) (Acual C.O.P.) (Theoreical C.O.P.)
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. In case of sensible cooling of air, he coil efficiency is given by
(A) B.P.F. - 1
(B) 1 - B.P.F.
(C) 1/ B.P.F.
(D) 1 + B.P.F.
Correc Answer
12. For large onnage (more han 200 TR) air-condiioning applicaions, he comp
ressor recommended is
(A) Reciprocaing
(B) Roaing
(C) Cenrifugal
(D) Screw
Correc Answer
13. The we bulb emperaure during sensible cooling of air
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
14. A condenser of refrigeraion sysem rejecs hea a he rae of 120 kW, whil
e is compressor consumes a power of 30 kW. The coefficien of performance of h
e sysem will be
(A) 1/4
(B) 1/3
(C) 3
(D) 4
Correc Answer
15. A refrigeran wih he highes criical pressure is
(A) R-11
(B) R-12
(C) R-22
(D) Ammonia
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion D (7) Answer: Opion A (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion C (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion B (12) An
swer: Opion C (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion D (15) Answer: Opion D
1. In aqua ammonia absorpion refrigeraion sysem, incomplee recificaion lea
ds o accumulaion of waer in
(A) Condenser
(B) Evaporaor
(C) Absorber
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
2. Mos air cooled condensers are designed o operae wih a emperaure differe
nce of
(A) 5C
(B) 8C
(C) 14C
(D) 22C
Correc Answer
3. In a reversed Brayon cycle, he hea is absorbed by he air during
(A) Isenropic compression process
(B) Consan pressure cooling process
(C) Isenropic expansion process
(D) Consan pressure expansion process
Correc Answer
4. We bulb emperaure is he emperaure of air recorded by a hermomeer, whe
n
(A) I is no affeced by he moisure presen in he air
(B) Is bulb is surrounded by a we cloh exposed o he air
(C) The moisure presen in i begins o condense
Correc Answer
5. The difference beween dry bulb emperaure and dew poin emperaure, is cal
led
(A) Dry bulb depression
(B) We bulb depression
(C) Dew poin depression
Correc Answer
6. In mechanical refrigeraion sysem, he refrigeran has he maximum emperau
re
(A) In evaporaor
(B) Before expansion valve
(C) Beween compressor and condenser
(D) Beween condenser and evaporaor
Correc Answer
7. The cenral air condiioning sysem has ___________ overall efficiency as com
pared o individual sysems.
(A) Same
(B) Lower
(C) Higher
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
8. Moisure should be removed from refrigerans o avoid
(A) Freezing a he expansion valve
(B) Resricion o refrigeran flow
(C) Corrosion of seel plaes
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
9. The specific humidiy during humidificaion process
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
10. During a refrigeraion cycle, hea is rejeced by he refrigeran in a
(A) Compressor
(B) Condenser
(C) Evaporaor
(D) Expansion valve
Correc Answer
11. In a vapour compression sysem, he condiion of refrigeran is dry saurae
d vapour
(A) Before enering he compressor
(B) Afer leaving he compressor
(C) Before enering he condenser
(D) Afer leaving he condenser
Correc Answer
12. During sensible cooling of air, specific humidiy
(A) Remains consan
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
13. In a psychromeric char, specific humidiy (moisure conen) lines are
(A) Verical and uniformly spaced
(B) Horizonal and uniformly spaced
(C) Horizonal and non-uniformly spaced
(D) Curved lines
Correc Answer
14. The horizonal and non-uniformly spaced lines on a psychromeric char indic
aes
Correc Answer
15. In a vapour compression refrigeraion sysem, a hrole valve is used in pl
ace of an expander because
(A) I considerably reduces mass of he sysem
(B) I improves he C.O.P., as he condenser is small
(C) The posiive work in isenropic expansion of liquid is very small
(D) I leads o significan cos reducion
Correc Answer
View All Answers
n B (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion A (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion B (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion C
[21/02 12:00 am] +91 78697 66465 : RAC(Mechanical )
1. Which of he following refrigeran is highly oxic and flammable?
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) R-12
Correc Answer
2. The dehumidificaion process, on he psychromeric char, is shown by
(A) Horizonal line
(B) Verical line
(C) Inclined line
(D) Curved line
Correc Answer
3. The we bulb emperaure a 100% relaive humidiy is ________ dry bulb empe
raure.
(A) Same as
(B) Lower han
(C) Higher han
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
4. The human body feels comforable when he hea sored in he body is
(A) Posiive
(B) Negaive
(C) Zero
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
5. The hea rejecion facor (HRF) is given by
(A) 1 + C.O.P
(B) 1 - C.O.P.
(C) 1 + (1/C.O.P)
(D) 1 - (1/C.O.P)
Correc Answer
6. In order o collec liquid refrigeran and o preven i from going o a ____
____, a device known as accumulaor is used a he sucion of compressor.
(A) Compressor
(B) Condenser
(C) Expansion valve
(D) Evaporaor
Correc Answer
7. The verical and uniformly spaced lines on a psychromeric char indicaes
Correc Answer
8. The undesirable propery of a refrigeran is
(A) Non-oxic
(B) Non-flammable
(C) Non-explosive
(D) High boiling poin
Correc Answer
9. The process, generally used in summer air condiioning o cool and dehumidify
he air, is called
(A) Humidificaion
(B) Dehumidificaion
(C) Heaing and humidificaion
(D) Cooling and dehumidificaion
Correc Answer
10. The leakage in a refrigeraion sysem using ammonia is deeced by
(A) Halide orch
(B) Sulphur sicks
(C) Soap and waer
(D) All of hese
Correc Answer
11. The lowes emperaure during he cycle in a vapour compression sysem occur
s afer
(A) Compression
(B) Expansion
(C) Condensaion
(D) Evaporaion
Correc Answer
12. In a domesic refrigeraor, a capillary ube conrols he flow of refrigeran
from he
(A) Expansion valve o he evaporaor
(B) Evaporaor o he hermosa
(C) Condenser o he expansion valve
(D) Condenser o he evaporaor
Correc Answer
13. The refrigeran used in small onnage commercial machines (hermeically seal
ed unis) is
(A) Ammonia
(B) Carbon dioxide
(C) Sulphur dioxide
(D) R-12
Correc Answer
14. When he air is passed hrough an insulaed chamber having sprays of waer m
ainained a a emperaure higher han he dew poin emperaure of enering air
bu lower han is dry bulb emperaure, hen he air is said o be
(A) Cooled and humidified
(B) Cooled and dehumidified
(C) Heaed and humidified
(D) Heaed and dehumidified
Correc Answer
15. A refrigeran compressor is used o
(A) Raise he pressure of he refrigeran
(B) Raise he emperaure of he refrigeran
(C) Circulae he refrigeran hrough he refrigeraing sysem
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion A (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion C (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion A (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion A (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion A (15) Answer: Opion D
[21/02 12:14 am] +91 78697 66465 : 01.Bale of Tarain(Firs)(1191) This bale was
fough a Tarain near Thaneswar. Prihviraj of Chauhan Dynasy defeaed he Moh
aammad of Ghor.
02.Second Bale of Tarain(1192) I was fough a same Tarain balefield as in
he firs Tarain bale. This was fough by Mohammad Ghori agains Prihvi Raj C
hauhan. This ime Prihvi Raj was defeaed.
03.Bale of Chandawar(1194) In his bale Jaichandra was defeaed by Mohammad
Ghori.
04.Bale of Panipa(21 April, 1526) In his bale Babur defeaed he Afghans a
nd killed heir sulan Ibrahim Lodi.
05.Bale of Khanwa(17 March, 1527) Rajpus under Rana of Mewar Rana Sanga, were
defeaed by Babur of Ferghana. Rana Sanga was wounded in he balefield.
06.Bale of Chanderi(1528) Medini Rai of Chanderi was defeaed by Babur.
07.Bale of Ghagra or Gogara (6 May, 1529) Babur defeaed and dispersed he Afg
hans.
08.Bale of Chausa (7 June, 1539) Sher shah defeaed he Mughals, bu Humayun,
he emperor escaped by crossing he river.
09.Bale of Kanauj or Billgram (17 May, 1540) Sher Shah won agains Humayun and
occupied he ciy of Agra.
10.Bale for Delhi (7 Ocober, 1556) King 'Hem Chandra Vikramadiya' defeaed A
kbar's forces in Delhi.
11.Bale of Panipa(5 November, 1556) Hem Chandra Vikramadiya (Hemu) was defea
ed by he Mughals under Akbar.
12.Bale of Bannihai or Tallikoa(23 January, 1565) Unified Army of he five

Deccan Sulanaes defeaed he Vijayanagara Army and Vijayanagara General Ramara
ju was killed in he balefield.
13.Bale of Haldighai(1576) This was sared beween Akbar and Rana Praap of
Mewar.Akbar won he bale.
14.Firs Carnaic War(174548) This war was fough by Briish and French armies. F
rench occupied Madras, laer reurned i o Briish.
15.Second Carnaic War(174954) French army under he command of Duplex fough wi
h Briish and Briish won. In 1755 hey made a provisional reay.
16.Third Carnaic War(175663) In 1758 French occupied For Sain David. Bu defea
ed a Wandiwasi(1760). Briishers won.
17.Bale of Plassey(June, 1757) Briish Army under he command of Rober Clive
fough wih Bengal Nawab Siraz-ud-daula and Briish won and Mir Jafar was made N
awab. Siraz-ud-daula,while he was unarmed was killed mercilessly by Muhammad Beg
,a person who was under his assylum.
[21/02 4:08 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hydraulic machine (mechanical )
1. Low specific speed of a pump implies i is
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Mixed flow pump
(C) Axial flow pump
Correc Answer
2. Head developed by a cenrifugal pump is
(A) Proporional o diameer of impeller
(B) Proporional o speed of impeller
(C) Proporional o diameer and speed of impeller
Correc Answer
3. In cenrifugal pumps, maximum efficiency is obained when he blades are
(A) Sraigh
(B) Ben forward
(C) Ben backward
(D) Radial
Correc Answer
4. A double overhung Pelon wheel has
(A) Two jes
(B) Two runners
(C) Four jes
(D) Four runners
Correc Answer
5. Medium specific speed of a pump implies i is
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Mixed flow pump
(C) Axial flow pump
Correc Answer
6. If he raios of all he corresponding linear dimensions are equal, hen he
model and he prooype are said o have
(A) Geomeric similariy
(B) Kinemaic similariy
(C) Dynamic similariy
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
7. The opimum value of vane exi angle for a cenrifugal pump impeller is
(A) 10-15
(B) 20-25
(C) 30-40
(D) 50-60
Correc Answer
8. Which of he following pump is suiable for small discharge and high heads?
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Axial flow pump
(C) Mixed flow pump
(D) Reciprocaing pump
Correc Answer
9. For small discharge a high pressure, following pump is preferred
(A) Cenrifugal
(B) Axial flow
(C) Mixed flow
(D) Reciprocaing
Correc Answer
10. A hydraulic press is a device used
(A) To sore pressure energy which may be supplied o a machine laer on
(B) To increase he inensiy of pressure of waer by means of energy available
from a large quaniy of waer a a low pressure
(C) To lif larger load by he applicaion of a comparaively much smaller force
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
11. Low specific speed of urbine implies i is
(B) Francis urbine
(C) Impulse urbine
Correc Answer
12. The funcion of guide vanes in a reacion urbine is o
(A) Allow he waer o ener he runner wihou shock
(B) Allow he waer o flow over hem, wihou forming eddies
(C) Allow he required quaniy of waer o ener he urbine
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
13. Hydraulic accumulaor is used for
(A) Accumulaing oil
(B) Supplying large quaniies of oil for very shor duraion
(C) Generally high pressures o operae hydraulic machines
(D) Supplying energy when main supply fails
Correc Answer
14. The je raio is defined as he raio of he
(A) Diameer of je o he diameer of Pelon wheel
(B) Velociy of je o he velociy of Pelon wheel
(C) Diameer of Pelon wheel o he diameer of je
(D) Velociy of Pelon wheel o he velociy of je
Correc Answer
15. Maximum impulse will be developed in hydraulic ram when
(A) Wase valve closes suddenly
(B) Supply pipe is long
(C) Supply pipe is shor
(D) Ram chamber is large
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion C (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion B (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion B (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion D (10) Answer: Opion C (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion A
[21/02 9:16 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *THERMODYNAMICS*
41. To conver volumeric analysis o gravimeric analysis, he relaive volume
of each consiuen of he flue gases is
(a) divided by is molecular weigh
(b) muliplied by is molecular weigh
(c) muliplied by is densiy
(d) muliplied by is specific weigh
(e) divided by is specific weigh.
Ans: b
42. If a gas is heaed agains a pressure, keeping he volume consan, hen wor
k done will be equal o
(a) + v
(b) - ve
(c) zero
(d) pressure x volume
(e) any where beween zero and infiniy.
Ans: c
43. An isolaed sysem is one in which
(a) mass does no cross boundaries of he sysem, hough energy may do so
(b) neiher mass nor energy crosses he boundaries of he sysem
(c) boh energy and mass cross he boundaries of he sysem
(d) mass crosses he boundary bu no he energy
(e) hermodynamic reacions do no occur.
Ans: b
44. Properies of subsances like pressure, emperaure and densiy, in hermody
namic coordinaes are
(a) pah funcions
(b) poin funcions
(c) cyclic funcions
(d) real funcions
(e) hermodynamic funcions.
Ans: b
45. Which of he following quaniies is no he propery of he sysem
(a) pressure
(b) emperaure
(c) specific volume
(d) hea
(e) densiy.
Ans: d
46. According o Avogadro's law, for a given pressure and emperaure, each mole
cule of a gas
(a) occupies volume proporional o is molecular weigh
(b) occupies volume proporional o is specific weigh
(c) occupies volume inversely proporional o is molecular weigh
(d) occupies volume inversely proporional o is specific weigh
(e) occupies same volume.
Ans: e
47. Mixure of ice and waer form a
(a) closed sysem
(b) open sysem
(c) isolaed sysem
(d) heerogeneous sysem
(e) hermodynamic sysem.
Ans: d
48. Which of he following is he propery of a sysem
(a) pressure and emperaure
(b) inernal energy
(c) volume and densiy
(d) enhalpy and enropy
Ans: e
49. On weigh basis, air conains following pars of oxygen
(a) 21
(b) 23
(c) 25
(d) 73
(e) 79.
Ans: b
50. Which of he following is no he inensive propery
(a) pressure
(b) emperaure
(c) densiy
(d) hea
(e) specific volume.
Ans: d
1. In a single casing, mulisage pump running a consan speed, he capaciy r
aing is o be slighly lowered. I can be done by
(A) Designing new impeller
(B) Trimming he impeller size o he required size by machining
(C) No possible
(D) Some oher aleraions in he impeller
Correc Answer
2. Which of he following pump is successfully used for lifing waer o he ur
bines?
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Reciprocaing pump
(C) Je pump
(D) Air lif pump
Correc Answer
3. If a pump is handling waer and is discharging a cerain flow Q a a consan
oal dynamic head requiring a definie B.H.P., he same pump when handling a l
iquid of specific graviy 0.75 and viscosiy nearly same as of waer , he horse
power required will be
(A) Same
(B) 0.75 B.H.P.
(C) B.H.P./0.75
(D) 1.5 B.H.P.
Correc Answer
4. A je of waer is sriking a he cenre of a curved vane moving wih a unifo
rm velociy in he direcion of je. For he maximum efficiency, he vane veloci
y is ________ of he je velociy
(A) One-half
(B) One-hird
(C) Two-hird
(D) Three-fourh
Correc Answer
5. In a cenrifugal pump, he liquid eners he pump
(A) A he op
(B) A he boom
(C) A he caner
(D) From sides
Correc Answer
6. Kinemaic similariy is said o exis beween he model and he prooype, if
boh of hem
(A) Have idenical velociies
(B) Are equal in size and shape
(C) Are idenical in shape, bu differ only in size
(D) Have idenical forces
Correc Answer
7. For very high discharge a low pressure such as for flood conrol and irriga
ion applicaions, following ype of pump is preferred
(A) Cenrifugal
(B) Axial flow
(C) Reciprocaing
(D) Mixed flow
Correc Answer
8. The flow raio of Francis urbine is defined as he raio of he
(A) Velociy of flow a inle o he heoreical je velociy
(B) Theoreical velociy of je o he velociy of flow a inle
(C) Velociy of runner a inle o he velociy of flow a inle
Correc Answer
9. The maximum number of jes generally employed in impulse urbine wihou je
inerference is
(A) 4
(B) 6
(C) 8
(D) 12
Correc Answer
10. The specific speed (Ns) of a cenrifugal pump is given by
(A) (NQ)/H2/3
(B) (NQ)/H3/4
(C) (NQ)/H
(D) (NQ)/H5/4
Correc Answer
11. Medium specific speed of urbine implies i is
(B) Francis urbine
(C) Impulse urbine
Correc Answer
12. A urbine is required o develop 1500 kW a 300 r.p.m. under a head of 150 m
. Which of he following urbine should be used?
(A) Pelon wheel wih one nozzle
(B) Pelon wheel wih wo or more nozzles
(C) Kaplan urbine
(D) Francis urbine
Correc Answer
13. Puck up he wrong saemen abou cenrifugal pump
(A) Discharge a diameer
(B) Head a speed
(C) Head a diameer
(D) Power a speed
Correct Answer
14. The flow ratio in case of Francis turbine varies from
(A) 0.15 to 0.3
(B) 0.4 to 0.5
(C) 0.6 to 0.9
(D) 1 to 1.5
Correct Answer
15. In reaction turbine, raft tube is use
(A) To transport water ownstream without e ies
(B) To convert the kinetic energy to flow energy by a gra ual expansion of the f
low cross-section
(C) For safety of turbine
(D) To increase flow rate
Correct Answe
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option B (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option B (4) Answer: Optio
n B (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option A (7) Answer: Option B (8) Answer: O
ption A (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option B (12) An
swer: Option A (13) Answer: Option A (14) Answer: Option A (15) Answer: Option B
[21/02 9:34 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hy raulic machine (mechanical )
1. Specific spee for reaction turbines ranges from
(A) 0 to 4.5
(B) 10 to 100
(C) 80 to 200
(D) 250 to 300
Correct Answer
2. The efficiency of jet propulsion for a ship with inlet orifices at right angl
es to the irection of motion of ship is given by
(A) [2(Vr - v) v]/ Vr
(B) [2(Vr + v) v]/ Vr
(C) [(Vr - v) v]/ Vr
(D) [(Vr + v) v]/ Vr
Correct Answe
3. Air vessels in reciprocating pump are use to
(A) Smoothen flow
(B) Re uce acceleration to minimum
(C) Increase pump efficiency
(D) Save pump from cavitations
Correct Answer
4. For 450 m hea of water, _________ shall be use .
(A) Pelton wheel
(B) Kaplan turbine
(C) Francis turbine
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. Accor ing to fan laws, for fans having constant wheel iameter, the air or ga
s capacity varies
(A) Directly as fan spee
(B) Square of fan spee
(C) Cube of fan spee
(D) Square root of fan spee
Correct Answer
6. The spee ratio in case of Francis turbine varies from
(A) 0.15 to 0.3
(B) 0.4 to 0.5
(C) 0.6 to 0.9
(D) 1 to 1.5
Correct Answer
7. The specific spee of turbine is efine as the spee of a unit
(A) Of such a size that it elivers unit ischarge at unit hea
(B) Of such a size that it elivers unit ischarge at unit power
(C) Of such a size that it requires unit power per unit hea
(D) Of such a size that it pro uces unit horse power with unit hea
Correct Answer
8. The un ershot water wheels are those in which
(A) The wheel runs entirely by the weight of water
(B) The wheel runs entirely by the impulse of water
(C) The wheel runs partly by the weight of water an partly by the impulse of wa
ter
Correct Answer
9. Gui e angle as per the aerofoil theory of Kaplan turbine bla e esign is efi
ne as the angle between
(A) Lift an resultant force
(B) Drag an resultant force
(C) Lift an tangential force
(D) Lift an rag
Correct Answer
10. In an outwar flow reaction turbine
(A) The water flows parallel to the axis of the wheel
(B) The water enters at the centre of the wheel an then flows towar s the outer
periphery of the wheel
(C) The water enters the wheel at the outer periphery an then flows towar s the
centre of the wheel
(D) The flow of water is partly ra ial an partly axial
Correct Answer
11. Impulse turbine is generally fitte
(A) At the level of tail race
(B) Little above the tail race
(C) Slightly below the tail race
(D) About 2.5 m above the tail race to avoi cavitations
Correct Answer
12. The gross or total hea of the turbine is the ___________ of the water level
s at the hea race an tail race.
(A) Sum
(B) Difference
(C) Pro uct
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
13. In axial flow fans an turbines, flui enters an leaves as follows
(A) Ra ially, axially
(B) Axially, ra ially
(C) Axially, axially
(D) Ra ially, ra ially
Correct Answer
(A) In an impulse turbine, the water impinges on the buckets with pressure energ
y.
(B) In a reaction turbine, the water gli es over the moving vanes with kinetic e
nergy.
(C) In an impulse turbine, the pressure of the flowing water remains unchange a
n is equal to atmospheric pressure.
(D) In a reaction turbine, the pressure of the flowing water increases after gli
ing over the vanes.
Correct Answer
15. Accor ing to fan laws, for fans having constant wheel iameter, the pressure
varies
(A) Directly as fan spee
(B) Square of fan spee
(C) Cube of fan spee
(D) Square root of fan spee
Correct Answer
Answer: Option B
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option B (2) Answer: Option A (3) Answer: Option B (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option A (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option D (8) Answer: O
ption B (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option B (12) An
swer: Option B (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option B
Show/hi e
[21/02 9:34 pm] +91 94740 53896 : *IC ENGINE*
41. For the same compression ratio
(a) Otto cycle is more efficient than the Diesel
(b) Diesel cycle is more efficientthan Otto
(c) both Otto an Diesel cycles are, equally efficient
( ) compression ratio has nothing to o with efficiency
(e) which is more efficient woul epen on engine capacity.
Ans: a
42. The precess of breaking up or a lipui into fine roplets by spraying is ca
lle
(a) vaporisation
(b) carburetion
(c) ionisation
( ) injection
(e) atomisation.
Ans: e
43. As a result of etonation in an I.C. engine, following parameter attains ver
y high value
(a) peak pressure
(b) rate of rise of pressure
(c) rate of rise of temperature
( ) peak temperature
(e) rate of rise of horse-power.
Ans: b
44. Which of the following statements is correct?
(a) All the irreversible engines have same efficiency
(b) All the reversible engines have same efficiency
(c) Both Rankine an Caront cycles have same efficiency between same temperature
limits
( ) All reversible engines working between same temperature limits have same-eff
iciency
(e) Between same temperature limits, both petrol an iesel engines have same ef
ficiency.
Ans:
45. Most high spee compression engines operate on
(a) Diesel cycle
(b) Otto cycle
(c) Dual combustion cycle
( ) Special type of air cycle
(e) Carnot cycle.
Ans: c
48. The accunmulation of carbon in a cylin er results in increase of
(a) clearance volume
(b) volumetric efficiency
(c) ignition time
( ) effective compression ratio
(e) valve travel time.
Ans:
49. Which of the following me ium is compresse in a Diesel engine cylin er
(a) air aione
(b) air an fuel
(c) air an lub oil
( ) fuel alone
(e) air, fuel an lub oil.
Ans: a
50. The air-fuel ratio of the petrol engine is controlle by
(a) fuel pump
(b) governor
(c) injector
( ) carburettor
(e) scavenging.
Ans:
[21/02 9:36 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hy raulic machine (mechanical )
1. Saving of work one an power by fitting an air vessel to ouble acting recip
rocating pump is of the or er of
(A) 39.2%
(B) 49.2%
(C) 68.8%
(D) 84.8%
Correct Answer
2. If the net positive suction hea (NPSH) requirement for the pump is not satis
fie , then
(A) No flow will take place
(B) Cavitation will be forme
(C) Efficiency will be low
(D) Excessive power will be consume
Correct Answer
3. Accor ing to fan laws, at constant pressure, the spee capacity an power var
y
(A) Directly as the air or gas ensity
(B) Inversely as square root of ensity
(C) Inversely as ensity
(D) As square of ensity
Correct Answer
4. Which of the following turbine is preferre for a specific spee of 60 to 300
r.p.m.?
(A) Pelton wheel
(B) Francis turbine
(C) Kaplan turbine
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
5. The angle of taper on raft tube is
(A) Greater than 15
(B) Greater than 8
(C) Greater than 5
(D) Less than 8
Correct Answer
6. The wi th of the bucket for a Pelton wheel is generally ________ the iameter
of jet.
(A) Double
(B) Three times
(C) Four times
(D) Five times
Correct Answer
7. Which place in hy raulic turbine is most susceptible for cavitations?
(A) Inlet of raft rube
(B) Bla e inlet
(C) Gui e bla e
(D) Penstock
Correct Answer
8. Discharge of a centrifugal pump is (where N = Spee of the pump impeller)
(A) Directly proportional to N
(B) Inversely proportional to N
(C) Directly proportional to N
(D) Inversely proportional to N
Correct Answer
9. The ischarge through a reaction turbine with increase in unit spee
(A) Increases
(B) Decreases
(C) Remain unaffecte
(D) First increases an then ecreases
Correct Answer
10. The power pro uce by the reaction turbine is ________ to the hea of water.
(A) Directly proportional
(B) Inversely proportional
(C) 4th power
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
11. The maximum number of jets, generally, employe in an impulse turbine withou
t jet interference are
(A) Two
(B) Four
(C) Six
(D) Eight
Correct Answer
12. Pressure intensifier increases the pressure in proportion to
(A) Ratio of iameters
(B) Square of ratio of iameters
(C) Inverse ratio of iameters
(D) Square of inverse ratio of iameters
Correct Answer
13. The specific spee from 160 to 500 r.p.m. of a centrifugal pump in icates th
at the pump is
(A) Slow spee with ra ial flow at outlet
(B) Me ium spee with ra ial flow at outlet
(C) High spee with ra ial flow at outlet
(D) High spee with axial flow at outlet
Correct Answer
14. For centrifugal pump impeller, the maximum value of the vane exit angle is
(A) 10 to 15
(B) 15 to 20
(C) 20 to 25
(D) 25 to 30
Correct Answer
15. A hy raulic accumulator normally consists of
(A) Two cylin ers, two rams an a storage evice
(B) A cylin er an a ram
(C) Two coaxial rams an two cylin ers
(D) A cylin er, a piston, storage tank an control valve
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option A (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option B (4) Answer: Optio
n B (5) Answer: Option D (6) Answer: Option D (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption A (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option A (11) Answer: Option C (12) An
swer: Option B (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option B
[21/02 9:38 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hy raulic machine
1. Saving of work one an power by fitting an air vessel to single acting recip
rocating pump is of the or er of
(A) 39.2%
(B) 49.2%
(C) 68.8%
(D) 84.8%
Correct Answer
2. Overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump is the ratio of
(A) Energy available at the impeller to the energy supplie to the pump by the p
rime mover
(B) Actual work- one by the pump to the energy supplie to the pump by the prime
mover
(C) Energy supplie to the pump to the energy available at the impeller
(D) Manometric hea to the energy supplie by the impeller per kN of water
Correct Answer
3. Which of the following pump is generally use to pump highly viscous flui ?
(A) Centrifugal pump
(B) Reciprocating pump
(C) Air lift pump
(D) Screw pump
Correct Answer
4. High specific spee of turbine implies it is
(A) Propeller turbine
(B) Francis turbine
(C) Impulse turbine
Correct Answer
5. In a reciprocating pump, air vessels are use to
(A) Smoothen the flow
(B) Re uce suction hea
(C) Increase elivery hea
(D) Re uce acceleration hea
Correct Answer
6. The specific spee of a turbine is given by the equation
(A) NP / H3/2
(B) NP / H
(C) NP / H5/4
(D) NP / H3
Correct Answer
7. In or er to avoi cavitation in centrifugal pumps
(A) The suction pressure shoul be high
(B) The elivery pressure shoul be high
(C) The suction pressure shoul be low
(D) The elivery pressure shoul be low
Correct Answer
8. The spee of an imaginary turbine, i entical with the given turbine, which wi
ll evelop a unit power un er a unit hea , is known as
(A) Normal spee
(B) Unit spee
(C) Specific spee
(D) None of these
Correct Answer
9. Francis turbine is best suite for
(A) Me ium hea application from 24 to 180 m
(B) Low hea installation up to 30 m
(C) High hea installation above 180 m
(D) All types of hea s
Correct Answer
10. Power require (in watts) to rive a centrifugal pump is (where Hm = Manomet
ric hea in metres, w = Specific weight in N/m3, Q = Discharge of the pump in m3
/s, an o = Overall efficiency of te pump)
(A) (w Hm) / (Q o)
(B) (w Hm Q) / o
(C) (w Q) / (Hm o)
(D) (w Q o) / Hm
Correct Answer
11. By fitting an air vessel to te reciprocating pump, tere is always a saving
of work done and subsequently saving of power. Te saving in case of a double a
cting reciprocating pump is
(A) 39.2%
(B) 48.8%
(C) 84.8%
(D) 88.4%
Correct Answer
12. Any cange in load is adjusted by adjusting following parameter on turbine
(A) Net ead
(B) Absolute velocity
(C) Blade velocity
(D) Flow
Correct Answer
13. Te maximum ydraulic efficiency of an impulse turbine is (were = Angle o
blade tip at outlet)

(A) (1 + cos )/2
(B) (1 - cos )/2
(C) (1 + sin )/2
(D) (1 - sin )/2
Correct Answer
14. The hydraulic e
iciency o
an impulse turbine is maximum when velocity o
w
heel is _______ o
the jet velocity,
(A) One-
ourth
(B) One-hal
(C) Three-
ourth
(D) Double
Correct Answer
15. A hydraulic intensi
ier normally consists o
(A) Two cylinders, two rams and a storage device

(B) A cylinder and a ram
(C) Two coaxial rams and two cylinders
(D) A cylinder, a piston, storage tank and control valve
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option D (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option D (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option A (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option A (14) Answer: Option B (15) Answer: Option C
1. Which o
the
ollowing pump is pre
erred
or
lood control and irrigation app
lications?
(A) Centri
ugal pump
(B) Axial
low pump
(C) Mixed
low pump
(D) Reciprocating pump
Correct Answer
2. Multistage centri
ugal pumps are used to
(A) Give high discharge
(B) Produce high heads
(C) Pump viscous
luids
(D) All o
these
Correct Answer
3. Reciprocating pumps are no more to be seen in industrial applications (in com
parison to centri
ugal pumps) because o
(A) High initial and maintenance cost

(B) Lower discharge
(C) Lower speed o
operation
(D) Necessity o
air vessel
Correct Answer
4. The e
iciency o
a Pelton wheel working under constant head ________ with th
e increase in power.
(A) Remain same
(B) Increases
(C) Decreases
(D) None o
these
Correct Answer
5. The discharge through a reaction turbine __________ with the increase in unit
speed.
(A) Decreases
(B) Increases
(C) Remain same
(D) None o
these
Correct Answer
6. Axial
low pump is started with its delivery valve
(A) Kept
ully closed
(B) Kept
ully open
(C) Irrespective o
any position
(D) Kept 50% open
Correct Answer
7. A Pelton wheel working under a constant head and discharge, has maximum e
ic
iency when the speed ratio is
(A) 0.26
(B) 0.36
(C) 0.46
(D) 0.56
Correct Answer
8. The speci
ic speed o
a hydraulic turbine depends upon
(A) Speed and power developed
(B) Discharge and power developed
(C) Speed and head o
water
(D) Speed, power developed and head o
water
Correct Answer
9. Head developed by a centri
ugal pump depends on
(A) Impeller diameter
(B) Speed
(C) Fluid density
(D) Both (A) and (B) above
Correct Answer
10. I
the ratio's o
the corresponding
orces acting at corresponding points ar
e equal, then the model and the prototype are said to have.
(A) Geometric similarity
(B) Kinematic similarity
(C) Dynamic similarity
(D) None o
these
Correct Answer
11. A Pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a head o
100 meters while running at
200 r.p.m. and discharging 2500 liters o
water per second. The unit speed o
th
e wheel is
(A) 10 r.p.m.
(B) 20 r.p.m.
(C) 40 r.p.m.
(D) 80 r.p.m.
Correct Answer
12. Centri
ugal pump is started with its delivery valve
(A) Kept
ully closed
(B) Kept
ully open
(C) Irrespective o
any position
(D) Kept 50% open
Correct Answer
13. The cavitation in reaction turbines is avoided, to a great extent by
(A) Installing the turbine below the tail race level
(B) Using stainless steel runner o
the turbine
(C) Providing highly polished blades to the runner
(D) All o
the above
Correct Answer
14. In a centri
ugal pump casing, the
low o
water leaving the impeller, is
(A) Rectilinear
low
(B) Radial
low
(C) Free vortex motion
(D) Forced vortex
Correct Answer
15. A hydraulic accumulator is a device used to store _________ energy which may
be supplied to a machine later on.
(A) Strain
(B) Pressure
(C) Kinetic
(D) None o
these
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option B (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option A (4) Answer: Optio
n B (5) Answer: Option A (6) Answer: Option B (7) Answer: Option C (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option D (10) Answer: Option C (11) Answer: Option B (12) An
swer: Option A (13) Answer: Option D (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option B
Show/hide
[22/02 1:02 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hydraulic machine (me)
1. Which o
the
ollowing statement is correct as regard to water wheels?
(A) They have slow speeds
(B) They are suitable even
or low water heads
(C) They give constant e
iciency, even i
the discharge is not constant
(D) All o
the above
Correct Answer
2. The unit power developed by a turbine is (where P = Power developed by the tu
rbine under a head o
water (H).
(A) P/ H
(B) P/ H
(C) P/ H3/2
(D) P/ H
Correct Answer
3. Runaway speed o
a hydraulic turbine is
(A) Full load speed
(B) The speed at which turbine runner will be damaged
(C) The speed i
the turbine runner is allowed to revolve
reely without load an
d with the wicket gates wide open
(D) The speed corresponding to maximum overload permissible
Correct Answer
4. Which type o
the pump is di
erent
rom others in the same group?
(A) Screw pump
(B) Gear pump
(C) Cam and piston pump
(D) Plunger pump
Correct Answer
5. The speci
ic speed o
a centri
ugal pump, delivering 750 liters o
water per
second against a head o
15 meters at 725 r.p.m., is
(A) 24.8 r.p.m.
(B) 48.2 r.p.m
(C) 82.4 r.p.m.
(D) 248 r.p.m
Correct Answer
6. When a piping system is made up primarily o
vertical li
t and very little pi
pe
riction, the pump characteristics should be
(A) Horizontal
(B) Nearly horizontal
(C) Steep
(D) First rise and then
all
Correct Answer
7. In an inward
low reaction turbine
(A) The water
lows parallel to the axis o
the wheel
(B) The water enters at the center o
the wheel and then
lows towards the outer
periphery o
the wheel
(C) The water enters the wheel at the outer periphery and then
lows towards the
center o
the wheel
(D) The
low o
water is partly radial and partly axial
Correct Answer
8. In impulse Turbine, energy available at the inlet is in the
orm o
(A) Potential Energy

(B) Strain Energy
(C) Kinetic energy
(D) None o
these
Correct Answer
9. A Pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a head o
100 meters while running at 2
00 r.p.m. and discharging 2500 liters o
water per second. The unit discharge o
wheel is
(A) 0.25 m3/s
(B) 0.5 m3/s
(C) 1.5 m3/s
(D) 2.5 m3/s
Correct Answer
10. Power required to drive a centri
ugal pump is directly proportional to _____
____ o
its impeller.
(A) Diameter
(B) Square o
diameter
(C) Cube o
diameter
(D) Fourth power o
diameter
Correct Answer
11. Which o
the
ollowing statement is wrong?
(A) The reaction turbines are used
or low head and high discharge
(B) The angle o
taper on dra
t tube is less than 8
(C) An impulse turbine is generally
itted slightly above the tail race
(D) A Francis turbine is an impulse turbine
Correct Answer
12. Discharge o
a centri
ugal pump is
(A) Directly proportional to diameter o
its impeller
(B) Inversely proportional to diameter o
its impeller
(C) Directly proportional to (diameter) o
its impeller
(D) Inversely proportional to (diameter) o
its impeller
Correct Answer
13. The speed o
a turbine runner is
(A) Directly proportional to H1/2
(B) Inversely proportional to H1/2
(C) Directly proportional to H3/2
(D) Inversely proportional to H3/2
Correct Answer
14. In a reaction turbine, the dra
t tube is used
(A) To run the turbine
ull
(B) To prevent air to enter the turbine
(C) To increase the head o
water by an amount equal to the height o
the runner
outlet above the tail race
(D) To transport water to downstream
Correct Answer
15. Slip o
a reciprocating pump is de
ined as the
(A) Ratio o
actual discharge to the theoretical discharge
(B) Sum o
actual discharge and the theoretical discharge
(C) Di
erence o
theoretical discharge and the actual discharge
(D) Product o
theoretical discharge and the actual discharge
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n D (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option C (7) Answer: Option C (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option D (11) Answer: Option D (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option A (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer:

1. In a Kaplan turbine runner, the numbers o
blades are generally between
(A) 2 to 4
(B) 4 to 8
(C) 8 to 16
(D) 16 to 24
Correct Answer
2. The depth o
the bucket
or a Pelton wheel is generally _________ the diamete
r o
jet.
(A) Equal to
(B) 1.2 times
(C) 1.8 times
(D) Double
Correct Answer
3. An impulse turbine is used
or
(A) Low head o
water
(B) High head o
water
(C) Medium head o
water
(D) High discharge
Correct Answer
4. I
V1 and V2 are the velocities o
water at inlet and outlet o
the dra
t tub
e respectively, then the e
iciency o
a dra
t tube is
(A) (V1 - V2) / V1
(B) (V1 - V2) / V1
(C) V1 / (V1 - V2)
(D) V1 / (V1 - V2)
Correc Answer
5. A Pelon wheel is
(A) Tangenial flow impulse urbine
(B) Inward flow impulse urbine
(C) Ouward flow impulse urbine
(D) Inward flow reacion urbine
Correc Answer
6. Delivery head of a cenrifugal pump is
(A) Direcly proporional o N
(B) Inversely proporional o N
(C) Direcly proporional o N
(D) Inversely proporional o N
Correc Answer
7. Theoreical power required (in was) o drive a reciprocaing pump is (where
w = Specific weigh of liquid o be pumped in N/m3, Q = Discharge of he pump i
n m3/s, Hs = Sucion head in meers, and Hd = Delivery head in meers)
(A) wQHs
(B) wQHd
(C) wQ (Hs - Hd)
(D) wQ (Hs + Hd)
Correc Answer
8. Slip of a reciprocaing pump is negaive, when
(A) Sucion pipe is shor and pump is running a low speeds
(B) Delivery pipe is long and pump is running a high speeds
(C) Sucion pipe is shor and delivery pipe is long and he pump is running a l
ow speeds
(D) Sucion pipe is long and delivery pipe is shor and he pump is running a h
igh speeds
Correc Answer
9. The Fourneyron urbine is _________ reacion urbine.
(A) An axial flow
(B) An inward flow
(C) An ouward flow
(D) A mixed flow
Correc Answer
10. Braking je in an impulse urbine is used
(A) To break he je of waer
(B) To bring he runner o res in a shor ime
(C) To change he direcion of runner
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
11. Which of he following pump is successfully used for lifing waer o he bo
ilers?
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(C) Je pump
(D) Airlif pump
Correc Answer
12. The Thomson's urbine is _________ reacion urbine.
(A) An axial flow
(B) An inward flow
(C) An ouward flow
(D) A mixed flow
Correc Answer
13. The saic head of a cenrifugal pump is equal o he _________ of sucion h
ead and delivery head.
(A) Produc
(B) Difference
(C) Sum
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
14. The hydraulic efficiency of an impulse urbine is he
(A) Raio of he acual power produced by he urbine o he energy acually sup
plied by he urbine
(B) Raio of he acual work available a he urbine o he energy impared o
he wheel
(C) Raio of he work done on he wheel o he energy of he je
Correc Answer
15. The waer in a je propelled boa is drawn hrough he openings facing he d
irecion of moion of he boa. The efficiency of propulsion is given by
(A) 2V/(vr - v)
(B) 2V/(vr + v)
(C) V/(vr - v)
(D) V/(vr + v)
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n B (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion D (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion C (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion B
1. The uni speed of he urbine runner is
(A) N/H
(B) N/H
(C) N/H3/2
(D) N/H
Correc Answer
2. Moion of a liquid in a volue casing of a cenrifugal pump is an example of
(A) Roaional flow
(B) Radial
(C) Forced spiral vorex flow
(D) Spiral vorex flow
Correc Answer
3. The runaway speed of a hydraulic urbine is he speed
(A) A full load
(B) A which here will be no damage o he runner
(C) Corresponding o maximum overload permissible
(D) A which he urbine will run freely wihou load
Correc Answer
4. High specific speed of a pump implies i is
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(B) Mixed flow pump
(C) Axial flow pump
Correc Answer
5. The ype of cenrifugal pump preferred for a specific speed of 20 r.p.m. is
(A) Slow speed pump wih radial flow a oule
(B) Medium speed pump wih radial flow a oule
(C) High speed pump wih radial flow a oule
(D) High speed pump wih axial flow a oule
Correc Answer
6. Mechanical efficiency of a cenrifugal pump is he raio of
(A) Energy available a he impeller o he energy supplied o he pump by he p
rime mover
(B) Acual work-done by he pump o he energy supplied o he pump by he prime
mover
(C) Energy supplied o he pump o he energy available a he impeller
(D) Manomeric head o he energy supplied by he impeller per kN of waer
Correc Answer
7. The flow rae in gear pump
(A) Increases wih increase in pressure
(B) Decreases wih increase in pressure
(C) More or less remains consan wih increase in pressure
(D) Unpredicable
Correc Answer
8. The specific speed of a urbine is he speed of an imaginary urbine, idenic
al wih he given urbine, which
(A) Delivers uni discharge under uni head
(B) Delivers uni discharge under uni speed
(C) Develops uni power under uni head
(D) Develops uni power under uni speed
Correc Answer
9. Francis, Kaplan and propeller urbines fall under he caegory of
(A) Impulse urbines
(B) Reacion urbines
(C) Axial flow urbines
(D) Mixed flow urbines
Correc Answer
10. Which of he following is no a reacion urbine?
(A) Fourneyron urbine
(B) Journal urbine
(C) Thomson's urbine
(D) Pelon wheel
Correc Answer
11. A urbine develops 10000 kW under a head of 25 meers a 135 r.p.m. Is spec
ific speed is
(A) 175.4 r.p.m.
(B) 215.5 r.p.m.
(C) 241.5 r.p.m.
(D) 275.4 r.p.m
Correc Answer
12. According o fan laws, for he fans having consan wheel diameers, he pow
er demand varies
(A) Direcly as fan speed
(B) Square of fan speed
(C) Cube of fan speed
(D) Square roo of fan speed
Correc Answer
(A) The cenrifugal pump is suiable for large discharge and smaller heads
(B) The cenrifugal pump requires less floor area and simple foundaion as compa
red o reciprocaing pump
(C) The efficiency of cenrifugal pump is less as compared o reciprocaing pump
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
14. According o fan laws, a consan weigh of air or gas, he speed, capaciy
and pressure vary
(A) Direcly as he air or gas densiy
(B) Inversely as square roo of densiy
(C) Inversely as densiy
(D) As square of densiy
Correc Answer
15. In a cenrifugal pump, he regulaing valve is provided on he
(A) Casing
(B) Delivery pipe
(C) Sucion pipe
(D) Impeller
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion A (2) Answer: Opion D (3) Answer: Opion D (4) Answer: Opio
n C (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion A (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion D (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion C (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion C (15) Answer: Opion B
[22/02 1:10 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Hydraulic machine (mec)
1. The discharge of a double acing reciprocaing pump is (where L = Lengh of s
roke, A = Cross-secional area of pison, and N = Speed of crank in r.p.m.)
(A) L.A.N
(B) 2 L.A.N
(C) (L.A.N)/60
(D) (2 L.A.N)/60
Correc Answer
2. The maximum efficiency of je propulsion of a ship wih inle orifices a rig
h angles o he direcion of moion of ship, is
(A) 40%
(B) 50%
(C) 60%
(D) 80%
Correc Answer
3. A urbine pump is basically a cenrifugal pump equipped addiionally wih
(A) Adjusable blades
(B) Backward curved blades
(C) Vaned diffusion casing
(D) Inle guide blades
Correc Answer
4. The impeller of a cenrifugal pump may have
(A) Volue casing
(B) Volue casing wih guide blades
(C) Vorex casing
(D) Any one of hese
Correc Answer
5. The working of which of he following hydraulic unis is based on Pascal's la
w?
(A) Air lif pump
(B) Je pump
(C) Hydraulic coupling
(D) Hydraulic press
Correc Answer
6. By fiing an air vessel o he reciprocaing pump, here is always a saving
of work done and subsequenly saving of power. This saving in case of a single a
cing reciprocaing pump is
(A) 39.2%
(B) 48.8%
(C) 84.8%
(D) 88.4%
Correc Answer
7. The power developed by a urbine is (where H = Head of waer under which he
urbine is working)
(A) Direcly proporional o H1/2
(B) Inversely proporional o H1/2
(C) Direcly proporional o H3/2
(D) Inversely proporional o H3/2
Correc Answer
8. The force exered (in Newon) by a je of waer impinging normally on a fixed
plae is (where w = Specific weigh of waer in N/m3, a = Cross-secional area
of je in m, and V = Velociy of je in m/s)
(A) waV / 2g
(B) waV / g
(C) waV / 2g
(D) waV / g
Correc Answer
9. Indicaor diagram of a reciprocaing pump is a graph beween
(A) Flow vs. swep volume
(B) Pressure in cylinder vs. swep volume
(C) Flow vs. speed
(D) Pressure vs. speed
Correc Answer
10. The raio of he normal force of je of waer on a plae inclined a an angl
e of 30 as compared o ha when he plae is normal o je, is
(A) 1/2
(B) 1/2
(C) 1
(D) 2
Correc Answer
11. A hydraulic coupling belongs o he caegory of
(A) Power absorbing machines
(B) Power developing machines
(C) Energy ransfer machines
(D) Energy generaing machines
Correc Answer
12. One horsepower is equal o
(A) 102 was
(B) 75 was
(C) 550 was
(D) 735 was
Correc Answer
13. The hydraulic efficiency of a reacion urbine, is he raio of
(A) Power produced by he urbine o he energy acually supplied by he urbine
(B) Acual work available a he urbine o energy impared o he wheel
(C) Work-done on he wheel o he energy (or head of waer) acually supplied o
he urbine
Correc Answer
14. A Francis urbine is used when he available head of waer is
(A) 0 o 25 m
(B) 25 m o 250 m
(C) Above 250 m
(D) None of hese
Correc Answer
15. For saring an axial flow pump, is delivery valve should be
(A) Closed
(B) Open
(C) Depends on saring condiion and flow desired
(D) Could be eiher open or closed
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion D (2) Answer: Opion B (3) Answer: Opion C (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion D (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion D (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion C (12) An
swer: Opion D (13) Answer: Opion C (14) Answer: Opion B (15) Answer: Opion B
1. Which of he following pump is successfully used for lifing waer from deep
wells?
(A) Cenrifugal pump
(C) Je pump
(D) Air lif pump
Correc Answer
2. When a piping sysem is made up primarily of fricion head and very lile of
verical lif, hen pump characerisics should be
(A) Horizonal
(B) Nearly horizonal
(C) Seep
(D) Firs rise and hen fall
Correc Answer
3. The overall efficiency for a Pelon wheel lies beween
(A) 0.50 o 0.65
(B) 0.65 o 0.75
(C) 0.75 o 0.85
(D) 0.85 o 0.90
Correc Answer
4. The efficiency of a hydraulic press is given by (where W = Weigh lifed by r
am, P = Force applied on plunger, A = Area of ram, and a = Area of plunger)
(A) (W/p) (A/a)
(B) (p/W) (a/A)
(C) (W/p) (a/A)
(D) (p/W) (A/a)
Correc Answer
5. In a cenrifugal pump casing, he flow of waer leaving he
(A) Radial
(B) Axial
(C) Cenrifugal
(D) Vorex
Correc Answer
6. The uni discharge hrough he urbine is
(A) Q/H
(B) Q/H
(C) Q/H3/2
(D) Q/H
Correc Answer
7. If Hg is he gross or oal head and hf is he head los due o fricion, he
n ne or effecive head (H) is given by
(A) H = Hg/hf
(B) H = Hg hf
(C) H = Hg + hf
(D) H = Hg - hf
Correc Answer
8. Manomeric head, in case of a cenrifugal pump, is equal o
(A) Sucion lif + Loss of head in sucion pipe due o fricion + Delivery lif
+ Loss of head in delivery pipe due o fricion + Velociy head in he delivery
pipe
(B) Work-done per kN of waer Losses wihin he impeller
(C) Energy per kN a oule of impeller Energy per kN a inle of impeller
(D) All of he above
Correc Answer
9. In a Francis urbine runner, he numbers of blades are generally beween
(A) 2 o 4
(B) 4 o 8
(C) 8 o 16
(D) 16 o 24
Correc Answer
10. The relaion beween hydraulic efficiency (), mecanical efficiency (m) and o
verall efficiency (o) is
(A) = o m
(B) m = m
(C) o = m
(D) None of tese
Correct Answer
11. Te ratio of actual work available at te turbine to te energy imparted to
te weel is known as ________ efficiency.
(A) Hydraulic
(B) Mecanical
(C) Overall
(D) None of tese
Correct Answer
12. Te force exerted by a jet of water impinging normally on a plate wic due
to te impact of jet, moves in te direction of jet wit a velocity v is
(A) [wa (V - v)]/2g
(B) [wa (V - v)]/g
(C) [wa (V - v)]/2g
(D) [wa (V - v)]/g
Correct Answer
13. Te number of buckets on te peripery of a Pelton weel is given by
(A) (D/2d) + 5
(B) (D/2d) + 10
(C) (D/2d) + 15
(D) (D/2d) + 20
Correct Answer
14. Te cavitation in a ydraulic macine
(A) Causes noise and vibration of various parts
(B) Reduces te discarge of a turbine
(C) Causes sudden drop in power output and efficiency
(D) All of te above
Correct Answer
15. Geometric similarity is said to exist between te model and te prototype, i
f bot of tem
(A) Have identical velocities
(B) Are equal in size and sape
(C) Are identical in sape, but differ only in size
(D) Have identical forces
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option D (4) Answer: Optio
n C (5) Answer: Option D (6) Answer: Option A (7) Answer: Option D (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option D (10) Answer: Option C (11) Answer: Option B (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option C
[23/02 5:30 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production engg. (mecanical )
1. If a gas metal arc process uses a low arc voltage and te arc is continuously
interrupted as te molten electrode metal fills up te arc gap is known as
(A) ARC
(B) Sort ARC
(C) ARC lengt
(D) ARC blow
Correct Answer
2. Wic one among te following welding processes uses non-consumable electrode
?
(A) Gas metal arc welding
(B) Submerged arc welding
(C) Gas tungsten arc welding
(D) Flux coated arc welding
Correct Answer
3. Wat type of fusion welding process is used for welding seet metals of all e
ngineering metals (except Cu, Ag) in automobile and air craft industries, pipe a
nd tubing production?
(A) Termit welding
(B) Electroslag welding
(C) Resistance welding
(D) Submerged arc Welding
Correct Answer
4. Wen two main plates are kept in alignment butting eac oter and riveted wit
cover plate on bot sides of te main plates wit two rows of rivets in eac m
ain plate, te joint is known as _______ double cover butt joint.
(A) Single riveted
(B) Double riveted
(C) Bot (A) and (B)
(D) None of tese
Correct Answer
5. In a metal arc welding process, a gas metal arc welding wit magnetized flux
is used and can be done in all te positions i.e. flat position, vertical positi
on or inclined position.
(A) Globular transfer
(B) Spray transfer
(C) GMAW practice
(D) Dip transfer
Correct Answer
6. In a particular type of welding, flux is prepared in te form of a coarse pow
der and granulated flux is spread over te joint. Wat is tis type of welding p
rocess called?
(A) Electric arc welding
(B) Submerged arc welding
(C) MIG welding
(D) TIG welding
Correct Answer
7. Te common welding error tat occurs due to srinkage of weld metal, faulty c
lamping of parts, faulty penetration or overeating at joints is called?
(A) Distortion
(B) Warping
(C) Porous weld
(D) Poor fusion
Correct Answer
8. Te object of caulking in a riveted joint is to make te joint
(A) Free from corrosion
(B) Stronger in tension
(C) Free from stresses
(D) Leak-proof
Correct Answer
9. Calculate te weld per minute, work speed of circular electrode of 220 mm dia
meter for carrying out seam welding at 4 welds per cm on 1.6 mm tick mild steel
tube. Welding cycle consists of 3 cycles on and 2 cycles off Power supply is at 50
Hz.
(A) 3000 welds/min, 75 mm/min
(B) 600 welds/min, 1500 mm/min
(C) 500 welds/min, 1250 mm/min
(D) 22 welds/min, 55 mm/min
Correct Answer
10. Wat is te metod of brazing used to join relatively small assemblies made
from materials tat eiter do not oxidize at te brazing temperature or can be p
rotected from oxidation wit a flux?
(A) Torc brazing
(B) Dip brazing
(C) Resistance brazing
(D) Furnace brazing
Correct Answer
11. Work speed of circular electrode of 220 mm diameter for carrying out seam we
lding at 4 welds per cm on 1.6 mm tick mild steel tube. Welding cycle consists
of 3 cycles on and 2 cycles off Power supply is at 50 Hz. Calculate R.P.M. and energ
y requirement of te above circular electrodes assuming effective resistance bet
ween electrodes as 100 om.
(A) 2.17 rpm, 600 joules
(B) 6.8 rpm, 6 joules
(C) 5.03 rpm, 600 joules
(D) 22 rpm, 600 joules
Correct Answer
12. In DC arc welding, if leads are arranged in work as Negative pole of te wel
ding arc and electrode as Positive pole of te welding arc, te arrangement is k
nown as
(A) Fusion
(B) Reverse polarity
(C) Forward welding
(D) Direct polarity
Correct Answer
13. Wat is te welding defect caused due to improper control and poor removal o
f slog between passes called?
(A) Mismatc
(B) Under fill
(C) Crack
(D) Porosity
Correct Answer
14. Te common welding error tat occurs due to wrong speed, faulty preparation,
and ig / low current, improper electrode size is called?
(A) Distortion
(B) Warping
(C) Porous weld
(D) Poor fusion
Correct Answer
15. Wat is te type of welding defect caused due to srinkage during solidifica
tion and by weld stresses called?
(A) Incomplete fusion
(B) Lamellar tearing
(C) Mismatc
(D) Srinkage void
Correct Answe
[23/02 5:31 pm] +91 78697 66465 : View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option B (2) Answer: Option C (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n B (5) Answer: Option C (6) Answer: Option B (7) Answer: Option B (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option B (10) Answer: Option A (11) Answer: Option A (12) An
swer: Option B (13) Answer: Option B (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option B
[23/02 5:34 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production engg (mecanical )
1. In abrasive jet macining, as te distance between te nozzle tip and te wor
k surface increases, te material removal rate
(A) Increases continuously
(B) Decreases continuously
(C) Decreases becomes stable and ten increases
(D) Increases, becomes stable and ten decreases
Correct Answer
2. Matc te following metal forming processes wit teir associated stresses in
te work piece.
Metal forming process Types of stress
1. Coining P. Tensile
2. Wire Drawing Q. Sear
3. Blanking R. Tensile and compres
sive
4. Deep Drawing S. Compressive
(A) 1-S, 2-P, 3-Q, 4-R
(B) 1-S, 2-P, 3-R, 4-Q
(C) 1-P, 2-Q, 3-S, 4-R
(D) 1-P, 2-R, 3-Q, 4-S
Correct Answer
3. In an intercangeable assembly, safts of size 25.000 -0.010 mm mae wih holes of
size 25.000 -0.020, he maximum inerference (in microns) in he assembly is
(A) 40
(B) 30
(C) 20
(D) 10
Correc Answer
4. During normalizing process of seel, he specimen is heaed
(A) Beween he upper and lower criical emperaure and cooled in sill air.
(B) Above he upper criical emperaure and cooled in furnace.
(C) Above he upper criical emperaure and cooled in sill air.
(D) Beween he upper and lower criical emperaure and cooled in furnace.
Correc Answer
5. A CNC verical milling machine has o cu a sraigh slo of 10 mm widh and
2 mm deph by a cuer of 10 mm diameer beween poins (0,0) and (100,100) on
he XY plane (dimensions in mm). The feed rae used for milling is 50 mm/min, mil
ling ime for he slo (in seconds) is
(A) 120
(B) 170
(C) 180
(D) 240
Correc Answer
6. A solid cylinder of diameer 100 mm and heigh 50 mm is forged beween wo fr
icionless fla dies o a heigh of 25 mm. The percenage change in diameer is
(A) 0
(B) 2.07
(C) 20.7
(D) 41.4
Correc Answer
7. The maximum possible draf in cold rolling of shee increases wih he
(A) Increase in coefficien of fricion
(B) Decrease in coefficien of fricion
(C) Decrease in roll radius
(D) Decrease in roll velociy
Correc Answer
8. The operaion in which oil is permeaed ino he pores of a powder meallurgy
produc is known as
(A) Mixing
(B) Sinering
(C) Impregnaion
(D) Infilraion
Correc Answer
9. A hole is of dimension = 9 0 mm. The corresponding shaf is of dimension = 9
resuling assembly has
(A) Loose running fi
(B) Close running fi
(C) Transiion fi
(D) Inerference fi
Correc Answer
10. The crysal srucure of ausenie is
(A) Body cenered cubic
(B) Base cenered cubic
(C) Hexagonal closed packed
(D) Body cenered eragonal
Correc Answer
11. The maerial propery which depends only on he basic crysal srucure is
(A) Faigue srengh
(B) Work hardening
(C) Fracure srengh
(D) Elasic consan
Correc Answer
12. A shaf has a dimension, 9 +0.025, he respecive values of fundamenal deviaio
nd olerance are
(A) 0.025, 0.008
(B) 0.025, 0.016
(C) 0.009, 0.008
(D) 0.009, 0.016
Correct Answer
13. In a CNC program bock, N002 GO2 G91 X40 Z40......, GO2 and G91 refer to
(A) Circuar interpoation in counter cockwise direction and incrementa dimens
ion
(B) Circuar interpoation in counter cockwise direction and absoute dimension
(C) Circuar interpoation in cockwise direction and incrementa dimension
(D) Circuar interpoation in cockwise direction and absoute dimension
Correct Answer
14. Friction at the toochip interface can be reduced by
(A) Decreasing the rake ange
(B) Increasing the depth of cut
(C) Decreasing the cutting speed
(D) Increasing the cutting speed
Correct Answer
15. The effective number of attice points in the unit ce of simpe cubic, bod
y centered cubic, and face centered cubic space attices, respectivey, are
(A) 1, 2, 2
(B) 1, 2, 4
(C) 2, 3, 4
(D) 2, 4, 4
Correct Answer
[23/02 5:35 pm] +91 78697 66465 : View A Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option A (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n C (5) Answer: Option B (6) Answer: Option D (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option C (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option C (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option B
View A Answers
(1) Answer: Option D (2) Answer: Option A (3) Answer: Option C (4) Answer: Optio
n C (5) Answer: Option B (6) Answer: Option D (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option C (10) Answer: Option B (11) Answer: Option C (12) An
swer: Option D (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option D (15) Answer: Option B
[23/02 5:37 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production engg.
Practice Test: Question Set 03
1. Which type of motor is not used in axis or spinde drives of CNC machine too
s?
(A) Induction motor
(B) DC servo motor
(C) Stepper motor
(D) Linear servo motor
Correct Answer
2. The main purpose of spheroidising treatment is to improve
(A) Hardenabiity of ow carbon stees
(B) Machinabiity of ow carbon stees
(C) Hardenabiity of high carbon stees
(D) Machinabiity of high carbon stees
Correct Answer
3. NC contouring is an exampe of
(A) Continuous path positioning
(B) Pointtopoint positioning
(C) Absoute positioning
(D) Incrementa positioning
Correct Answer
4. A ring gauge is used to measure
(A) Outside diameter but not roundness
(B) Roundness but not outside diameter
(C) Both outside diameter and roundness
(D) Ony externa threads
Correct Answer
5. When the temperature of a soid meta increases,
(A) Strength of the meta decreases but ductiity increases
(B) Both strength and ductiity of the meta decreases
(C) Both strength and ductiity of the meta increases
(D) Strength of the meta increases but ductiity decreases
Correct Answer
6. The strength of a brazed joint
(A) Decreases with increase in gap between the two joining surfaces
(B) Increases with increase in gap between the two joining surfaces
(C) Decreases up to certain gap between the two joining surfaces beyond which it
increases
(D) Increases up to certain gap between the two joining surfaces beyond which it
decreases
Correct Answer
7. In order to have interference fit, it is essentia that the ower imit of th
e shaft shoud be
(A) Greater than the upper imit of the hoe
(B) Lesser than the upper imit of the hoe
(C) Greater than the ower imit of the hoe
(D) Lesser than the ower imit of the hoe
Correct Answer
8. When 321 principe is used to support and ocate a three dimensiona workp
iece during machining, the number of degrees of freedom that are restricted is
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 9
(D) 10
Correct Answer
9. Which among the NC operations given beow are continuous path operations?
Arc Weding (AW), Driing (D), Laser Cutting of Sheet Meta (LC), Miing (M),
Punching in Sheet Meta (P), Spot Weding (SW)
(A) AW, LC and M
(B) AW, D, LC and M
(C) D, LC, P and SW
(D) D, LC, and SW
Correct Answer
10. In an interchangeabe assemby, shafts of size 25.000 0.0100 mm mae wih holes
f size 25.000 -0.010 mm. The maximum possible clearance in he assembly will be
(A) 10 microns
(B) 20 microns
(C) 30 microns
(D) 60 microns
Correc Answer
11. During he execuion of a CNC par program block
NO20 GO2 X45.0 Y25.0 R5.0 ; he ype of ool moion will be
(A) Circular Inerpolaion cockwise
(B) Circuar Interpoation counter cockwise
(C) Linear Interpoation
(D) Rapid feed
Correct Answer
12. The mechanism of materia remova in EDM process is
(A) Meting and Evaporation
(B) Meting and Corrosion
(C) Erosion and Cavitations
(D) Cavitations and Evaporation
Correct Answer
13. The percentage of carbon in gray cast iron is in the range of
(A) 0.25 to 0.75 percent
(B) 1.25 to 1.75 percent
(C) 3 to 4 percent
(D) 8 to 10 percent
Correct Answer
14. Cod working of stee is defined as working
(A) At its recrystaisation temperature
(B) Above its recrystaisation temperature
(C) Beow its recrystaisation temperature
(D) At two thirds of the meting temperature of the meta
Correct Answer
15. Quaity screw threads are produced by
(A) Thread miing
(B) Thread chasing
(C) Thread cutting with singe point too
(D) Thread casting
Correct Answer
View A Answers
(1) Answer: Option C (2) Answer: Option D (3) Answer: Option A (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option A (6) Answer: Option D (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption C (9) Answer: Option A (10) Answer: Option C (11) Answer: Option A (12) An
swer: Option A (13) Answer: Option C (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option D
Show/hide
[23/02 5:40 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Production egg.
Practice Test: Question Set 04
1. What is the type of weding defect is caused due to stresses on heating and c
ooing caed?
(A) Incompete penetration
(B) Shrinkage void
(C) Sag Entrapment (Incusions)
(D) Incompete fusion
Correct Answer
2. What is the type of weding defect caused due to poor deposition of wed rod
is caed?
(A) Porosity
(B) Undercut
(C) Under fi
(D) Crack
Correct Answer
3. What is the type of weding defect caused due to poor manipuation of wed ro
d or a dirty joint caed?
(A) Porosity
(B) Undercut
(C) Under fi
(D) Crack
Correct Answer
4. What is the type of joining process caed, where the parts to be weded are
kept in contact and rotated reative to each other and axia pressure is appied
when the desired temperature is obtained?
(A) Utrasonic weding
(B) Forge weding
(C) Eectron beam weding
(D) Friction weding
Correct Answer
5. If the fame of the weding torch is directed towards the progress of weding
, then what wi you ca the weding technique?
(A) Forehand weding
(B) Fux cored ARC weding
(C) Eectro sag weding
(D) Pused spray weding
Correct Answer
6. Which of the foowing is the correct data structure for soid modes?
(A) Soid part faces edges vertices
(B) Soid part edges faces vertices
(C) Vertices edges faces soid parts
(D) Vertices faces edges soid parts
Correct Answer
7. For generating a Coons surface we require
(A) A set of grid points on the surface
(B) A set of grid contro points
(C) Four bounding curves defining the surface
(D) Two bounding curves and a set of grid contro points
Correct Answer
8. Interna gear cutting operation can be performed by
(A) Miing
(B) Shaping with rack cutter
(C) Shaping with pinion cutter
(D) Hobbing
Correct Answer
9. If a particuar FeC aoy contains ess than 0.83% carbon, it is caed
(A) High speed stee
(B) Hypo eutectoid stee
(C) Hyper eutectoid stee
(D) Cast iron
Correct Answer
10. In orthogona turning of a ow carbon stee bar of diameter 150 mm with unco
ated carbide too, the cutting veocity is 90 m/min. The feed is 0.24 mm/rev and
the depth of cut is 2 mm. The chip thickness obtained is 0.48 mm. If the orthog
ona rake ange is zero and the principe cutting edge ange is 90, he shear ang
le in degree is
(A) 20.56
(B) 26.56
(C) 30.56
(D) 36.56
Correc Answer
11. As ool and work are no in conac in EDM process
(A) No relaive moion occurs beween hem
(B) No wear of ool occurs
(C) No power is consumed during meal cuing
(D) No force beween ool and work occurs
Correc Answer
12. Hardness of seel grealy improves wih
(A) Annealing
(B) Cyaniding
(C) Normalizing
(D) Tempering
Correc Answer
13. A lead-screw wih half nus in a lahe, free o roae in boh direcions ha
s
(A) V-hreads
(B) Whiworh hreads
(C) Buress hreads
(D) Acme hreads
Correc Answer
14. Ho rolling of mild seel is carried ou
(A) A recrysallizaion emperaure
(B) Beween 100C o 150C
(C) Beween recrysallizaion emperaure
(D) Above recrysallizaion emperaure
Correc Answer
15. Trepanning is performed for
(A) Finishing a drilled hole
(B) Producing a large hole wihou drilling
(C) Truing a hole for alignmen
(D) Enlarging a drilled hole
Correc Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Opion B (2) Answer: Opion A (3) Answer: Opion B (4) Answer: Opio
n D (5) Answer: Opion A (6) Answer: Opion C (7) Answer: Opion C (8) Answer: O
pion C (9) Answer: Opion B (10) Answer: Opion B (11) Answer: Opion D (12) An
swer: Opion B (13) Answer: Opion D (14) Answer: Opion D (15) Answer: Opion B
[23/02 5:45 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Producion
1. The hardness of a grinding wheel is deermined by he
(A) Hardness of abrasive grains
(B) Abiliy of he bond o reain abrasives
(C) Hardness of he bond
(D) Abiliy of he grinding wheel o penerae he work piece
Correc Answer
2. The cuing force in punching and blanking operaions mainly depends on
(A) The modulus of elasiciy of meal
(B) The shear srengh of meal
(C) The bulk modulus of meal
(D) The yield srengh of meal
Correc Answer
3. In ECM, he maerial removal is due o
(A) Corrosion
(B) Erosion
(C) Fusion
(D) Ion displacemen
Correc Answer
4. Allowance in limis and fis refers o
(A) Maximum clearance beween shaf and hole
(B) Minimum clearance beween shaf and hole
(C) Difference beween maximum and minimum sizes of hole
(D) Difference beween maximum and minimum sizes of shaf
Correc Answer
5. Green sand mould indicaes ha
(A) Polymeric mould has been cured
(B) Mould has been oally dried
(C) Mould is green in colour
(D) Mould conains moisure
Correc Answer
6. In a gaing sysem, he raio 1: 2: 4 represens
(A) Sprue base area: runner area: ingae area
(B) Pouring basin area: ingae area: runner area
(C) Sprue base area: ingae area: casing area
(D) Runner area: ingae area: casing area
Correc Answer
7. Two sreams of liquid meal which are no ho enough o fuse properly resul
ino a casing defec known as
(A) Cold shu
(B) Swell
(C) Sand wash
(D) Scab
Correc Answer
8. Which of he following engineering maerials is he mos suiable candidae f
or ho chamber die casing?
(A) Low carbon seel
(B) Tianium
(C) Copper
(D) Tin
Correc Answer
9. Volume of a cube of side l nd volume of sphere of r dius r re equ l. Both the
cube nd the sphere re solid nd of s me m teri l. They re being c st. The r
tio of the solidific tion time of the cube to the s me of the sphere is
(A) (4/6) (r/l)
(B) (4/6) (r/l)
(C) (4/6) (r/l)
(D) (4/6) (r/l)
Correct Answer
10. An expen able pattern is use in
(A) Slush casting
(B) Squeeze casting
(C) Centrifugal casting
(D) Investment casting
Correct Answer
11. Match the items of List-I (Equipment) with the items of List-II (Process) an
select the correct answer using the given co es.
List-I (Equipment)
List-II (Process)
P. Hot Chamber Machine
1. Cleaning
Q. Muller
2. Core making
R. Dielectric Baker
3. Die casting
S. San Blaster
4. Annealing
5. San mixing
(A) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-5
(B) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-5
(C) P-4, Q-5, R-1, S-2
(D) P-3, Q-5, R-2, S-1
Correct Answer
12. Misrun is a casting efect which occurs ue to
(A) Very high pouring temperature of the metal
(B) Insufficient flui ity of the molten metal
(C) Absorption of gases by the liqui metal
(D) Improper alignment of the moul flasks
Correct Answer
13. Har ness of green san moul increases with
(A) Increase in moisture content beyon 6 percent
(B) Increase in permeability
(C) Decrease in permeability
(D) Increase in both moisture content an permeability
Correct Answer
14. The primary purpose of a sprue in a casting moul is to
(A) Fee the casting at a rate consistent with the rate of soli ification
(B) Act as a reservoir for molten metal
(C) Fee molten metal from the pouring basin to the gate
(D) Help fee the casting until all soli ification takes place
Correct Answer
15. Shrinkage allowance on pattern is provi e to compensate for shrinkage when
(A) The temperature of liqui metal rops from pouring to freezing temperature
(B) The metal changes from liqui to soli state at freezing temperature
(C) The temperature of soli phase rops from freezing to room temperature
(D) The temperature of metal rops from pouring to room temperature
Correct Answer
View All Answers
(1) Answer: Option B (2) Answer: Option B (3) Answer: Option D (4) Answer: Optio
n A (5) Answer: Option D (6) Answer: Option A (7) Answer: Option A (8) Answer: O
ption D (9) Answer: Option D (10) Answer: Option D (11) Answer: Option D (12) An
swer: Option B (13)
[23/02 5:46 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Answer: Option D (12) Answer: Option B (13) Answe
r: Option C (14) Answer: Option C (15) Answer: Option C
[23/02 5:49 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Pro uction
1. Which one of the following is a soli state joining process?
(A) Gas tungsten arc wel ing
(B) Resistance spot wel ing
(C) Friction wel ing
(D) Submerge arc wel ing
Correct Answer
2. While current is shut own in the wel ing circuit, what kin of voltage exist
s between the output terminals of the wel ing machine?
(A) GTAW
(B) Open air cut voltage
(C) Kerf
(D) Gouging
Correct Answer
3. The capacity of a material to be wel e un er the impose fabrication con iti
ons into a specific, suitably esigne structure an to perform satisfactorily i
n the inten e service is known as?
(A) Wel ment
(B) Wel tab
(C) Wel ability
(D) Tack wel
Correct Answer
4. In which type of wel ing a gas shiel , a consumable electro e is use an the
wel ing can be one in all positions.
(A) ARC wel ing
(B) Submerge ARC wel ing
(C) TIG wel ing
(D) MIG wel ing
Correct Answer
5. In a metal arc wel ing process, metal transfer across the arc may take place
by a metho of material transfer where the metal transfers across the arc is in
larger rops. This is at the rate of 100 rops/sec or less, what is this known a
s
(A) Globular transfer
(B) Spray transfer
(C) GMAW practice
(D) Dip transfer
Correct Answer
6. What is the type of shiel ing gas for GTAW (Gas Tungsten Arc Wel ing) use fo
r carbon steels only calle ?
(A) Argon H
(B) Argon CO
(C) Argon Helium
(D) Helium
Correc Answer
7. A ype of welding flows, which is he resul of a perfec proporion and mix
ure of aceylene and oxygen and is used for fusion welding of seel and cas iro
n, is
(A) Carburizing flame
(B) Oxidizing flame
(C) Oxy-aceylene flame
(D) Neural flame
Correc Answer
8. If he earing efficiency of a riveed join is 50%, hen raio of rive hole
diameer o he pich of rives is
(A) 0.20
(B) 0.30
(C) 0.50
(D) 0.60
Correc Answer
9. Wha is he name of he device used in arc welding circuis for he purpose o
f modifying he rae of curren change when he weld road is varied rapidly?
(A) Reacor
(B) Kerf
(C) Inducor
(D) Cone
Correc Answer
10. Two 1 mm hick seel shees are o be spo welded a a curren of 5000 A. As
suming effecive resisance o be 200 m and cuent flow time of 0.2 second, heat
geneated duing the pocess will be
(A) 0.2 Joule
(B) 1 Joule
(C) 5 Joule
(D) 1000 Joule
Coect Answe
11. In up-cut milling the wok piece is fed
(A) Against the otating cutte
(B) At angle of 60 to the cutte
(C) In the diection of the cutte
(D) At the ight angle to the cutte
Coect Answe
12. Which of the following statement is coect egading ginding of high cabo
n steel?
(A) Ginding at high speed esults in the eduction of chip thickness and cuttin
g foces pe git.
(B) Aluminium oxide wheels ae employed.
(C) The ginding wheel has to be of open stuctue.
Coect Answe
13. In Oxyacetylene gas welding, tempeatue at the inne cone of the flame is a
ound
(A) 3500C
(B) 3200C
(C) 2900C
(D) 2550C
Coect Answe
14. Which of the following ac welding pocesses does not use consumable electo
des?
(A) GMAW
(B) GTAW
(C) Submeged Ac Welding
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
15. Two plates of the same metal having equal thickness ae to be butt welded wi
th electic ac. When the plate thickness changes, welding is achieved by
(A) Adjusting the cuent
(B) Adjusting the duation of cuent
(C) Changing the electode size
(D) Changing the electode coating
Coect Answe
View All Answes
(1) Answe: Option C (2) Answe: Option B (3) Answe: Option C (4) Answe: Optio
n D (5) Answe: Option D (6) Answe: Option B (7) Answe: Option D (8) Answe: O
ption C (9) Answe: Option C (10) Answe: Option D (11) Answe: Option A (12) An
swe: Option D (13) Answe: Option B (14) Answe: Option B (15) Answe: Option C
Show/hide
[23/02 5:51 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Poduction engineeing
1. A twist dill is a
(A) Side cutting tool
(B) Font cutting tool
(C) End cutting tool
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
2. A jig is defined as a device which
(A) Holds and locates a wokpiece and guides and contols one o moe cutting to
ols
(B) Holds and locates a wokpiece duing an inspection o fo a manufactuing op
eation
(C) Is used to check the accuacy of wokpiece
Coect Answe
3. A dill bit of 20 mm diamete otating at 500 .p.m. with a feed ate of 0.2
mm/evolution is used to dill a though hole in a mild steel plate 20 mm thickn
ess. The depth of cut in this dilling opeation is
(A) 0.2 mm
(B) 10 mm
(C) 20 mm
(D) 100 mm
Coect Answe
4. Chemical milling opeation is pefomed
(A) On univesal milling machine
(B) On plain milling machine
(C) In a tank containing an etching solution
Coect Answe
5. Fo machining a mild steel wokpiece using cabide tool, the maximum mateial
will be emoved at a tempeatue of
(A) 50C
(B) 100C
(C) 175C
(D) 275C
Coect Answe
6. Which of the following statement is wong about ultasonic machining?
(A) It is best suited fo machining had and bittle mateials.
(B) It cuts mateials at vey slow speeds
(C) It emoves lage amount of mateial
(D) It poduces good suface finish
Coect Answe
7. The ductile mateials, duing machining, poduce
(A) Continuous chips
(B) Discontinuous chips
(C) Continuous chips with built up edge
(D) Eithe (A) o (C)
Coect Answe
8. Which of the following paametes goven the value of shea angle in continuo
us chip fomation?
(A) Tue feed
(B) Chip thickness
(C) Rake angle of the cutting tool
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
9. The cutting speed fo dilling __________ with high speed steel dills is 24
to 45 m/min.
(A) Mild steel
(B) Coppe
(C) Aluminium
(D) Bass
Coect Answe
10. A ight hand tool on a lathe cuts most efficiently when it tavels
(A) Fom left to ight end of the lathe bed
(B) Fom ight to left end of the lathe bed
(C) With the help of a compound slide
(D) Acoss the bed
Coect Answe
11. Cast ion duing machining poduces
(A) Continuous chips
(B) Discontinuous chips
(C) Continuous chips with built-up edge
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
12. Dielectic is used in
(A) Electochemical machining
(B) Ultasonic machining
(C) Electo dischage machining
(D) Lase machining
Coect Answe
13. In electo-dischage machining, dielectic is used to
(A) Help in the movement of the spaks
(B) Contol the spak dischages
(C) Act as coolant
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
14. In an othogonal cutting, the depth of cut is halved and the feed ate is do
uble. If the chip thickness atio is unaffected with the changed cutting conditi
ons, the actual chip thickness will be
(A) Doubled
(B) Halved
(C) Quadupled
(D) Unchanged
Coect Answe
15. In metal machining, the zone whee the heat is geneated due to fiction bet
ween the moving chip and the tool face, is called
(A) Fiction zone
(B) Wok-tool contact zone
(C) Shea zone
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
View All Answes
1. Answe: Option C 2. Answe: Option A 3. Answe: Option C 4. Answe: Option C
5. Answe: Option B 6. Answe: Option C 7. Answe: Option D 8. Answe: Option D
9. Answe: Option A 10. Answe: Option B 11. Answe: Option B 12. Answe: Option
C 13. Answe: Option D 14. Answe: Option A 15. Answe: Option A
[23/02 5:54 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Poduction engineeing
1. The snag ginding is done
(A) To poduce good suface finish and high degee of accuacy
(B) To emove consideable amount of metal without egad to accuacy of the fin
ished suface
(C) To gind exteio cylindical sufaces
(D) Any one of the above
Coect Answe
2. In ultasonic machining, tool is made of
(A) Tungsten cabide
(B) Bass o coppe
(C) Diamond
(D) Stainless steel
Coect Answe
3. Stellite peseves hadness up to a tempeatue of
(A) 350C
(B) 500C
(C) 900C
(D) 1100C
Coect Answe
4. Low helix angle dills ae pefeed fo dilling holes in
(A) Plastics
(B) Coppe
(C) Cast steel
(D) Cabon steel
Coect Answe
5. The angle between the shea plane and _________ is called shea angle.
(A) Wok suface
(B) Tool face
(C) Machine suface
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
6. In hot machining, the wok is heated by
(A) Simple heating
(B) Flame heating
(C) Induction heating
Coect Answe
7. While cutting helical geas on a non-diffeential gea hobbe, the feed chang
e gea atio is
(A) Independent of index change gea atio
(B) Dependent on speed change gea atio
(C) Inteelated to index change gea atio
(D) Independent of speed and index change gea atio
Coect Answe
8. The ake angle equied to machine bass by high speed steel tool is
(A) 0
(B) 10
(C) 20
(D) 100
Coect Answe
9. Fo machining a mild steel wokpiece by a high speed steel tool, the aveage
cutting speed is
(A) 5 m/min
(B) 10 m/min
(C) 15 m/min
(D) 30 m/min
Coect Answe
10. The facto consideed fo evaluation of machinability is
(A) Cutting foces and powe consumption
(B) Tool life
(C) Type of chips and shea angle
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
11. Lathe bed is made of
(A) Mild steel
(B) Alloy steel
(C) Pig ion
(D) Chilled cast ion
Coect Answe
12. The dill spindles ae povided with standad tape known as
(A) Mose tape
(B) Selle's tape
(C) Chapman tape
(D) Bown and Shape tape
Coect Answe
13. The cutting foce in up milling ________ pe tooth movement of the cutte.
(A) Is zeo
(B) Is maximum
(C) Deceases fom maximum to zeo
(D) Inceases fom zeo to maximum
Coect Answe
14. A left hand tool on a lathe cuts most efficiently when it tavels
(A) Fom left to ight end of the lathe bed
(B) Fom ight to left end of the lathe bed
(C) With the help of a compound slide
(D) Acoss the bed
Coect Answe
15. Side ake angle of a single point cutting tool is the angle
(A) By which the face of the tool is inclined towads back
(B) By which the face of the tool is inclined sideways
(C) Between the suface of the flank immediately below the point and a plane at
ight angles to the cente line of the point of the tool
(D) Between the suface of the flank immediately below the point and a line daw
n fom the point pependicula to the base
Coect Answe
View All Answes
1. Answe: Option B 2. Answe: Option B 3. Answe: Option D 4. Answe: Option A
5. Answe: Option A 6. Answe: Option D 7. Answe: Option C 8. Answe: Option A
9. Answe: Option D 10. Answe: Option D 11. Answe: Option D 12. Answe: Option
A 13. Answe: Option D 14. Answe: Option A 15. Answe: Option B
[23/02 5:57 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Poduction engg
1. Which of the following statement is coect fo oblique cutting system?
(A) The cutting edge is inclined at an angle less than 90 with the nomal to the
velocity of the tool
(B) Fequently, moe than one cutting edges ae in action
(C) The chip flows on the tool face at an angle less than 90 with the nomal on t
he cutting edge
Coect Answe
2. Cack in ginding wheel is developed due to
(A) High tempeatue developed at the contact of the wheel face and wok
(B) Ginding had wok
(C) Low speed of wheel
(D) High speed of wheel
Coect Answe
3. EDM machining is applied fo
(A) Shaping cabide dies and punches having complicated pofiles
(B) Making lage numbe of small holes in sieves and fuel nozzles
(C) Embossing and engaving on hade mateials
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
4. In dilling opeation, the metal is emoved by
(A) Sheaing
(B) Extusion
(C) Sheaing and extusion
(D) Sheaing and compession
Coect Answe
5. In centeless gindes, the egulating wheel is inclined at
(A) 0 to 8
(B) 9 to 15
(C) 16 to 20
(D) 21 to 25
Coect Answe
6. The pocess of impoving the cutting action of the ginding wheel is called
(A) Tuing
(B) Dessing
(C) Facing
(D) Cleaing
Coect Answe
7. Which of the following statement is wong?
(A) The diamond is the hadest tool mateial and can un at cutting speeds about
50 times that of high speed steel tool
(B) The ceamic tools can be used at cutting speeds 40 times that of high speed
steel tools
(C) The cemented cabide tools can be used at cutting speeds 10 times that of hi
gh speed steel tools
(D) The ceamic tools can withstand tempeatue up to 600C only
Coect Answe
8. Which of the following paametes influence the axial feed ate in centeless
ginding?
(A) Regulating wheel diamete
(B) Speed of the egulating wheel
(C) Angle between the axes of ginding and egulating wheels
Coect Answe
9. The type of tool used on milling machine and boaching machine is
(A) Single point cutting tool
(B) Two point cutting tool
(C) Thee point cutting tool
(D) Multi-point cutting tool
Coect Answe
10. The width of cutting edge of a pating off tool vaies fom
(A) 3 to 12 mm
(B) 5 to 20 mm
(C) 8 to 30 mm
(D) 15 to 40 mm
Coect Answe
11. Which of the following statement is coect in egad to centeless ginding
?
(A) The wokpiece is suppoted thoughout its entie length as ginding takes pl
ace
(B) It is a continuous pocess and adopted fo poduction wok
(C) It equies no holding device fo the wok
Coect Answe
12. In a shape
(A) Tool is stationay and wok ecipocates
(B) Wok is stationay and tool ecipocates
(C) Tool moves ove stationay wok
(D) Tool moves ove ecipocating wok
Coect Answe
13. Side elief angle of a single point tool is the angle
(A) By which the face of the tool is inclined towads back
(B) By which the face of the tool is inclined sideways
(C) Between the suface of the flank immediately below the point and a plane at
ight angles to the cente line of the point of tool
(D) Between the suface of the flank immediately below the point and a line daw
n fom the point pependicula to the base
Coect Answe
14. When the end of a tap is tapeed fo about thee o fou theads, it is know
n as a
(A) Tape tap
(B) Bottoming tap
(C) Second tap
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
15. When the cutting edge of the tool is dull, then duing machining
(A) Continuous chips ae fomed
(B) Discontinuous chips ae fomed
(C) Continuous chips with built-up edge ae fomed
(D) No chips ae fomed
Coect Answe
View All Answes
1. Answe: Option D 2. Answe: Option D 3. Answe: Option D 4. Answe: Option C
5. Answe: Option A 6. Answe: Option B 7. Answe: Option D 8. Answe: Option D
9. Answe: Option D 10. Answe: Option A 11. Answe: Option D 12. Answe: Option
B 13. Answe: Option C 14. Answe: Option C 15. Answe: Option C
Show/hide
[23/02 6:01 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Poduction engg
1. The facto esponsible fo the fomation of discontinuous chips is
(A) Low cutting speed and lage ake angle
(B) Low cutting speed and small ake angle
(C) High cutting speed and lage ake angle
(D) High cutting speed and small ake angle
Coect Answe
2. The had gade ginding wheels ae denoted by the lettes
(A) A to H
(B) I to P
(C) Q to Z
(D) A to P
Coect Answe
3. A fine gained ginding wheel is used to gind
(A) Had and bittle mateials
(B) Soft and ductile mateials
(C) Had and ductile mateials
(D) Soft and bittle mateials
Coect Answe
4. Climb milling is chosen while machining because
(A) The chip thickness incease gadually
(B) It enables the cutte to dig in and stat the cut
(C) The specific powe consumption is educed
(D) Bette suface finish can be obtained
Coect Answe
5. The tool life in case of a ginding wheel is the time
(A) Between two successive eginds of the wheel
(B) Taken fo the wheel to be balanced
(C) Taken between two successive wheel dessings
(D) Taken fo a wea of 1 mm on its diamete
Coect Answe
6. In detemining the vaious foces on the chip, Mechant assumed that the
(A) Cutting edge of the tool is shap and it does not make any flank contact wit
h the wokpiece
(B) Only continuous chip without built-up-edge is poduced
(C) Cutting velocity emains constant
Coect Answe
7. In a single point tool, the angle between the suface of the flank immediatel
y below the point and a line dawn fom the point pependicula to the base, is
known as
(A) Side elief angle
(B) End elief angle
(C) Back ake angle
(D) Side ake angle
Coect Answe
8. Cate wea occus mainly on the
(A) Nose pat, font elief face and side elief face of the cutting tool
(B) Face of the cutting tool at a shot distance fom the cutting edge only
(C) Cutting edge only
(D) Font face only
Coect Answe
9. A ginding wheel is said to be of _________ if it holds the abasive gains m
oe secuely.
(A) Soft gade
(B) Medium gade
(C) Had gade
(D) None of these
Coect Answe
10. The ginding of long, slende shafts o bas is usually done by
(A) In-feed ginding
(B) Though feed ginding
(C) End-feed ginding
Coect Answe
11. Which of the following statement is coect about hot machining?
(A) It equies less powe than machining metals at oom tempeatue.
(B) The ate of tool wea is lowe.
(C) It is used fo machining high stength and high tempeatue esistant matei
als.
Coect Answe
12. A bottoming tap has
(A) Its end tapeed fo about thee o fou theads
(B) Its end tapeed fo about eight o ten theads
(C) Full theads fo the whole of its length
Coect Answe
13. The example of snag ginding is
(A) Timming the suface left by spuces and ises on castings
(B) Ginding the pating line left on castings
(C) Removing flash on fogings
(D) All of these
Coect Answe
14. The saw milling is an opeation of
(A) Poducing gooves aound the peiphey of a cylindical o conical wokpiece
(B) Poducing naow slots o gooves on a wokpiece
(C) Repoduction of an outline of a template on a wokpiece
(D) Machining seveal sufaces of a wokpiece simultaneously
Coect Answe
15. In ultasonic machining, the metal is emoved by
(A) Using abasive sluy between the tool and wok
(B) Diect contact of tool with the wok
(C) Maintaining an electolyte between the wok and tool in a vey small gap bet
ween the two
(D) Eosion caused by apidly ecuing spak dischages between the tool and wo
k
Coect Answe
View All Answes
1. Answe: Option B 2. Answe: Option C 3. Answe: Option A 4. Answe: Option B
5. Answe: Option C 6. Answe: Option D 7. Answe: Option B 8. Answe: Option B
9. Answe: Option C 10. Answe: Option B 11. Answe: Option D 12. Answe: Option
C 13. Answe: Option D 14. Answe: Option B 15. Answe: Option A

Ques Bank

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Ques Bank

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

[11/02 6:12 pm] +91 78697 66465 : Workshop technology

1. The temperature produced by oxy-hydrogen flame is about

(A) A horizontal line

(A) Before poin A

12. If a load W is applied insananeously on a bar; hen he sress induced in

Pracice Tes: Quesion Se - 01

1. Which of the followin preferred for upercharin of internal combutio

11. Which component of a a turbine conume maximum power?

21. The flow on two ide of a normal hock wave i

1. Lamination of core are enerally made of

2. Which of the followin edimentary rock chane into quartzite by metamorphic a

3. Which of the followin repreent a metamorphic rock?

Pracice Tes: Quesion Se - 03

12.Bale of Bannihai or Tallikoa(23 January, 1565) Unified Army of he five

blade tip at outlet)

(A) Two cylinders, two rams and a storage device

(A) High initial and maintenance cost

(A) Potential Energy

Practice Test: Question Set - 09

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi